
^■Hrara 






■Hon 



I LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. 



.5 5 



I UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 
m 



u 



A 

DICTIONARY 

OF THE 

PECULIARITIES 

OF THE 

ITALIAN LANGUAGE, 

BEING 

A COLLECTION OF SENTENCES 

FROM THE MOST APPROVED 

ITALIAN AUTHORS, 

PARTICULARIZING 

THOSE VERBS, PREPOSITIONS, Sfc. WHICH GOVERN 
DIFFERENT MOODS AND CASES; 

AND FORMING A 

SUPPLEMENT TO ALL, OTHER ITALIAN DICTIONARIES. 



BY M. SANTAGNELLO, 

Author of a Grammar and Exercises—The Italian Reader and Phraseology 
—Italian Translation of Elisabeth, &c. &c. 



LONDON; 

PRINTED FOR G. AND W. B. WHITTAKER, AVE-MARIA-LANE ; 

HENRY COLBURN AND CO. CONDUIT-STREET; AND 

LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME AND BROWN, 

PATERNOSTER ROW. 

1820. 




'..S3 



In the Press, 

A NEW SET OF EXERCISES 

ADAPTED 

TO THIS WORK 5 

CONSISTING OF 

A Collection of Anecdotes, entertaining Histories, Descrip- 
tions of particular Countries, Cities, &c. &c. calculated for 
the Instruction and Amusement of the Student of the Italian 
Language. 

Likewise, 

A Key to the above, which will also serve as a Reading-book 

to Beginners in the Italian Language. 



Printed by Cox and Baylis, 
Gt. Queen Street, Lincolu's-Iuu-Field;-, 



THOMAS GREENE, Esq. 

OF BEDFORD SQUARE, 

THE FOLLOWING PAGES, 

AS A TRIBUTE OF ESTEEM, 

ARE RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED 

BY HIS MOST OBEDIENT SERVANT, 

THE AUTHOR. 



WORKS BY THE SAME AUTHOR. 

Italian Phraseology, a Companion to all Grammars: comprising a 
Selection of Familiar Phrases, with their various constructions explained 
on a new plan. — A Series of Questions and Answers on a variety of useful 
subjects. — A Collection of Proverbs, with literal Translations and Signifi- 
cations ; — and a copious Vocabulary of Words that frequently occur in 
Conversation, 1 vol. 12mo. price 7s, 

The Italian Reader, being a selection of Extracts from the most 
eminent Italian Writers in Prose, beginning with Soave, and ending with 
Dante, with explanatory Notes, forming a series of progressive lessons, 
the study of which will enable the scholar to read and properly understand 
the works of each writer. 1 vol. 12mo. price 6s. — Ditto Verse, 6s. 

Elizabeth, or the Exiles of Siberia, translated into Italian. 1 vol. 4s . 6d. 

A Compendious and Easy Grammar of the Italian Language, 
Comprising a new and improved Classification of the Verbs, a series of 
idiomatical Phrases, and a Vocabulary of those words which most 
frequently occur in Conversation. Second edition, revised, price 6s. bound. 
— This Grammar, which has the advantage of explanations in the Euglish 
Tongue, and is now adopted at most seminaries of respectability, is 
admirably calculated, from the simplicity of its plan, to enable the scholar 
speedily to acquire a complete knowledge of this pleasing language. 

Italian Exercises. Adapted to the Grammar. 3s, 6d. bound. 



Signor Santagnello teaches the Italian Language, grammatically.--? 
Terms, Seven Shillings per Lesson. 
26, Shouldham Street, Bryanston Square* 



PREFACE. 



The work which I have now the honour of 
submitting to the judgment of the public, may be 
considered as the fruit of long and successful ex- 
perience, in removing innumerable difficulties 
that obstruct the progress of the student, and for 
which no remedies are to be found in the most 
elaborate dictionaries or grammars. 

It has not been my intention to collect all the 
various idioms of the Italian language, but rather 
to cull, with brevity and selection, certain idiomatic 
turns and modes of speaking, which practice and 
observation have induced me to consider as the most 
essential to be inculcated in teaching ; to point out 
the diversified shades of meaning, by the confu- 
sion of which so many solecisms and barbarisms 
disfigure the composition of the learner ; to fix the 
attention upon those niceties of distinction in the 
use of verbs, particles and prepositions, which 
so frequently perplex and darken what is, in it- 
self, extremely simple and perspicuous, when 



?I PREFACE, 

illustrated by analogous examples: finally, to 
reduce into order and systematic arrangement all 
those precepts and directions, which have been 
suggested by long and' unwearied endeavours to 
facilitate the cultivation of the Italian language. 
in a volume calculated to hold, as it were, a me- 
dium between a Dictionary and a Grammar, 

It will be seen, by the different examples that 
have been laboriously collected, for the purpose 
of illustration, that I have made no remark, how- 
ever obvious, nor enforced any rule, however 
simple, without corroborating them by the sanc- 
tion of some celebrated name ; the works which 
I have quoted, being universally acknowledged 
as the fountains of brevity and elegance in Italian 
prose. 

It is scarcely necessary to observe, that I have 
refrained from making any extracts from poets, to 
exemplify the different rules ; a practice not ad- 
missible in the Italian, where the fervid language 
of poetry is rather incompatible with the sober 
ornaments of prose. 

The poets, whose names are occasionally scat- 
tered through the work, are only referred to in 



PREFACE. VU 

their prosaic compositions. Metastasio, however, 
forms a single exception, as I have extracted from 
his dramatic works some phrases, which may be 
used as well in prose. 

Some authors, likewise, of an old date are to 
be found in this work; but I have only extracted 
from their compositions those idioms and rules, 
¥/hich are still in use and of an elegant texture. 

Having thus explained the general nature of 
this new performance, I shall proceed to specify 

minutely the different subjects upon which I have 

expatiated, as constituting some of the greatest 
difficulties in the progress of the learner.. 

1 . I have, expressed the various synonima of 

English verbs the most in use. 

2. The various significations of the particle to, 
which precedes the English infinitives. 

3. The various cases which adjectives, verbs, 

and prepositions govern. 

4. The use of the infinitives and subjunctives. 



Vlll PREFACE. 

5. Rules for writing according to the style of 
the best prosaic authors, with their various modes 
of reversing sentences. 

All the above are scattered throughout the work ; 
and what could not be inserted in the alphabetic 
order, with many other rules necessary to be 
known, are to be found in the beginning of the 
volume. 

NOTE. 

In this Supplement have been omitted a!i those verbs, 
prepositions, &c. &c. the construction of which is the 
same both in English and Italian ; and, in order to point 
out to students those words and cases which require a par- 
ticular attention, the author has marked them in Italic 
among the English, and in Roman among the Italian. 

Whenever a noun, a verb, or any other part of 
speech is found to govern a case, or an infinitive, or a 
subjunctive, it means that the words following the said 
part of speech are to be put in the cases and other parts 
mentioned, although in English they may happen to be 
different. As for example near, dative ; It is to be 
translated as if it were near to : To remember, genitive ; 
It is to be translated as if it were to remember of, &c. &c. 



INTRODUCTION. 



GENERAL RULES. 

ARTICLES. 
Rule I.— The definite articles lo, il, la, and all their 
oblique cases, are prefixed to all common nouns, used in 
the whole extent of their signification, either general or 
specific. 

The good which man can de- II giovamento che I'uomo pub 
rive from any thing, consists cavar da una cosa, consiste o 
either in its utility or delight. nelV utile o nel diletto. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

The definite article is also to be put before infinitives, 
standing as substantives. 

Now you say* that if of all Ora dite voi, che se fra tutte 

things created for man the fa- le cose create il parlar e quel 

witty, of speech is that, which che propriamente, e particolar- 

properly and particularly be- merit e e per I'uomo j il parlar si 

longs to man ; speaking may pub dire con ragione cosa otii- 

rightly be said to be an excel- ma. Idem, 
lent property. 

Rule II. — The definite article is put before names of 
celebrated men or women,* not christian names. 



* Observe, that christian names have no article. 

And if we wish to examine others 3 in him (in Boccaccio) we 
can easily perceive the perspicuity of Ovid, the purity of Ca- 
tullus, the majesty of Sophocles, &c. 

E se vogliamo esaminare altfi, in lid si pub facilmente scorgere 
e Vevidenza d'Ovidio, e la purita di Catullo, e la gravita di 
Sofocle, ec— BUOMMATTEI. 

It is to be observed in the above example that Ovid, Catullus 



L 2 INTRODUCTION". 



The exquisiteness therefore of V esquisitezza poi delPetrarca, 

Petrarch, another god of our altro nume della nostra volgar 

Italian poetry, &c. poesia, ec. buom matte r. 

But what shall We say of Ma die diremo delta soprau- 

the supernatural eloquence of mana eloquenza del Boccaccio ? 

Boccaccio ? buommattei , 

Rule III. — The definite article is pot before the' 
names of the four quarters of the world ; and before the 
names of countries,* kingdoms, t provinces, &c. 

All Europe is considered to be Tutta PEuropa e riputato 

a narrow limit, &c. stretto confine, ec. Idem. 

You know that Italy has Vol sapete, die 1'Italia e stata 

been several times subdued by plu volte soggiocata da molti 

a great many barbarians. barbari. Idem. 

The ancient and modern value Gli antichi e i moderni pregi 
of Tuscany, &c. della Toscana, ec. ld«m. 

Rule IV. — Articles, adjectives, and all declinable 
pronouns, are to agree with their substantives in gender 
and number. 

and Sophocles are christian names : we find however Dante with 
an article though a christian name j but it may be attributed to 
custom. 

* Before the names of the four quarters of the world, and 
also of countries, the article may be used ad libitum in the no- 
minative case only : but in the other cases, such as genitive, 
dative, &c. or in cases governed by a preposition, it is not used. 
The great glory of Italy — le somme glorie d'ltalia, 
So that it (the Italian language,) is in Italy now what the holy 
language must have been formerly in Egypt, &c. — talehe og'giin Ita- 
lia, ella e qual dovette essere gia lasagra in Egitto. puommatxek 
Bembo however said : 

From great many princes of Italy — da molti principi delV Italia, 
f Observe, that before names of those kingdoms which bear 
the same name as their capital city, such as Napoli, &c, the 
article is not used. 



INTRODUCTION. 6 

So that if our language pos- Di maniera che, se lanostra* 

sesses together with so much lingua ha con tanta dolcezza f 

sweetness, sonorous harmony, sonorita cosl grata, ch' ella ne 

so agreeable to the ear as to be riesce vaga al possibile ; chi non 

productive of every possible dira lei essere alV uomo di sommo 

charm, who will not acknow- ed incomparabile | diletto ? 

ledge that it is a source of the ;buommattei. 
highest and most incomparable 
gratification to man ? 

Rule V. — An adjective or a participle past, relating 
to two or more substantives of different genders, and 
separated from them bj a verb, is to be put in the plural ? 
and to agree with the masculine gender. 

All the churches of Carnia Tutte le chiese di Carnia sono 

are fallen to the ground $ and cadute,§ e le case e 'I monastero 

the houses and the monastery di Ogalsche, e quello di Vechir 

of Ogalsk, and that of Vechir sono subissati.|J villani. 
are sunk. 

Rule VI.-— '-An adjective, following- one or more sub- 
stantives immediately, without a verb intervening, agrees 
with that which is the nearest to it. 

Besides that, he had very Oltra di queslofece fare altari 



* La, a feminine article, nostra, ti possessive pronoun ; both 
agree with lingua, a substantive feminine. 

f Tanta, an adjective feminine, agrees with dolcezza, a substan- 
tive of the feminine gender. 

% Sommo and incomparabile, both masculine adjectives, agree 
With diletto, a masculine substantive,. 

§ Cadute, a participle feminine, plural, agrees with case, a 
substantive of the feminine gender. 

|| Subissati, a participle masculine, plural^grees with monastero, 
and not with case, because monastero is of the masculine gender. 

b 2 



4 



INTRODUCTION. 



splendid altars and chapels 
erected, 



e cappelle splendidissime* 

MACCRIAVELlX 



Cortine di fenestra. 

Salsa di cipolla. 
Solvere d'archibugio. 



Rule VII. — Two substantives separated by an % or 
by a hyphen, are to be reversed, and that which was 
the first is to be put in the genitive. 

Peter's hat ; turn, the hat of II cappello di Pietro. 
Peter. 

Window curtains ; curtains of 
window. 
Onion sauce 3 sauce of onion. 
Gunpowder ; powder of gun. 

Rule VIII. — The passive participle past, and that of 
neuter and reflective verbs, that are conjugated with the 
verb to be, in Italian are declinable ; that is to say, are to 
agree with their nominative case. 

He spoke to me of your vigi- Mi ragiono delta vostra vigilan- 

za, e che a tutte le ore eravate 
veduto.f BEMBO. 

E si tenne che fosse veramenfe 
mandata X dallo spirito santo. 

Idem. 
Dubitando d'alcuni soldati ch' 
erano andati § per terra. 

Idem. 



lance, and said that you were 
always to be seen. 

And they were of opinion, 
that it (a dove) had really been 
sent by the holy ghost. 

Doubting some soldiers who 
had gone by land. 



* The author might have said as well 3 cappelle ed altari splen- 
didissimi. 

f Veduto agrees with vol (understood in Italian) masculine, 
as it refers to a man. 

% Mandata, a participle of the feminine gender, as it refers 
to the dove, a substantive of the feminine gender. 

§ Andati, a participle plural, agrees with soldati, a masculiue 
substantive* 



INTRODUCTION. 



Rule IX.— The participle of active verbs, conjugated 
with the verb to have, and governing the accusative case, 
are either indeclinable or declinable, ad libitum: when 
declinable they are to agree with the following accusative. 

Hanno dato * autorita alio 
Spagnuolo. bembo. 



They have given authority to 
the Spaniard. 

So that having lost every hope 
of correcting him, &c. 



1 am sorry that I have lost 
those very long letters. 



Jn modo che perduta * io ogni 
speranza di correzione, ec. 

Idem. 

Increscemi che arb perdutef 
quelle piillunghe letter e. Idem. 



But if the accusative is one of these relatives, che, 
11 quale, la quale, i quali, le quali, who ; il and lo, him or 
it ; gli, li, le, them ; or one of the conjunctive pronouns, 
mi me, ti thee, ci us, vi you, it ought to precede the 
verb, and the participle is to agree with it. 
But as all these vices of which Ma crescendo egli in iutti 



I have spoken to you increas- 
ed in him from day to day, &c. 
She certainly is that great 
woman whom you have more 
than once described to the 
world. 

When I received your letters, 
by which you sent me those 



questi vizj, che io ho cletti % di 
giorno in giorno, ec. Idem. 

Ella e sicuramente quella gran 
donna che voi avete at mondo 
piu d'una volta dipinta,§ ec. 

Idem. 

Quando mi vennero le vostre 
lettere, per le qualimi mandavate 



* Dato, a participle indeclinable, and perduta a participle 
declined, which agrees with speranza. 

f Perdute, a participle plural, agrees with lettere, a feminine 
substantive, of the accusative case. 

J Detti, a participle plural, agrees with the relative che which 
refers to vizj, a substantive plural of the masculine gender. 

§ Dipinta, a participle, agrees with che which refers to donna* 
a feminine substantive. 



D ^ INTRODUCTION. 

thattheMarchioness of Pescara quelle che la Marchem di Pes-, 

had written to you,, &c. car a v'aveva scritte, ec* 

bembo. 

Saying, my Lord, have you Dicendo, o Signor mlo dun- 

then abandoned me ? que, irihai abbandonata ?.\ 

Idem. 

]&ut how many are there who Ma quanti saranno quegli che 

will be of opinion,, that my diranno, che disordinato amore 

excessive love for the fair sex me le ha fatte % trarre fuor 

has impelled me to exalt them delle tessitrici ! fiiienzuola« 
above the lowly sphere of the 
distaff and the needle ! 

Your good brother has left II vostro buon fratello ci ha 

us. lasciati.§ bembo* 

Rule X. — The verb is always to agree with its 
nominative case or subject : as, I speak, ioparlo ; we speak, 
noiparliamo; they love, eglino amano: but when two or 
more nominatives are the subject of one verb, the verb 
Is to agree with the most noble person (considering' the 
first person more noble than the second, and the second 
more noble than the third), and it is to be put in the 
plural ; as, I and thou love, to e tu amiamo ; || thou and he 
speak, tu ed egli parlate, ffl &c. If the nominative be fol- 

* Scritte, a participle plural, agrees with the relative che, which 
refers to lettere, a feminine substantive plural. 

y Abbandonuta, a participle, agrees with the pronoun conjunc- 
tive m , which refers to a lady. 

% Fatte, a participle plural, agrees with the relative pronoun le, 
which refers to women. 

§ Lasciati, a participle plural, agrees with the pronoun con- 
junctive ci, which refers to us men. 

|{ Amiamo, first person plural, agrees with io, a first person 
singular. 

^f Parlate, second person plural, agrees with thou 3 a second 
person singular. 



INTRODUCTION* ' 7 

i 

lowed by the relative che, who, the verb is to agree with 
the said nominative as if che were not there r as, 

1 allowed him to stay here on E lasciavalo stare per amor di 

account of you, who had given voi, che dato me Vavevate.* 

him to me. bembo. 

And believe me, who cannot E credi a me, che non iiposso 

deceive you. ingannare, dell a casa. 

Rule XI. — The present tense is used in speaking of 
present actions, or of actions continuing every day, every 
week, every month, every year, &c. 

I dine every day at five Io pranzo ogni giorno alle 

o'clock,, I drink a bottle of. cinque, ogni domenica bevo una 

wine every Sunday, and every bottiglia di vino, e vado alia 

month go to the play. commedia ogni mese. 

Rule XII. — The present tense is also used in speak- 
ing of actions entirely past, in order to give more force 
to the narration. 

On seeing his adversary, Don Al veder il nemico f monta 
Quixote mounted his horse, Don Chisciotte sul destriero, 
put on his shield, grasped his imbraccict lo scndo, impugna la 
sword and darted upon him. spada e quindi gli si lancia ad* 

dosso. 

Rule XIII. — The English past tense is commonly 
expressed in one way : as, I was, I had, but in Italian it 
is expressed in three ways, which are distinguished by 
the name of imperfect, definite, and perfect tenses ; as, 
I was, io ero, imp. ; io fui 3 del. ; io sono stato> perf. \ I 
had, aaevo, imp. ; io cbbi, def. ; io ho avuto, perf. 
— — _ , __________ -__ 

* Avevate, second person, agrees with voi, although che is 
between the verb and thef pronoun. 

f Monta, imbraccia } impugna, si lancia, are in the present 

tense. 



8 



INTRODUCTION, 



Rule XIV. — The imperfect tense is used in four in- 
stances, viz, I. In narrations, of which the time is not 
specified : as 



Lindora was inconsolable for 
the loss of her only son ; often 
she went to bathe his grave 
with her tears : when she saw 
the sun rising, she <voept ; for 
she did no longer see her be- 
loved son come in the morning 
to kiss her hand. 



Era Lindora inconsolabile della 
morte deW unico figlio suo ; 
sovente sen' andava a bagnar di 
lagrime la di lux tomba : allor- 
che levar vedea ilsole, piangea ; 
imperocche piu non vedeva venir 
sul mattino il figlio amato a 
baciarle la mano. 



II. In speaking of habitual actions, often repeated even 
in a determinate time : as, 

When Emily was in Rome, 
she went every morning to St. 
Peter's Church : when she had 
heard mass, she took a walk to 
Mount St. Angelo ; then she 
went back to her house and 
dined, &c. 



Quando Emilia stava in Roma, 
andava ogni mattina alia chiesa 
di San Pietro, e quando avea 
udita la messa, faceva una pas- 
seggiata fino al Monte Sani 'An- 
gelo ; ritornavasen quindv a 
casa, e pranzava, ec. 



III. In speaking of actions, which were interrupted or 
met with impediments : as, 



I was just getting on horse- 
back to go to Richmond ; when 
a friend of mine, who came to 
see me, hindered me. 

While I was speaking he twice 
interrupted me. 



Stava per montare a cavallo 
per andar a B.ichmond ; quando 
un amico mio, die venne a tro- 
varmi, men' impedt. 

Egli m ' inter ruppe due volte 
mentre stavo jjarlando. 



IV. In speaking- of the actions, dispositions, and good 
or bad qualities of persons or things no longer existing at 
the time we are speaking of them. 

Diogenes was a great Cynic, Era Diogene gran Cinico 

he livedin a tub, and often went aveva una botte per sua dimora, 
at noon with a lighted lantern e sovente sen' andava con una, 



INTRODUCTION. 9 

ki his hand ; and when he was lanterna accesa in mano amezzo 
asked why he carried it, he giorno ; e quando gli si doman- 
answered that he was going in dava perche portassela ; egli ris- 
quest of a man. pondeva che andava in traccia 

d'un uomo. 

Rule XV. — The imperfect in a word is used when- 
ever you can turn the English past tense into an active 
participle, with the past tense of the verb to be ; or into 
the infinitive with the word used; or whenever the Eng- 
lish past tense is found so without turning it. Ex. When 
he was there he went every day to the opera. Now, he went 
may be turned he used to go, and consequently he went is 
to be imperfect : quando egli era ivi> andava ogni giorno 
air opera. And again, while she spoke, tears came into 
her eyes ; turn, while she was speaking, tears used to 
come into her eyes, mentre ella parlava, le si riempievan 
gli occhi di lagrime. 

Rule XVI. — The definite tense is used, whenever 
an action quite past, or done at a remote but determi- 
nate time, is to be expressed ; and it is very often accom- 
panied with these adverbs : yesterday, last week, last 
month, last year, last century: last Monday, Tuesday , 
Saturday, S?c. 

My children went to a ball I miei fanciuUi andarono a un 

last Friday, and danced till five hallo Venerdipassato, eballaro- 

in the morning ; at six they no jiuo alle cinque dopo mezza 

went home, and after they had notte : alle sei ritornarono a 

eaten a good supper,, they went casa, e dopo cli ebbero ben 

to bed. cenato sen' andarono a letto. 

Last year I saw your brother Viddi vostro fratello in Francia 

in France ; he told me he could Vanno passato : mi disse che 

speak French very well. poteva parlar Francese benissi* 

mo. 



10 INTRODUCTION. 

Rule XVIL— The perfect tense is used to express 
an action done at a time, the duration of which is not 
elapsed when we are speaking ; and it is very ofte,n ac- 
companied with the following words : this morning, this 
week, month, year, century, S?c. 

I saw my friend twice this Ho veduto il mio amico due 
year, and twice he vias glad to volte quest' anno, e due volte 
see me. s'e rallegrato di vedermi. 

It would be improper to say viddi il mio amico due volte 
quest' anno, c due volte si rallegrb ; and although it is very 
often heard even from an Italian mouth, yet it is better to 
avoid it, as it is against all grammatical rules. The 
perfect tense, however, may properly be used in speaking 
, of an action done not long ago ; as, I was yesterday, last 
week, sono siato jeri, la sctiimana passata : even this is 
better to be avoided. 

The following novel of Soave will shew all the uses of 
the present, imperfect, and definite tenses. 

There was a time, when in Fu * gia un tempo, che in ogni 
^rery country old houses,, and parte le antiche case disabitate, 
especially old castles, were e sopraituito i vecchj castelli as- 
thought to be haunted by sediati si credevano f dagli spi- 
ghosts ; and people related a riti, e mille cose si racconta- 
thousand things concerning vano f delle loro appariziom, 
their apparitions, and the harm o del terrori che producevano f 
done to those who dared to a chi ardisse di soggiornarvi. A 
dwell in them. By degrees poco a poco si e discoperto, che 
they discovered that such ap- tali appariziom, e tali spaventi 
paritions and fears were either o erano \ un giuoco d'immagi-. 



* A definite tense according to rule 16. 

f Si credevano, si raccontavuno, etc., are imperfects, being an 
action which continues at a time past and unspecified, accord? 
ing to rule 14, first instance. 



INTRODUCTION. 



11 



the effects of a heated imagi- 
nation, or some natural causes 
totally unforeseen, or the deli- 
berate contrivance of malignant 
people, who made use of these 
means to keep off from those 
places, where they carried on 
their mischievous deeds, who- 
ever could have been able to 
detect them. At the present 
day no intelligent man gives 
any faith to such silly narra- 
tions. Common people, how- 
ever, are not yet exempt from 
ancient prejudices, and such 
stories even in our days are 
sometimes related. When that 
happens a prudent man con- 
tents himself with laughing at 
them. Some are fond to dis- 
play their courage,, and go forth 
boldly to meet the danger they 
hold in contempt: but the ex- 
ample of the Duke of Viilars 
ought to render every one cau- 
tious of entering those places, 
before he has secured himself 
against the evils which might 
easily be occasioned, either by a 
natural cause,or by the malice of 
people concealed within them. 



nazione riscaldata, o effetto hi 
naturall cagioni non avvedute 
dapprima, o espressa opera di 
malvage persone, die asavano * 
di questo mezzo per tener lontano 
da quel luoghi, ove naseonde- 
vano* le loro malvagita, chi- 
unque avesse potuto scoprirle : 
oggimai non vha persona di 
senno, die prestipiu alcunafedc 
a ierrori siffatti. Dal popolo 
tuttaiia Vanilco pregiudizio non, 
e ancor tolto del tutto, e di tali 
novelle s'odono + raceontar qual- 
che volta anche a'di nostri. Un 
uomo prudente ove cib avvenga, 
si appagaf di riderne senzapiu ; 
alcuni avian f far rnostra del 
loro coraggio, vanno f ardita- 
niente ad affrontar il pericolo, 
die disprezzano : f ma I'esem- 
pio del duca di Viilars dee f 
rendere ognuno accorto a non 
avventurarvisi, innanzi d'aver 
presa ogni sicurezza per ripararsi 
da' mali, die da cagione natu- 
rale o dalla malvagita di persone 
cold nascoste possono f facil- 
mente sopravvenvre. 



*■ Usavano, nascondevano, &c, are imperfects, being an actior* 
which continues at a time past and unspecified, according to rule 
14, first instance. 

| S'odo?w f si appaga, are present tenses., according to rule 1 K 



12 



INTRODUCTION. 



When still a youth, he was 
sent by the king his master on 
important affairs to Germany : 
on his return he was benighted, 
and overtaken by a violent 
storm in a miserable village j 
where no other place was to be 
found to take shelter in, but a 
few dirty cottages belonging 
to peasants : not far off, how- 
ever, an old castle was in sight, 
and as he thought he could 
there pass the night more 
comfortably, he inquired con- 
cerning its inhabitants, and 
whether he could procure a 
night's lodging. The good 
people told him, that nobody 
dared to lodge in it 5 for every 
one was frightened on account 
of the dreadful noise, and the 
phantoms which were seen by 
night. Villars laughed at their 
ignorance : well, said he, I 
should be extremely delighted 
to see those phantoms, and to 
hear that dreadful noise. Then 
to shew them in what contempt 



Mentre questi era* giovane 
tuttavia, spediio dal re suo si- 
gnore per affari importanti in 
Alemagna, al ritorno fu f so- 
praggiunto dalla notte, e da 
una pioggia dirotta in un tristo 
villaggio 3 ovefuori di poche, e 
meschine capanne di contadini 
altro luogo non v'era % da rico- 
verarsi. Vedeasi + perb non 
lungi un antico castello, e come 
a lui parea \ di poter ivi passar 
la notte piu agtatamente^ cosi 
domandb chi la fosse, e se 
quivi sarebbesi potuto aver Val- 
bergo. La buona gente rispose 
che niuno ardiva J d'alloggiar 
la dentro per che dagli strepiti 
spaventevoli, che si udivano fra 
notte, e da fantasmi che si ve- 
devano | tutti erano** atterrdi. 
Rise Villars delta loro sempli- 
cita : eel io avrb ben piacere, lor 
disse, di mirar anctiio, questi 
fantasmi, e d'udir questi strepiti 
spaventosi. Quindi dato or dine 
a' suoi di rimaner net villaggio 
per dichiarar vie meglio quanta. 



* Era, imperfect, according to rule 14, 4th way. 
f Fu and domandb^ definite tenses, rule 14. 
£ Era and vedeasi, &c. are imperfect tenses, rule 14, first 
way. 

** Erano, imperfect, rule 14, first way. 



INTRODUCTION. 



13 



he held such follies, he ordered 
his servants to remain in the 
village, took his arms with 
him, and after he had procured 
some wine to be brought thi- 
ther, and a good fire to be 
lighted, he went to the castle 
quite alone. 

Scarcely had the clock struck 
twelve, when behold he began 
to hear from afar a noise of 
bowlings mixed with the clank- 
ing of chains. Villars, with- 
out being intimidated, grasped 
his sword and placed himself 
an his guard. The noise of 
screams and clanking of chains 
increased more and more. 
Villars was courageously wait- 
ing the result, with a firm and 
resolute mind, when behold, 
with a tremendous noise as if 
occasioned by the fall of the 
whole castle, he saw the doors 
burst open and a monstrous 
phantom enter all in white, and 
followed by four furies holding 
funereal torches in their hands. 
The phantom stoppedat a little 
distance, and addressing him- 
self to Villars : Rash man ! 
cried he with a hollow voice, 



ei si beffasse di cotaifole, prese * 
le sue armi, e fatto recar del 
vino, ed accender buon fuoco 
per ristorarsi, tutto solo s'in- 
camminb * at castello. 



Passata la mezza notte ecco 
incomincia f a Jarsi udir da 
lontano un confuso rumore d'urli 
e di grida, e uno strepito di 
catene. Villars senza atterrirsi 
pan X man all' armi, e si mette X 
sulle guar die. ho schiamazzo 
degli idulat'i, e lo strascico delle 
catene si fat ognor piil forte e 
piu vicino. Villars con animo 
sempre fermo ed inirepido ne 
sta X attendendo la riusdta. 
Quando ecco, con un fracasso 
come se tutto ne rovinasse il 
castello, spalcmcare ei si vede X 
le porte, ed entrare un mostruoso 
Jantasma d'enorme grandezza, 
tutto coperto di bianco, e seguito 
da quattro furie confacifuneree 
nelle mani. Arresiatosi ilfan- 
tasma a pochi passi, e volto a 
Villars. Temerario mortale ! 
gli grida X in tuon cupo, tu eke 
osasti § di penetrare in questi 



* Prese, s'incamminb, definite tenses, rule 14. 
f Incomincia, present tense, rule 12. 
X All these are present tenses, according to rule 1 2. 
§ Osasti, a definite tense, according to rule 16. 



II 



INTRODUCTION. 



thou who daredst enter these 
terrible places, fly thee hence., 
or tremble for thy life ! To me 
do you say tremble ? answered 
the courageous youth i you will 
directly see, villain, whether 
Viilars can tremble. Thus say- 
ing, he rushed furiously upon 
him. The phantom fled with 
precipitation ; Viilars pursued 
him, but scarcely had he pass- 
ed the second apartment, when 
the floor gave way, the vision 
disappeared,and he found him- 
self entirely alone, in a solitary 
place, and in deep silence. It 
is too easy to imagine what was 
the agitation of Viilars in that 
terrible moment. Fortunately 
he had not any hurt by his 
fall.: but he clearly perceived, 
that being shut up in such a 
place he could not hope for 
escape. He was for a length 
of time agitated by the tumult 
of numberless ideas - } at last 
he beheld a glimmering light, 
through the interstices of a 
cioor which led into the adjoin- 
ing dungeon, and heard a 
whispering seemingly of hu- 



luoghi terribili, sgombra * <M 
qua immantinente, o trema * per 
la tua vita. Io tremare ! ris- 
ponde il giovane coraggioso : or 
lu vedrai, scellerata, se sa * 
tremar Viilars. E senza piu 
con impeto filrioso gli corre f 
incontro. Fugge f precipitoso 
il fantasma, Viilars gli tien f 
dietro * ma trapassate appena due 
camere, ecco profondasi f il 
pavimento, scomparisce f la vi- 
sione, ed egli trovasif tutto solo 
in luogo ignoto in ten cupo 
silenzio, e in wC oscurita spa- 
ventevole. Qual fosse il terrore e 
Vagitazione di Viilars in quelV 
orrihil momenta e troppo facile 
aconcepire. Einon avea,\ per 
sua ventura, sqferto alcun male 
nella caduta ma ben vedea% che 
la racchiuso, non doveva X as* 
pettar piu uscita ne scampot 
Ilestato cosi lunga pezzafra il 
tumulto di mille pensieri, 
scorge § alia fine un lieve bar- 
lume, attraverso la fenditura 
tVun tiscio che metteva \\ nel 
vicino sotterraneo, e sente § un 
bisbiglio che sembragli § di voci 
•umane. Tende § acutamente 



* Sgombra, trema, sa, etc. all present tenses, according to 
rule 1 1 . 

f All these are present tenses, according to rule 12. 
% Avea, vedea, doveva, imperfect, according to rule 14. 
§ Scorge, sente, fyc. all present tenses, according to rale 12. 
|| Metteva, imperfect, according to rule 14, second way. 



INTRODUCTION. 



15 



man voices. Fie listened at- 
tentively, and shuddered on 
hearing that a troop of ruf- 
fians were consulting about the 
means of putting him to death. 
After much self-debating, which 
kept him for a considerable 
time in excessive agitation, he 
at last heard one, who said: 
Jt might be too dangerous for 
us to kill him ; he is a man of 
high rank : to-morrow he will 
be searched for in this castle, 
and we shali be detected : my 
opinion is, to open the doors, 
and set him at liberty. En- 
couraged by these words : yes, 
cried he to them, your attempt 
would cost you too dear. I have 
important letters, which are to 
be delivered into the king's own 
hands. I have four servants in 
the neighbouring village : my 
death would not remain undis- 
covered nor unavenged. Open : 
I promise to you to keep the se- 
cret, and a recompence worthy 
of Villars. After a short de- 
liberation, it was resolved to 
set him at liberty, but however 
with an oath,, that he should 
only sav, he had seen and heard 



Vorecchio, e riesce * con suo 
maggior spavento che fra una 
truppa di male genii si fa * vol 
consulia sulla maniera di trarlo 
a morte. Dopo varj dihaiti- 
menii, che Jralle artgustie il 
tennero \ lungamente ode * uno 
alia fine, il quale dice:* Troppo 
pericoloso per noi pub essere Vam- 
mazzarlo : egli e persona di 
troppo conto, domani ne syra 
futia ricerca per tutto il castelh 
e noi saremo scoperti : mioparere 
e § che aprasi, e si rimetia in 
liber ta. Villars a cih rincprato : 
si troppo caro, lor grida, § il 
vostro attentato vi coste.rebbe. 
Io ho j| letter e importanti, che 
esser deggiono rimesse al re in 
propria mano : ho [! nel vi-cino 
villaggio quattro persone di mio 
servigio :. Id morte mia ne star 
polrehbe nascosta, ne rimarrebbesi 
invendicata. Sprite -, io pro? 
metto || a tutti il segreto, e una 
ricompensa degna di Villars. 
Dopo breve conjigliofu pallor a 
risoluto di likerarlo, obblig-cmdolo 
perb a giurare che altro ei 
detto non avrebbe, se non d'avere 
la dentro veduto e udito cose 
terribili ; e ben certamente il 



* Scorge, sente, &c. all present tenses, according to rule 12. 

f Tennero, definite, according to rule 14. 

§ E , grida, &c. present tenses, according to rule 12. 

|| Ho, prometto, present tenses, rule 11. 

% Fa, definite tense, according td rule 15. 



16 



INTRODUCTION, 



terrible things therein ; and be 
could certainly say so. Some 
time after, while be was at 
one of his villas with some 
friends, be saw an unknown 
person present himself before 
him, who offered him two 
beautiful and lively colts, and 
said : They beg you to accept 
this gift to whom you pro- 
mised secrecy within the castle, 
which you ought to remember, 
and which you have so faith- 
fully kept. Now they liberate 
you from your promise, since 
being in a place of security 
out of this kingdom, they want 
nothing, nor have they any 
thing to fear. 

He then related what had 
happened to him within the 
castle. The five spectres were 
five coiners of false money, 
who concealed themselves there 
with others ; the floor that 
sunk was one of the traps with 
which, in the time of the civil 
wars and petty tyrants, almost 
all the castles were furnished. 
Rejoiced at having been able 



potea* dir con ragione. Passato 
alcun tempo, mentre in una sua 
villa si stava* egli fra suoi 
amici, videsi f un uomo ignoto 
venir d'avanti, il quale due leg' 
giadri e vezzosi puledri a lid 
presentando : quesio dono, disse> 
gli, % preganvi § d'accettare 
coloro ai quali di segreto gia 
promettesie% dentro il castello, 
di cui debbevi § sovvenire e che 
si fedelmente avete j| finora 
tenuto. Ova liber ano § essi la 
vostra fede per che usciti del 
regno, e posti in sicuro, ne pin 
abbissognano § di cosa alcuna y 
tw cosa alcuna kanno § a iemere* 



Narrb J egli allora ciocche en- 
tro al castello gli era avvenuto. 
I cinque spetlri erano ^[ cinque 
fabbricatori di false monete che 
la \si occultavano ^[ con altri : 
il pavimento prqfondato era % 
imo dei trobocchelti di cui al 
tempo delle guerre intestine e 
dei piccoli tiranni quasi tutti 
i castelli erano ^[ provveduti. 
Lieto Villars oVaverpotuto scam- 



* Potea,stava, imperfect tenses, according to rule 16, first way. 

-j- Videsi, definite tense, according to rule 16. 

+ Dissegli, &c. definite tenses, according to rule 16. 

§ Preganvi, &c. present tenses, according to rule 11. 

j| Avete tenuto, perfect tenses, according to rule 17. 

*f[ Erano, &c. imperfect tenses, according to rule 14, first Way* 



INTRODUCTION. 17 

to escape from the danger, parne, ogni volta che il fatto 

whenever Villars related the ne raccontava* mai non Zas- 

story, he has often blamed the ciava * di biasimare il suo so- 

rashness of his courage, and ' verchio ardore, e di proporre se 

pointed himself out as an in- stesso in esempio de pericolic a 

stance of the dangers into cui pub condurre un coraggio 

which a person may be plunged inconsiderate. 
by a too inconsiderate boldness* 



Different ways to address in Italian. 

RULE XVIII.— When Italians address themselves 
either to a man or woman, they use one of these three 
persons : the second person singular, the second person 
plural, or the third singular, according to the station or 
rank in life of those who are addressed. 

I. The second person singular is used when masters 
speak to their servants ; parents to their children ; hus- 
band and wife, and brothers and sisters, to each other. 
It is used likewise between very intimate friends, and 
lastly in poetry. 

II. The second person plural is used by children 
speaking to their parents ; by ladies speaking to gentle- 
men of the same station of life as they are themselves ; 
by gentlemen speaking to persons below them, or to 
tradespeople* 

III. The third person singular is used by servants 
speaking to their masters; by gentlemen speaking, or 
when they address themselves to ladies of the same sta- 
tion of life as they are themselves. 



* Raccontava and lasciava are imperfect tenses, according to ! 
ride \4, first way, 



18 INTRODUCTION. 

It is to be observed that, when the third person singular 
is used, you is changed into vostra Signoria,* which 
serves to address both man and woman ; and if more 
than two persons are spoken to, you is changed into 
le vostre Signorie y or lor Signori, always making th» 
verb agree with them ; that is to say, the verb is to be 
third person singular with vostra Signoria, and third per- 
son plural with vostre Signorie, 

That, in speaking to a person of rank or to a nobleman, 
vossignoria lllustrissima>^ or vostra Excellenza, is to be 
used* to a prince of the blood, vostra Altezza; to a king, 
vostra Maesta ; to a monk, vostra Paternita ; to a priest, 
vostra River enza; to a cardinal, vostra Eminenza; to 
a pope, vostra Santita, 

That, in speaking in the third person, the adjective or 
participle (if there be any) is to be of the feminine 
gender, % an ^ that the possessive pronoun your is 
changed into suo, sua, suot, sue^ § for the singular, and 
into loro [| for the plural. 



* Vostra Signoria is pronounced Vossignoria and written V. S* 
Observe that not to repeat V. S. too often., we make use of ella 
you, di lei of you, a lei or le to you, lei or la you, da lei from 
you ; and instead of le vostre signorie, we say, elleno or esse you,, 
di loro of you, a loro to you, da loro from you. 

T Vossignoria Illustfissima is written V. S. Illma. ; Vostra Ee~ 
ccllenza, V. Ecc za , ; Vostra Altezza, V, A. ; Vostra Maesta, V. 
M* ,* Vostra Paternita, V, P'«. j Vostra Riverenza, V. R. - 7 
Vostra Eminenza, V. Emza. ; Vostra Santita, V. £'«., &c. 

\ This should be the proper way : but we also find the adjec- 
tive and the participle agree with the person addressed j that is 
to say, of the masculine gender, if a man is spoken to. 

§ Suo, sua, moi, sue, are to agree with the pel-son spoken of. 

|| Loro is of both genders and numbers. \ 



INTRODUCTION. 



19 



Examples, shewing the uses of the three persons cn- 
ployed in speaking to people : from Goldoni. 

First Example. 

FiorindO} a master, speaking in the second person sin- 
gular, to Trivella, a servant, who speaks in the third 
person singular : 

i?/._ Here! Trivella. 

Tr.— Sir. 

Fl. — Quick, pack up my 
things, go to the post»house, 
and bespeak a calash for twelve 
o'clock. 

Tr. — Where to, if I am al- 
lowed to ask ? 

Fl. — I will go back to Venice. 

TV. — So suddenly ? has any 
misfortune befallen you ? have 
you met with any unfortunate 
accident ? 

Fl.—I cannot tell you any 
thing now j in our journey 1 
shall tell you all. 

Tr. — Dear master, pardon a 
servant for beingtoobold j but 
you are well acquainted with 
my fidelity j and you must re- 
member that your uncle has 
conferred upon me, as the 
oldest servant of your house, 
the honour to attend you on the 
journey he has permitted you 
to make 5 and he was so kind 
as to say that he trusted and 
placed his hopes in me. I en- 
treat you, for heaven's sake., to 



Ehi! Trivella. 

Signore. 

Presto metti insieme la mia 
roba, va alia posta, e ordina 
%m calesse per mezzo giorno. 

Per dove, se la domanda e 
lecita ? 

Voglio tornare a Venezia. 

Cosi improvvisamente ? L'e* 
successa qualche disgrazia ? Ha 
ella avuto qualche cattivo in- 
contro ? 

Per adesso non ti dico niente. 
Per viaggio ti contero tulto. 

Caro signor padrone, perdoni, 
se un servitore a troppo si avan- 
za: ma ella sa la mia fedelta, 
e si ricordi, che il suo signor 
zio in questo viaggio che le ha 
accordato di fare mi ha dato V 
onore di servir-fo 9 come antico 
di casa, ed ha avuto la bonta di 
dire che si fidava unicamenle a 
me. La supplico per amor del 
cielo difarmi partecipe del wio- 
tivo della sua risoluzione^ accio 
possa assicurare il suo Signor 
2 



20 



INTRODUCTION. 



acquaint me with the motive 
of your resolution ; in order 
that I may assure your uncle 
that a justifiable reason induced 
you to go away in a manner, 
which will certainly give occa- 
sion to suspect you. 

Fl. — Dear Trivella, time 
elapses, and I cannot enter 
into a long explanation to in- 
form you of the motive of my 
departure -, for once, do as I 
bid you 5 go, and bespeak the 
calash. 

Tr. — Do these gentlemen, of 
whom you are a guest, know 
that you wish to go away ? 

Fl. — They do not know j 
but I will tell them in two 
words : I shall take leave, 
thank them, and go. 

Tr. — What will they say of 
your sudden resolution ? 

Fl.^-1 shall tell them that a 
letter from my uncle obliges 
me to set out immediately. 



zio, che una giusta ragione Vha 
indotto a partire in una maniera 
che dara certamente da mormo- 
rare. 



Caro Trivella, il tempo passa. 
enon posso perderlo in far-ti 
un lungo racconto, per parteci- 
par-tii motivi della mia parten- 
za. Questa volta contenta-ti di 
far a modo mio. Va a ordinar 
questo calesse. 

Sanno questi Signori di cui 
e ospite, che ella vuol andar 
via? 

Non lo sanno ; ma in due pa- 
role glielo dico mi licenzio, gli 
ringrazio e parto. 

Che vuol ella che dicono di 
questa improvvisa risoluzione ? 

Diro, che una lettera di mio zio 
m'obbliga a partir subito, &c. 



Second Example. 

Ottavio, a father, speaking in the second person singular 
to Rosaurd) his daughter, who speaks to him in the second 
person plural. 



Ros. — Father, I wish you 
a good day I 

Oti. — Oh ! daughter, good 
days are all over with me. 

Ros. — For what reason ? 



Signor padre, il cielo vi dia il 
buon giorno ! 

Oh ! jigliuola, i giorni buoni 
sono per mejiniti. 

Per qual ragione ? 



INTRODUCTION. 



21 



Ott. — Because I am no longer 
able to make a single penny. 
We are spending every day, and 
ruin will be the consequence. 

Ros. — But I beg your pardon, 
you are talked of throughout 
all Bologna as a rich man. 

Ott. — I a rich man ? heaven 
forgive you ! may heaven blast 
the tongue of those who ca- 
lumniate me. 

Ros. — They do not calumniate 
you speaking of you as a 
wealthy man. 

Ott. — Nay, they cannot do 
worse. If they think me to be 
a rich man, they will conspire 
against my life, and then 1 shall 
uot be safe at home. Thieves 
will break open the doors of my 
house by night. Oh heavens ! 
I shall be obliged to double the 
locks, to augment the number 
of bolts, and put more bars. 

Ros. — Rather take another 
servant, if you are afraid. 

Ott. — Another servant ? ano- 
ther traitor, another thief, you 
mean 5 we have scarcely enough 
to live for ourselves. 

Ros. — By what I hear, you 
are poor. 

Ott. — It is too true ! 

Ros. — What will you do then 
to marry me, and to give me 
my portion ? 



Perche non si guadagna piu un 
soldo. Ognigiorno si spende, e 
si vain rovina. 

Ma, perdonatemi, tutta Bo- 
logna vi decanta per uomo ricco. 

Io ricco ? io ricco ? il. cieffo 
telo perdoni ; il cielo faccia 
cader la lingua a chi dice male 
di me. 

A dir, che siete ricco, non 
dicono male di voi. 

Anzi, non possono dir peggio. 
Se mi credono ricco, m'insidie- 
ranno la vita, non saro sicuro in 
casa. La notte i ladri mi apri- 
ranno le porte. Oh ! cielo ! mi 
converra duplicare le serrature, 
accrescere i chiavistelli metterci 
delle stanghe. 



Piuttosto se avete timore, pren- 
dete in casa un altro servitore. 

Un altro servitore ? un altro 
ladro, un altro tradilore vuoi 
dire; nqi abbiamo appena da 
vivere per noi. 

Per quel ch'io sento } voi siete 
miserabile. 

Pur troppo e la verita. 

Dunque come f arete a maritar- 
mi e darmi la dote ? 



C 3 



22 



INTRODUCTION. 



0#.— This is what hinders 
me from sleeping at night. 

Ros. — How then, do you wish 
to make me despair ) 

Ott.-~ No, no, the case will 
not be without remedy. 

Ros.— But will *here be a 
portion for me or not > 

Ott.-^-Ah ! there will be. 

Ros. — It should be of twenty 
thousand dollars. 

Ott. — Hold your tongue, do 
not call it to my mind, for it 
kills me. 

Ros.— Heaven grant you a- 
long life ; but after your death 
I shall be your only heiress. 

OtL — Heiress ! what do you 
hope to inherit I 



Questo e quello che non mi 
lascia dor mire la notte. 

Come ! mi porrete voi in dis* 
peraziorte ? 

No, il caso non e disperato. 

Ma la mia dote vi sara, o non 
vi sara ? 
Ah ! vi sara, 
Devono essere ventimila scudi. 

Taci, non melo rammentare 
che mi sento morire. 

II cielo vi faccia vivere lungo 
tempo ; ma dopo la vostra morte 
io saro la vostra mica erede. 

Erede di che ? che cosa speri 
d'ereditare ? 



Third Example, 

Beatrice^ a lady, speaking- to Florindo, a gentleman, in 
the second person plural,* who speaks to her in the third 
person singular. 

Ben levato il Signor Florhido. 



Beat. — Good morning to you, 
Mr. Plorindo. 

Fior. — Your servant, Madam, 
I was just wishing to see 
ysu. 

Beat. —What is your pleasure 1 



Servitore umilissimo Signora 
Beatrice; appunto desiderava 
di riverirla. 

Che cosa avete da comandar* 
mi? 



* Observe that a lady would not commit a fault were she to 
speak to a gentleman in the third person singular. 



INTRODUCTION, 



23 



Flo.— 1 have to beg of you to 
rorgive the trouble I have oc- 
casioned you, to thank you 
for all the civilities you have 
deigned to shew me, and to 
beg that you will give me any 
commands you may have for 
Venice. 

Beat. — How ! For Venice ? 
and when ? 

Flo. — Directly - 3 I have sent 
for the calash. 

Beat. — You are joking. 

Ko.— Indeed, it is so, ma- 
dam. 

Beat. — But why so sudden a 
resolution ? 

Flo. — A letter from my un- 
cle obliges me to set out im- 
mediately. 

Beat. — Does my nephew 
know it ? 

Flo. — I have not yet told 
him. 

Beat — He shall not let you 
go- 

Flo. — I hope he will not 
hinder me from going. 

Beat.— If my nephew lets you 
go away, I shall use all my 
efforts to detain you. 

Flo. — I do not know what to 
say to it. You speak m a man- 
ner I do not understand. For 
what reason will you detain 
me ? 



Ho 4a supplkar-h. di cowcto- 
nare il lungo incommodo che le 
ho recato, ri?igraziar~\a. di tutte 
le finezze, cft'ella s'e degnaia di 
farmi? e pregarAa di darmi 
qualche comando per Venszia. 



Come? AVenezia? Quando? 

A momenti ; ha mandate a 
ordinar la posta. 
Vox scherzate. 
In verita ella e cosz? Signora. 

Ma per che questa repentina ri- 
soluzione ? 

Una lettera di mio zio m'obhll- 
ga a par tire immediatamente . 

Lo sa mio nipote ? 

Non glieV ho detto ancora. 

Egli non vi lascerd. partire. 

Spero che non m'impedird, di 
farlo. 

Se mio nipote vi lascia andare, 
faro io ogni sforzo per tratte* 
nervi. 

Non so che dire. Ella parla 
in una maniera che non capisco. 
Per qual ragione mi vuol trat' 
Unere ? 



C 4 



INTRODUCTION. 



Beat. — Ah! Mr. Florindo, 
it is no longer time to dissemble, 
you know my heart, you well 
know my passion. 

Flo. — You do me an honour, 
which I do not deserve. 

Beat. — And you are obliged 
to love me in return. 

Flo. — That seems a little 
difficult. 

Beat.— Yes, you are obliged 
to love me in return. A lady, 
who has overcome her bashful- 
ness, and has discovered the 
secret of her love, does not de- 
serve to be so ill treated. 

Flo. — I did not oblige you to 
speak. 

Beat. — I have been silent 
this month, now I can remain 
so no longer. 

Flo. — If you had been silent 
a month and a day it would 
have been the same. 



Ah ! Signor Florindo, non e 
piu tempo di dissimulare. Vol 
conoscete il mio cuore, voi sapete 
la mia passione. 

Ella mi fa una finezza che non 
merito. 

E siete in obbligo di corrispon- 
dere alVamor mio. 

Questoe quello che mi pare un 
poco difficile. 

Si siete in obbligo di corrispon- 
dermi ; una donna, che ha su- 
perato il rossore, ed ha svelato 
Varcano delV amor suo, non me- 
rita d'essere villanamente trat- 
tata. 

Io non Vho obbligata a parlare. 

Ho taciuto un mese ora non 
posso piu. 

Se Ella taceva un mese e urt 
giorno non era niente. 



More Examples of addressing in writing* 

A letter of Count Francis Algarotti to Francis M. 
Zanotti, his friend ; in the second person singular. 
After a prosperous and most Jo son giuntojer mattina dopo 



delightful journey, I arrived 
yesterday morning at Venice, 
where I found a letter from you, 
for which, more than for any 
thing else, I was glad to arrive 
there. But I was somewhat 
disappointed -, because I was 



unfelicee dilettosissimo viaggio 
in Venezia, {love ho ritrovato 
una lettera tua, per la quale 
piic che per altro ho avuto caro 
di giungervi. Ma io sono stato 
alquanto ingannato, che dove io 
credea di trovare una lettera tua 



INTRODUCTION. 



25 



in expectation of finding a 
very long letter from you,, and 
not written with such haste 
as the others have been, which 
I have hitherto received from 
you, I found it written in great 
haste, and shorter indeed than 
I wanted. But, good God, will 
there be no end to your cursed 
visits, in order that you may 
have a little time to write a 
longer letter to your friend, 
who has no other consolation 
at present than your letters ? 
I entreat you in the most ear- 
nest manner to endeavour to 
find some time for this good 
office, in order to console me 
a little more than you have 
hitherto done. 



lunga, e non iscritta cosi in 
fretta come lo sono state le dltre 
che ho ricevute da te fino ad ora, 
io Vho ritrovata scritta in fretta 
essa pur e brevissima, assai piu 
in verita che non mi facea 
d'uopo. Ma, Dio buono! non 
avrai tu mai finite coteste tue 
maladette visite, sicche tu non 
abbia tempo di scrivere un po'a 
lungo di te ad un amico tuo, il 
quale altra consolazione. omai 
piu non ha che le letter e tue ^ 
Io ti priego quanto so e posso il 
piic difaredi averlo questo tempo 
da consolarmi un poco piu che 
tu fino a quest 'ora non hai 
fatto, %c. 



A letter of Marcantonio Biorci to his brother Giam< 
battista ; in the second person singular. 



Your letter found me in this 
villa of Cavallasca, where it is 
now eight days since I have en- 
joyed myself in company with 
the Count Imbanati, and with a 
society of Milanese friends. I 
wonder* you do not find means 
to get rid of your hypocondria. 
Do you think that it is an infir- 
inity of a man of Montferrat 
and worthy of being admitted 
5nto such a gay family as our's ? 
But, jesting apart, since Ma- 
rianne wishes I should be, se- 
jious upon this topic, I must 



La tua lettera e venuta a tro- 
varmi in questa villa di CavaU 
lasca, dove da otto giorni me la 
godo col Conte Imbonati 9 e con 
una brigatella d'amici Milanesi. 
Mi meraviglio molto che tu non 
trovi modo di cacciarti Vipocon- 
dr'ia di corpo. Ti pare che 
questo sia un male da Monferri- 
no, e meritevole d'essere ammesso 
in unafamiglia tutta lieta come 
la nostra ? Lasciando perb gli 
scherzi, poiche Marianna vuol 
pure che questo sia un argo- 
mcnto seriOj ti dico, che presto 



26 



INTRODUCTION. 



tell you, that you would soon 
recover, if you drank wine with 
a little more water than your 
usual custom, and if you walk- 
ed several times a day, but 
without howeverfatiguingyour- 
self, after having trotted on 
horseback an hour every mor- 
ning before sun-rise ; and if 
you could only eat things of a 
delicate nature, such as poultry, 
birds, calf's liver, kidneys, and 
other things of that kind. 



gueriresti, se ti dessi a here il vino 
un po' piu innacquato che non 
fai,e se passeggiassi di molte volte 
il di, senza pero stancarti, dopo 
d'aver trottato urC ora a cavalld 
ogni mattina cominciando un 
po' prima del levar del sole ; e 
se non mangiassi poi che cose 
dilicate e tenere, cioe polli, uccel- 
letti, fegati di vitella, granelli e 
altre tali cosucce. 



A letter of Pope Ganganelli to Mr. Stuart, a Scotch 
gentleman ; in the third person singular. 

I have followed you, my dear 
Sir, with my mind, as well on 
the sea as on the Thames. As 
long as I shall travel with my 
mind through England, nobody 
will insult me ; but were I to 
go thither in propria persona, 
clad in my religious habit, God 
knows how I should be treated 



by the common people. You 
must however agree with me, 
that Popes are a good kind of 
people ; since, if they would 
make reprisals, they could 
exact that priests and monks 
should be allowed to enter 
London in their habit, or else 
that an Englishman should not 
be permitted to enter Rome. 
And who would be the first to 
be caught ) You, dear Sir, who 
from time to time are fond of 
visiting Italy. 



lo Vho seguitata, carissimo 
Signor mio, con la mente e per 
mare, e sul Tamigi. FintantO" 
che viaggera la mente mia per 
V Inghilterra, nessuno m'insul- 
tera: ma se io v'andassi in 
persona e colV abito religioso, 
Dio sa come sarei trattato dalla 
plebaglia, Ella pertanto con- 
venga meco, che i Papi son 
buona gente, poiche se volessero 
far delle rappresaglie, potreb- 
bono esigere che si lasciassero 
entrare in Londra i preti, ed i 
frati colV abito loro, oppure 
non si ricevesse in Roma verun 
lnglese. E chi mrebbe il primo 
a restarci preso ? Ella caro Si- 
gnore cui piace di tanto in bani9 
riveder V Italia, 



MORE RULES FOR COMPOSITION. 

L Nouns or pronouns being the subject of tbe verb, 
or rather being the nominative case, may be put after the 
verb, whenever a period begins : Example : 

Kuffino writes that the Gal- Scrive *Ruffino che f -gli CaU 

dees chose the fire for their del si elessero per Iddio il fuoco, 

God. BORGHINI, 

Those captains sustained the Sostennero * quel capitani la 

eharge of the Catholics. carica del Cattolici. davila. 

Fortune could not be more Non poteva * la fortuna riw- 

favorable to us than when she scirci piu favorevole che quando 

appeared to be most adverse. ha mostrato di volerci piu esser 

contraria. bemtivogliq. 



II. Nouns or pronouns, being the subject of the nomi- 
native case of an active participle, may be put after the 
active participle (provided no ambiguity occurs), and if 
this participle and the following verb are governed by one 
nominative, the nominative maybe put after the verb. 

Michael Angelo was born in Michelagnolo nacque in Co- 
Corentino, his father being rentino, cssendo\ suo padre 
called Ludovico Buonaroti. chiamato Lodovico Buonaroti. 

BORGHINI. 

* Ruffino, quel capitani, la Jortuna p being the subjects of 
the verbs, are put after them. 

f According to modern orthography we put i instead of gli. 

% Suo padre, being the subject, is put after the active par- 
ticiple. 



28 



INTRODUCTION. 



A birdcatcher having caught 
a quail, &c. 

Finally, the Caldees taking 
their God with them., went to 
Egypt. 



Avendo* un ucellatore presa 
una quaglia, ec. firenzuola. 

Ultimamente portando U Iotq 
Iddio, sene andarono \ i Cat- 
dei in Egitto. .borghini. 



III. Nouns or pronouns, being the nominative case, or 
the subject, may be put after the verb, whenever you wish 
to begin the sentence with the governed case. 



Now I think that you know 
what your good is ; for the 
evil of both (soul and body) 
would arise from our discord. 

A great number of people 
apply themselves to these two 
kinds of trades in Holland and 
Zealand. 

By these counsels, by this 
art, actions and aims, that glo- 
rious Charles became great, and 
Emperor of Rome. 



Oh, or mi par che tu conoschi 
il ben tuo> perche dalla discor- 
dia nostra nascerebbe J il -*nal 
delV una e delV altro. gelli. 

A queste due qualita di mestie- 
ri s'applica in Olanda e in Ze- 
landa § un numero grandissimo 
dipersone. bentivoglio. 

Con questi consigli, con queste 
arti, con queste azioni, con 
questi Jini, diventb magno e 
Imperator di Roma jj quel glo- 
riosissimo Carlo, 

GUICCIARDINI. 



* Un uccellatore, being the nominative case, is put after. 

f I Caldei, being the nominative of both the participle and 
the verb, is placed after the verb. 

X II mal is the nominative case, which is put after the verb, 
because the governed case, dalla discordia, is put before the verb. 

§ Un numero is the nominative case, which is put after the 
verb, because the governed case, a queste due qualita/ys put before 
the verb. 

j| Quel gloriosissimo Carlo, &c. is the nominative case, which 
is placed after the verb, because -the governed cases, con questi 
consigli, con queste arti, &c. are put before the verb. 



INTRODUCTION. 



29 



For as a right judgment can- 
not be expected from an un- 
skilful and inexperienced judge, 
&c. 

Mimio having said these 
things, &c. 



Perche come da un giudice in- 
capace ed inesperto nonsi possono 
aspettare * sentenze rette, ec. 

GUICCIARDINI. 

Queste cose avendo dette f il 
Mimio, ec. bembo. 



I V. Nouns or pronouns being the nominative case, may 
be put after the verb, whenever the relatives che, il quale, 
la quale, &c. (as accusatives or other cases but nomina- 
tives, unless with the verb essere) precede it. 
The city of Rouen, situated Fra Avre di Grazia e Parigi e 



on the banks of the river, be- 
tween Havre de Grace and 
Paris, is become noble and rich, 
on account of the commerce 
which all northern nations hold 
in it. 

In which liberality properly 
consists. 

The advantage which these 
two provinces receive from the 
sea and rivers is so great, &c. 



posta sopra il Jiume la citta di 
Roano, fatta nobile e ricca per 
il commercio che vi tengono ^ 
tutte le nazioni settentrionali. 

DAVILA. 

Nella qual cosa consiste pro- 
prio § la liber alita. gelli. 

Cost grande e il vantaggio, che 
ricevono || queste due provincie 
dal mare e dalle riviere, ec. 

BENTIVOGLIO. 



* Sentenze rette is the nominative case, which is placed 
after the verb, because the governed case, da un giudice, is put 
before the verb. 

f II Mimio is the nominative -case, which is put after the verb, 
because the governed case, queste cose, is put before it. 

J Tutte le nazioni, &c. is the nominative case, which is put 
after the verb, because the relative che (accusative) precedes it. 

§ La liberalita is the nominative case, which is put after the 
verb, because quale, a relative, precedes it. . ■ - 

|| Queste due provincie is the nominative case, which is put 
after the verb, because the relative che (accusative) precedes it. 



30 



INTRODUCTION. 



It is likewise unknown who 
his pupils were in that art. 

For where can that cowardly 
man be found, whom the ex- 
treme dangers of his country 
would not inflame with just 
anger ? 

Be pleased not only to hear, 
but also to consider, what at 
present my opinion and advice 
about our republic are. 



Occulta eparimente quali fo$~ 
sero * i suoi allievi nelV arte. 

DATI, 

Perche qual animo si pub tro- 
vare cost abbiettz e vile, il 
quale non accendesse di giusto 
sdegno -j- gli estremi pericoli 
delta patria ? c avalcanti . 

Piacciavi non solo udire y ma 
considerare, qual sia intorno al 
governo di questa repubblica | 
il parere e consiglio mio. 

VARCHI. 



V. Nouns or pronouns, being the nominative case ? 
may be put at the end of a sentence, whenever this sen- 
tence begins with quanto, quanta, quanti, quante, quanta 
tempo, quante volte, &c. 

Because all the world knows, Perche a tutto il mondo e no- 
how efficacious the rights of tissimo quanto siano efficaci 
the house of Anjou over the sopra il reame di Napoli § It 
kingdom of Naples are. ragioni delta. casa d'Angio. 

GUICCIARDINI. 



* / suoi allievi is the nominative, which is put after the verb, 
because the relative quali (here a nominative, on account of its 
being with the verb essere) precedes it. 

•f Gli estremi pericoli is the nominative case, which is put after 
the verb, because the relative il quale (accusative) precedes it. 

J 11 parere e il consiglio, both nominatives, are put after the 
verb, because qual (here nominative, on account of its being with 
the verb essere) precedes it. 

, § Le ragioni, nominative, is put at the end of the sentence, 
because the sentence begins with quanto, &c. 



INTRODUCTION. 



For who does not know, how 
inferior in strength the King of 
Naples is ? 

You have heard, Academi- 
cians, how many times, and 
by how many people, the Grand 
Duke of Tuscany has been be- 
wailed and praised. 



Perche chi e queilo che, non 
sappictj quantosia inferiore di 
forze * il Re di Napoli ? 

GUICC1ARD1NI. 

Vol avete udito, Accademici, 
quante volte, e da quanti e 
stato pianto e lodato * il Gran 
Duca di Toscana. Idem. 



VI. Nouns or pronouns being the nominative case 
may be put after the verb, or at the end of the sentence, 
whenever the sentence begins with one of these conjunc- 
tions and adverbs: che, perche, poiche, perciocche, ac- 
ciocche, qffinche, ove, dove, cgni folia che, in qualunque 
luoso. 



Do you think then, that the 
imitation of natural colours is 
nothing ? 

Because more than fifty thou- 
sand people were killed there. 

Since he would take the sun 
from the world, who would 
take friendship from it. 



Parvi poi, che di poco sia f 
la imitazione del colori natu- 

rali ? CASTIGLIONE. 

Perche vi farono ammazzate 
piu •(* di cinquanta mila per- 
some. segni. 

Poiche torrebbe il sole dal 
mondo, chi dal mondo levasse f 
Vamicizid. salvini. 



* II Re di Napoli, il Gran Duca, nominatives, are put at the 
end of the sentence, because the sentence begins with quanta, 
quanta, &c. 

\ La imitazione, piu di cinquanta mila persone, Vamicizia, 
are the nominative cases, which are transposed according to tlie 
rule, because che, perche, poiche, &c. begin the sentences. 



32 



INTRODUCTION, 



Because the Marquis of Buda 
and the Count of Tenda were 
come to the army, &c. 

In Italy, where your under- 
taking had so prosperous a 
success with so much fame and 
honour. 

I shall never forget your 
kindness wherever destiny shall 
guide me. 



Perche erano venuti alV eser- 
cito * il Marchese di Buda, e 
il Conte di Tenda. davila 

In Italia, ove avendo con tan- 
tafama ed onofe avuto si pros- 
pero successo* Vimpresa vostra. 

GUICCIARDINI. 

Non iscorderb mai i vostri be- 
neficii, in qualunque luogo mi 
guidera* ilfato. goldoni. 



VII. Nouns or pronouns being the nominative case of 
essere, to be 3 may be transposed, whenever they are ac- 
companied with adjectives ; putting however these ad- 
jectives before the verb. 



The duration of his life is un- 
certain, and the account of 
his death very extravagant. 

To do good is sweet at all 
times ; but still sweeter when 
it is accompanied with surprise. 



Incerta e f la lunghezza della 
sua vita, assai stravagante f la 
sua morte. dati. 

Dolce in ogni tempo e f il be~ 
neficio j ma vieppiu dolce quand* 
e accompagnato dalla sopresa. 



VIII. The ablative case governed by a passive verb 
may be put between the auxiliary verb and the participle. 



* 11 Marchese di Buda, il Conte di Tenda, Vimpresa vostra, il 
fato, are the nominative cases, which are transposed according, 
to the rule, because perche, ove, in qualunque luogo, &c. begin 
the sentences. 

f La lunghezza, la morte, il beneficio, are the nominatives 
transposed. 



INTRODUCTION, 



33 



He Was very much beloved by 
fortune and by God. 

His way of living; bis pru- 
dence and fortune, not only 
were esteemed by Italian prin- 
ces, but also by those who 
were far from Italy. 

For the images being of gold, 
silver, wood, bronze, or of 
other matters, were consumed 
by the 6re.f 



Fit* dalla for tuna e* da 
Dio sommamente amato. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Questo suo modo di vivere 

questa sua prudenza e fortuna 

fu f dai principi non solo d'l- 

talia, ma ionginqui da quella 

stimata. Idem. 

Perciocche essendo i simulacri 

oVoro, d'argento, di legno, di 

bronzo, o d'altro -venivano dal 

fuoco consumati. borghini. 



IX. The ablative case governed by any verb may be 
put before it. 



But we wish to be fully in- 
formed by you how the fact is. 

Common people, however, are 
not yet exempt from that old 
prejudice. 

We must see that which is 
lawfully derived from them. 



Pero desideriamo da % te pie? 
namente sapere come it caso 
passa. , firenzuola. 

X Dal popolo iuttavia tantico 
pregiudizio non e ancor toUo. 

,-;, SOAVE. 

Conviene vedere quello die 
legitimamente % da essi deriva, 

ALGAROTTI. 



X. The genitive case governed by a participle, a sub- 
stantive, or a verb, may be put before it. 



* Dalla fortuna, da Dio, dai principi, are the ablatives put 
between the auxiliary and participle. 

•f If the auxiliary verb is understood, the ablative may retain, 
its place before the participle. 

Agitated by a thousand furies. Da millefurie agitato, soave, 

J Da te, dal popolo, da essi, are the ablatives governed by 
the verbs sapere and togliere. 

D 



M 



INTRODUCTION. 



Not contented with that, she 
thought to, &c. 

1 do not find the name of the 
father and mother of Zeusis. 

And many noble writers have 
also written concerning this art. 



Ne' * di cib pur contenta, eila 
pe?isb di, ec. soave. 

* Del padre e delta madre di 
Zeusi non ritrovo il name. 

DATI. 

E molti nobili scrittori hanno 
ancora * di quest 'arte scritto. 

CASTIGLIONE. 



XI. The verb is put before the nominative, according 
to rule the first ; but it may be put after the infinitive, or 
the case which is governed by it, whenever the nomi- 
native is one of these relatives chi 9 che, or il quale. 

He would certainly have a 
very bad taste, who should 
wish for a different government 
in our country. 

Gismondo, a brother of Fre- 
derick, Emperor of the Ro- 
mans, was not a wicked man ; 
but a man who easily believed 
wicked men. 

The immortal Gods, who 
clearly see our thoughts and 
deeds. 



Avrebbe certamente il gusto 
corrotto chi altro governo nella 
patria nostra f ^desiderasse. 

GUICCIARDINI. 

Era Gismondo fratello di Fe~ 
derico, lmperadore de" Romani, 
uomo non malvagio ; ma che 
agevolmente a' malvagi % ere" 
dea. bembo. 

GV Iddii immortally che le 
opere e i pensieri nostri chiara- 
mente\ veggono. Idem. 



* Di cib 3 del padre e delta madre, di quest 'arte, are the 
genitives governed by the participle contenta, the substantive il 
nome, and by the verb scrivere. 

- -J- Desiderasse is the verb put after the case governed, because 
chi is its nominative. 

X Credea is the verb put after the case governed, because 
che is its nominative : veggono and possiamo are likewise verbs 
put after, on account of their having che and quale for their no- 
minatives. 



INTRODUCTION. 



85 



For we cannot find such or- 
der ia so great a multitude of 
people, by which we can pro- 
mise to ourselves,, that wise 
people, &c. 



Che in tanta moltitudine non 
si trova tale ordine, per il quale 
promettere ci # possiamo, che 
i savjj ec. guicciardini. 



XII. Active participles belonging to the two auxi- 
liary verbs^ avere and essere, are generally suppressed in 
Italian. 



In the mean time while the 
Duke of Anjou (having) dis- 
tributed all the parts of the 
army with order, &c. 

With all that the Hugonots 
(being) defended by the lake on 
one side, &c. § 



In questo mentre il Duca 
d'Angib f disposto ordinata- 
mente tutte le parti delV eser- 
cito, ec. DAVILA. 

Contuito rib gli Ugonotti% 
difesi dalV un canto del lago, 
ec. Idem. 



* Possiamo is the verb put after the case governed, because 
quale is its nominative. 

f Avendo is understood. 

% Essendo is understood. 

§ Observe that the conjunctive or the relative pronoun (if 
there happens to be one with the active participle) is put after 
the passive participle, whenever you suppress the active. 

Therefore having gathered that quantity (of them) which he 
thought proper, &c. Onde raccoltine (instead of avendone rac- 
colti) quella quantita che gli pareva a proposito } ec. firenzuola. 

And having gone to her one morning, he told her with a kind 
voice, &c E andatosene (instead of essendosene andato) una 
mattina da lei con voce assai mansueta le disse, ec. Idem. 

D 2 



36 



INTRODUCTION. 



We often make use of venire, to come, restare and 
rimanere, to remain, trovarsi, to find oneself, vedersi, to 
see oneself, instead of the verb essere, to be, when the 
auxiliary of the passive verb : and only in the single 
tenses, not compound ones. 



But let a language be noble, 
it will be of little use, if it 
is not adopted by famous wri- 
ters. 

You do not know by whom 
they are given to me. 

If I am not allowed to marry 
him, I shall at least endeavour 
that he may be employed in 
this city. 

And there were some who 
promised to answer anything 
they were asked for. 

He was astonished at that 
bad invention. 

As many were ill provided 
with riches. 



Ma siasi una lingua nobile, 
poco le giovera mentre cHella 
non * venga usata da famosi 

scrittori. buommattei. 

Voi non sapete da chi mi 
fvengano somministrate. 

GOLDONIr 

Se non mi sara lecito di spo- 
sarlo, procurerb almeno che 
X resti impiegato in questa cit- 

0. GOLDONI. 

E furono gia di coloro, eke 
di ciocche§ venissero domandati 
prometteano di rispondere. 

BEMBO. 

Egli rimase || maravigliato 
delta brutta invenzione. 

BOCCALINI. 

^[Trovandosi molti mal prove' 
dtiti dei beni di for tuna. Idem. 



* Venga (he may come), for sia. 
f Vengano (they may come), for siano. 
X Resti (he may remain), for sia. 
§ Venissero (they might come), for fossero. 
]| Rimase maravigliato (he remained astonished), for fu ma- 
ravigliato, or si maraviglib. 

% Trouandosi (finding themselves), for essendosi. 



INTRODUCTION. 



37 



And the unhappy youth was 
soon surrounded by a squadron 
of satellites and taken to 
prison 



E il giovine infelice si vide * 
tosto da una squadra di satelliti 
circondato e tratto prigione. 

SOAVE. 



Words beginning with s and other consonants, take an i 
before the s, whenever the preceding word ends with a 
consonant. 



A man must not foolishly be 
led away to accuse people. 



Preserve your own $ do not 
waste your fortune. 

I will grant you every thing, 
to undeceive you of your pas- 
sion. 



Non iscioccamente (instead of 
scioccamente) si dee Vuomo tras- 
portare ad accusare altrui. 

TOLOMEr. 

Conservate il vostro j non is- 
pendete (instead of spendete) 
le vostre facolta. pandolfini. 

Tutto voglio accordarvi, per 
iscemare (instead of scemare) 
Vinganno della vostra passione, 

GOLDONI. 



* Si vide (he saw himself), for fa. 



D 3 



DICTIONARY, 



A, 

A or AN, uno, un, una, declined with the indefinite 
article di, a, da. Uno is prefixed to masculine nouns 
beginning with s 9 followed by a consonant ; un, to mas^ 
culine nouns beginning either with a vowel or conso^ 
nant; and una before feminine nouns beginning with a 
consonant. If the feminine nouns begin with a vowel, 
un\ with an apostrophe, is to be used. 

Do you wish to have a por- Voletexmritratto, unmodellOj 
trait, a model, an effigy, an 
idea, to learn how to describe 
the majesty of a king, the pru- 
dence of a counsellor, the skill 
of a captain, the decorum of a 
matron, the modesty of a vir- 
gin, the impudence of a wan- 
ton woman, the malice of a 
servant, the fidelity of a friend, 
the temerity of a lover, the 
passion of a jealous man, the 
fury of a man driven to de* 
spair, the simplicity of an idiot, 
the rudeness of a countryman, 
the niggardliness of a miser, 
the magnanimity of a hero, the 



un* effigie, un' idea per impa- 
rare a descriver la maesta d'un 
re, la prudenza cfun consign 
Here, Vaccortezza c?'un capita- 
no, Vonesta rf'una matrona, I2 
modestia d'una vergine, lasfac- 
ciataggine cfun' impudiea, la 
malizia d'uii servitore, lafedel- 
ta <fun amieOy la ter\ierita <Tua 
amante, la passion d'un gelo- 
so, il furor d'un disperato, la 
semplicita cTuno stolto, la rus->. 
tichezza ri'un villano, la stret-* 
tezza d'un avaro, la magnanU 
mita cTuno splendido, la fine 
cZ'un prodigOj Voscenita, d'un 



D4 



40 



A 



latter end of a prodigal, the ob- 
scenity of a hypocrite, the for- 
titude of a generous mind, the 
piety of a true christian, the 
impiety of aw execrable atheist ? 
read that book (Boccaccio) and 
you will find all. 



ippocrita, la fortezza a"un am- 
nio generoso, la pietd d'un vero 
cristiano, e Vimpietd d'uno 
scellerato ateista ? leggete quel 
libro (Boccaccio) che ritroverete 
ogni cosa. buommattei. 



A or an, following the verb to be, impersonally, is to 
be expressed in Italian by uno, un, una. 

It would have been a very Ben sarebbe stata una buonis- 
good thing that the gods had, sima cosa che gli Dei avessero, 

&C. etc, PASSAVANTI. 

A or an, following the verb to be, and preceding an 
adjective, together with a substantive, or preceding a 
substantive which is immediately followed by who, that, 
or which, is to be expressed by uno, un, una. 



What is glory ? Glory is a 
renown and a lasting reputa- 
tion, &c* 

And the foundation of this 
intelligence may be a single 
authority of Cicero, who in 
a few words, &c. 



Che cosa e gloria 



Gloria 



e una Jama eel una nominanza 
contima, passavanti. 

E it fondamento di questa 
notizia sard una sola autoritd 
di Cicerone, che con poche pa~ 
role, #c. BORGH1NI. 



A or an is not expressed in Italian, whenever the verb 
to be, which precedes it, is personal. 

For the first Fabius was Che il primo Fabio fu co- 
called the painter, as he, in gnominato pittore, per essere m 
fact> was a most excellent effetto eccellentissimo pittore. 
painter. castiglione. 

A or an, joined with what, few, half, such, many, &c, 
is not to be expressed in Italian. 

Oh what a happy life ! Oh che vitafelice /— gelli. 



41 



Qualities sought for by him 
in such a composition. 

So that at the end of a few 
weeks after he had received the 
last orders. 



Doti da lui in tal 'componi- 
mento ricercate. salvini. 

Sicche in capo a poche setti- 
mane dopo ricevuti gli ultimi 
ordini. denina. 



A or an, preceded by as, in the sense of like, is not 
to be expressed in Italian. 

Therefore you behaved as a Onde vi portasie da priricipe. 
prince. bemBo. 

A or an, preceding a noun expressive of the title of 
a work, or any other title, dignity-, nation, business, or 
when it explains the gender, species or quality of a 
foregoing noun, is not expressed in Italian. 

A discourse of Luigi Guic- Discorso di Luigi Guicciardini 
ciardini to the magistrates. 

And afterwards Solimano, 
being made a Lord, &c. 

And guided by Ulamaue, a 
Persian, &c. 

'Gismondj a brother of Frede- 
ric, Emperor of the Romans, 

A lady being left a widow. 



He having left Tauris, a royal 
city. 

Which (colony) approaching 
Lars Tolumnius, king of the 
Vejenti, a bitter enemy to the 
Romans. 



ai magistrati. macchiavelli. 

E dipoi fatto Solimano Sig- 
nore, ec segni. 

E colla gulda di Ulamane, 
Persiano, ec. segni, 

GismondOjfratellodiFederico, 
Imperatore de Romani, ec. 

bembo, 

Una dama rimasta essenda 
vedova. soave. 

Avendo abbandonata Tauru, 
citta rea'e. segni, 

La quale accostatasi a Larte 
Tolunnio, re de.i Fejentani, in- 
imico acerbissimo de' Romani. 

BOR&T3TNI. 



A or an, lo, il, la, when it precedes a noun of mea- 
sure, number, or weight. 



42 



AB 



Coals sell five shillings a 
bushel. 

I have been all over Bologne 
in order to buy the eggs at a 
halfpenny a piece. 

Buy a pound of meat at ten 
pence a pound. 



II carbone si vende cinque seel" 
lint lo stajo. 

Ho girato tuita Bologna per 
aver le uova a mezzo bajocco 
Yuno. GOLDONI. 

Comprate una libbra di came 
died soldi la libbra. 



Abed * (to lie), coricarsi nel letto. 

She was wont to lie abed at Ella soleva f ne Vora del me- 
noon. rigio coricarsi nel letto. 

BANDELLO. 

Able (to be), potere, sapere, with an infinitive, with- 
out a preposition before it ; esserc in grado di 7 with the 
infinitive. 



Judges, you can never 6e- 
lieve he will do a thing, &c. 

I could not praise this thought 
of yours. 

Ten pistoles, pardon me, I 
cannot accept of them. 



Ne vol ancora } giudici, potrete 
mai credere, ctiei voglia far 
cosa, ec. tolomei. 

Ne io saprei lodare cotesto vos- 
tro pensiero. bembo. 

Died doppie %\la mi perdoni, 
non son in grado d'accettarle. 

GOLDONI. 



Able to help (not to be), non poterefare ammeno or 
a meno, non poterefare, with an infinitive, with di or with 
di non before it, or che non with the subjunctive. 

When I hear old men are Quando sento vecchj che muo- 
dying I cannot help crying. jono non posso far ammeno di 

piangere. goldoni. 



* Rather obsolete. 

f Avoid saying ne Vora, but make use of nelV ora, according 
to the modern orthography. 

J La (instead of ella) improperly used. 



AB AB 



43 



When I received it (a letter) 
I could not help reading it 
with such anxiety, &c. 

He (a father) cannot help 
shewing some signs of love in 
his countenance. 



Quando la ricevei non potei 
far a meno di non ieggerla cost 
avidamente, ec. algarotti. 

Egli nun pub far, ch 'egli non 
dimostri qualche segno d'amor 
net volto. GELLI. 



Abhor (to), avere orrore, genitive. 

Wretched trade of friendship, Mesiiere indegno delV amicizia 
which I abhor so much. e di cui ho tanto orrore. 

METASTASIO. 

Above, preceding a numeral noun, piii di, or e piu, 
putting the latter after the numeral noun. 



It is * above six months. 

It is above six months since Mr. 
Lelio has been in the habit of 
coming to your house, and he 
has never given me anything. 



Son piii di sei mesi. 

II Signor Lelio in sei mesi e 
piii che prattica in casa vostra 
non mi ha mat donato niente. 

GOLBONI. 



About, or concerning, intorno, dHntorno, both with 
a dative. 



And as I have said many 
words concerning what I 
think, &c. 

That happened about the lat« 
ter end of last July. 



E perciocche molte parole ho 
speso intorno a quello ch'io ere' 
do, ec. bocgaccio. 

Cib fa & intorno agli ultimi 
di di Luglio varcato. bembo. 



About, preceding a numeral noun, da, circa. 

When Dante was in exile, he Quando fu Dante in esilio 
composed about twenty moral fece da venti canzoni morali. 
canzonets. villani. 



* It is, it was, before a numeral noun, are to agree with 
it 5 it is one o'clock, e Vuna; it is two, sono le due. 



44 



AB AB 



Her majesty was accompanied Venue sua maesta accompa- 
by a number of about eighty gnata da un numero di circa 
ladies. ottanta dame. caro. 



About (round), in giro. 

And the clouds sometimes 
going towards the sky, and 
sometimes moving round about 
with celerity/ &c 



E le nugole or a andando verso 
il cielo, ed ora in giro con velo- 
cita si movevano, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 



About it, ci, ne, according to the regimen of the 
verb : that is to say, if the verb governs the dative, ci 
is to be used, and if it governs the genitive, ne is to be 
used. 



There are some sedentary 
women who know more about 
it than we do. 

As there are people here who 
will write to Venice about it. 

I will think about it. 



Vi sono delle casalinghe che ne 
sanno * piu di noi. golooki. 

Essendovi qui persone che, ne 
scriveranno* a Venezia. zeno. 
Io ci penserb* 



About to (to be), essere per, with an infinitive. 



Noi eravamo per montare a 
cavallo, quando ecco, ec. 



We were about to get on 
horseback, when behold, &c. 



About a thing (to be), stare facendo, accusative. 

Have you finished my coat 2 I Avete Jinito il mio vestito ? 
am about it. Lo siofacendo. 

i Abound with (to), abbondare, essere abbondevohj 
essere abbondante, genitive. 



* Sapere and scrivere govern the genitive, and pensare the 
dative. 



AB AC m 

And (the Germans) having E ravvicinate alle muraleloro 

approached the walls with a genii con molta quantita d'ar- 

numerous artillery, with which tiglierie delie quali abhonda 

that nation abounus, &c. quella nazione, ec. bembo. 

And certainly this is a great E certo grand' errore e questo 

defect of princes, who, abound- de' principi che essendo abbon- 

ing with every thing, &c. . devoli di tutte le cose, ec. 

BEMBO. 

In the year 1490, Italy did Era V Italia nel 1490 non solo 
not only abound with inhabi- abbandante d'abitatori di rner- 
tants, merchandize, &c. catanzie,, ec. guicciardini. 

Abounding with, abbondante, genitive. 

Pompey, abounding with pro- Pompeo, abbondante di viveri, 
visions, could &c. poteva, ec. chiabrera. 

Absolve from (to), assolvere, genitive. 

The priest absolved him from II confessore Vassolse de' suoi 
his sins. peccati. 

Abstain from (to), astenersi di, with the infinitive. 

Which things I abstained Le quali cose di scrivere mi 
from writing. , v . sono astenuto, ec. passavanti. 

Abuse (to), abusare, abusarsi, genitive. 

Who abusing the power en- II quale abumndo del potere 

trusted to him. • affidatogli. soave. 

It is true, I am too good ; my Evero/son troppo bwono ; mia 

daughter abuses my goodness. figlia si abusa della mia bonta 

' ' < GOLDONI 

Accept of (to) ? acettare, gradire\ both verbs govern 
the accusative. ,. .... 

He accepted of the princi- Egli con virtu magnanima 

polity with^ll the magnani™ accetto il prmcipato. -- ~ . 

mity of virtue. - davanzati. 



46 AC AC 

Accept of the son's services. Gradite la servitu del fi' 

gliuolo. CARO. 

Accompanied with, accompagnato, ablative. 

All Jheir motions and ges- Ogni lor moto, ogni gesto e 
tures are accompanied with a dal garbo e dalla cortesia ac» 
good grace and courtesy . compagnato. salvini. 

Accompany (to), fare scorta, dative. 

Let us go, I sball accompany Andiamo vi * faro scorta sino 
you as far as the house. alia casa. goldoni. 

Accord (of one's own), wlontariamente, spontanea- 
mente. 

And there was nobody who E non si trovando alcuno ck'e 

would of his own accord un- volontariamente prewctesse ques- 

dertake that enterprise. ta impresa. macchiavelli. 

That I should come of my Che io venissi spontaneamente 

own accord to ask for peace. a domandare pace. 

PASSAVANTT. 

According to my opinion, al parermio, secondo me. 

Gestures, according to my Igesti, al parer mio, consistono 
opinion, consist of certain mo- in certi movimenti, ec. 

tionS, &C. CASTIGLIONE. 

According to, secondo, accusative; a norma, genitive. 

It is to be believed, that he Si deve credere, ch? egli abbia 

has divulged those things quelle cose divolgato, che se~ 

which he could divulge, ac- condo la legge poteva divol- 

cdrding to the law. gare. tolomei. 

According io your insinuations, A norma delle vostre insinu* 

I shall either cease loving Ro= azioni, o lascero oVamare Bosau- 

saura, &c. ra, ec. goxdonk 

* Vi stands for a voi. 



AC 



AC 



47 



Account of (on), rispelto, dative; per cagione, 
genitive; per, accusative. 



Because (infirmities) are more 
sudden and acute, on account 
of the blood and humours, &c. 

This undertaking, which is a 
very difficult one, not only on 
account of the style, but also of 
the prudence, &c. 



Perche {le infermita) sono piu 
subite, e piu acute rispetto al 
sangue, ed agli umori, ec, 

GELLI. 

Questa impresa, la quale e 
difficilissima si per cagion dello 
stile, si per la prudenza, ec. 

BEMBO. 



Accustomed to (to be), solere, with an infinitive 
without a preposition ; essere solito, essere usato di, with 
the infinitive. 



Did I not doubt those words 
which they are accustomed to 
say, &c. 

Why do you not seek for it 
in that road, in which you are 
accustomed to walk ? 

Now it happened that two of 
his companions wished to go 
to Alexandria, as they were 
accustomed to do every year. 



Se io non dub'dassi di quelle 
parole che e 1 sogliono dire, ec. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

Perche nol cerchi in quella 
strada, nella quale sei solito 
di camminare ) albergati. 

Or a avvenne che due suoi com- 
pagni vollero andare in Alessan- 
dria, come erano usati di fare 
ogni anno. fiorentino. 



Ache (to), dolere. This verb, being- impersonal, is 
construed by putting the possessive pronoun, which 
accompanies the nominative, in the dative. 

My head aches , turn, the Mi duol la testa. 
head aches to me. 

His teeth ache ; turn, the Gli dolgono i denti* 
teeth ache to him. 



* By the above examples one may observe, that the nominative 
i s to follow the verb, and the dative to precede it : it would not 



48 



AC 



AC 



Acknowledge (to) , confess are di, with. the infinitive, 
if the subject of the two verbs be the same : otherwise,* 
che, with the subjective. 



He acknowledged he spent a 
great deal of time in painting. 

At least acknowledging that 
our £ne idiom is worthy, &c. 



Confesso egli di con sum a re 
assai tempo in dipignere. dati. 

Almeno confessando che il nos- 
tro hello idioma si a degno, ec. 

EUOMMATTEl. 



Acquaint one with (to) , dare contezza ad uno, geni- 
tive; fare consapevole uno, genitive. 



I am very much obliged to 
you lor your acquainting me 
with the state of your new 
bishopric^ &c. 

Nevertheless you never tried 
to acquaint Aloiada with your 
love.' 



Rendovi molte grazie delta 
contezza che mi date del vostro 
nuovo vescovado, ec. bembo. 

Nondimeno mai non hai cer- 
cato difar Aloinda consapevole 
del tuo amore. bandello. 



Acquainted with (to be), avere notizia, contezza, 
cognizionc, essere avvisato ; these verbs govern the 
genitive. 

Therefore it suffices to say 
that our courtiers must also be 
acquainted with the art of 
painting. 

Because you who loved her, 
attd are acquainted with her 
virtues, &c. 

The good men, who were not 
well acquainted with worldly 
affairs, he. 



Pem basti dire che al nostro 
cortegiano conviensi ancora 
della pittura aver notizia. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Perciocche vo-i che Vamavate, 
ed avete contezza delle sue virtu, 

ec. DAVANZATI. 

/ buoni uomini, che delle mon- 
dane faccende, avevano pochis- 
sima cognizione, ec. gozzi. 



be proper to say, la testa mi duole ; i denti mi dolgono^ at least in 
common conversation. ,w 



AC AD 49 

As soon as Apollo was ac- Apollo come prima fu avvisato 
quainted with such an import- di caso tanto importante, ec. 
ant affair, &c. boccalini. 

Acquainted with one (to be), conoscere, accusative. 

Are you acquainted with Conoscete voi Delcur ? St, io lo 
Delcur ? — Yes, I am. conosco. altanesi. 

Acquainted with one (to become), contrarre amid- 
zia, fare conoscenza con uno. 

In the meantime he had be- Tnianto avea coniratto amici- 

come acquainted with a Mr. zia con un ceito Signor Bolier, 

Bolier, a young Frenchman^, giovane Francese. Idem. 
&c. 

She became acquainted with Ella fece conoscenza con lui 

Mm in Paris. in Parigi. 

Act one's part (to), fare la sua parte. 

She acts her part wonderfully. Ella fa la sua parte a mera- 

mglia. goldoni. 

Addict one's-self to (to), darsi, dative. 

As one who intended to ad- Come quegli che piuttosto a 

diet himself rather to a civil civile e pacifica vita che a mili- 

and peaceful life, than to a tare intendea dars'u bembo. 
military one. 

Address one (to),parlare,* favellare, dative. 

And full of a false joy he be- E pieno di una simulata gioja 
gan to address her thus. comincio in tal guisa afavellar- 

le. BANDELLO. 

Admit of (to) , ammettere^ accusative. 

If you admit of this abuse, Se voi ammetterete questo 
you will answer for it. abuso ne avrete a render conto. 

tolomei. 

* For this verb, see Speak, 
E 



50 AD — -AD 

Admonish one to (to), avnertire unodi, with the in- 
finitive. 

I admonished you to beware Io vi ho avvertito di guardarvi 
of choosing the victory of dallo scegliere la vittoria di 
Belgrade. Belgrado. Metastasio. 

Ado * (with no great), facilmentc. 

The son of Luigi Gonsaga, II figlio di Luigi Gonsaga 

with no great ado, obtained ottenne facilmente in moglie la 

the daughter of a Duke of fglia d'un Duca di Baviera. 

Bavaria in marriage. denina. 

Adorn with (to), adornare, ornare, genitive. 

But the Duke of Camerino Ma il Duca di Camerino fece 

performed such feats with his cose con la spada, che non accade 

swords that it is unnecessary adornarle di parole. caro. 

to adorn them with words. 

Every one began to adorn his Ognuno comincib ad ornar la 

flock with green branches, &c. sua mandra di rami verdi^ ec. 

SANNAZZARO. 

Adorned with, guamito, genitive. 

Caesar mounted a very hand- Cesare month a cavallo sopra 
some mule, adorned with gold una bellissima mula } guarnita 
and silver. d'oro e d'argento. varchi. 

Advantage (to take), prqfittare, genitive. 

And the Duke, of Savoy could Senza che il Duca di Savoja 
not take any advantage of it. prqfittarne potesse. denina. 

Advantageous to (to be), essere utile, dative. 

Those languages are more ad- Quelle lingue sono di maggior 
vantageous to man, &c. utile all'uomo, ec. 

EUOMMATTEI. 



* With no great ado ; this expression is rather obsolete. 



AD AF 



51 



Advise one to (to), consigliare uno di, with an infini- 
tive, or che with the subjunctive. 

As for me, I would advise 
you to 'print them thus. 



Therefore, I advise you to re- 
fuse this law. 



Jo 'per me vi saprei consigliare 

di stamparle cost. bembo. 

Perche to vi consiglio che 

questa legge rifiutiate. Idem. 



Affect one (to), arrecare qfflizione, dative ; muovere 
a pietd, accusative. 



It is true, the performance of 
it (of a tragedy) affects the 
hearers rather too much. 

And those words were so 
powerful, that they affe2ted 
the hard heart of that cruel 
man. 



Ben e vero che la rappresenta- 
zione di essa arreca piuttosto 
molta afflizione agli uditori. 

VAfiCHI. 

Efurono quelle parole di tal 
possanza che mosseno * a pieta 
il duro cuore di quel crudele 
uomo. FORTINI. 



Affected with, intenerito, ablative ; tocco, genitive. 



Affected with such a sight he 
could not speak. 

Mr. Manfredi is extremely 
affected with the loss of Mr. 
Maraldi. 



Da una tal vista intenerito ei 
parlar non potea. soave. 

II Signor Manfredi e estrema- 
mente to ceo del la perdita del 
Signor Maraldi, algarotti. 



Afraid of (to be), avere timore, genitive. 



If we quarrel, they (hus- 
bands) are the first to hold 
their tongues, and are afraid of 
vs (wives). 



Se si grida, sono i primi a 
tacere, e hanno timore di noi, 
goldoni. 



Afraid to (to be), avere paura, temere, duhitare. 
These verbs govern an infinitive with di before it, if the 



* Mosseno, rather absolete 

E 2 



now mossero, 



5% AF AF 

subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise, che non. 
with the subjunctive. 

And when we recollect that E ricordandoci che Cristo ha 

Christ suffered for us, we shall patito per noi, non avremopaura 

not be afraid to be lost for ever. di dannarci gelli. 

And were I not afraid to ap- E se io non temessi di parere o 

pear either presumptuous or prosuntuoso o arrogante, ec. 

arrogant, &c. ■ varchi. 

I am really afraid lest any of Io veramente ho paura che 

you should believe, &c. alcuno di voi non creda, ec. 

TOLOMEI. 

Indeed I am afraid that your Ben temo che la tua gioventic 

youth will make you more non faccia te piu altero e fe- 

proud and ferocious, &c. roce, ec, passavanti. 

Therefore, I am afraid I have Per la qual cosa, io dubito 

asked of you, I do not say a d'aver chiesto a V. S. Illma gra~ 

great favor, &c. zia, non dico troppo grande, ec. 

) DELLA CASA. 

After, dopo, genitive and accusative* 
After him, dopo lui, or dopo di lui. 

After the fashion, secondo la costuma, ovlamoda. 

Don Diego, after the fashion Don Diego secondo la costuma 
of that country, placed him- del paese si pose dal canto 
self on the right hand. destro. bandello. 

After, preceding a verb, dopo, with an infinitive, 
with or without di before it ; or dopo che, with the in- 
dicative. 

It happened that after he had Avvenne che dopo d'esser egli 

arrived at Paris, &c. giunto a Parigi, ec. erizzo. 

After they had danced and Dopo ch' ebbero danzato efatto 

courted for a considerable time. Vamore assai. caro . 

After, preceding a compound tense, may be left 
out ; and then the participle is to be put first, followed 
immediately by che 9 and the auxiliary verb afterwards. 



AG 



-AG 



After Lady Gravely and Ma- 
dam Jasy had done speaking, 
&c. 

And again. 

As the Persian Ambassadors 
said, after they had heard the 
little Alexander speak : this 
child is a great king, &c. 



Finito ehe ebbero di parlare, 
Milady Gravely e Madama di 
Jasy, ec. algarotti. 



Come gli Ambasciadori Per- 
sidni dissero : udito che ebbero 
il piccolo Alessandro j questo 
fanciullo e un gran re, ec. 

DAVANZATJ. 



Again, joined to a verb, di nuovo, or ri, which is to 
precede the verb, by making one word with it ; as leggere, 
to read ; rileggere, to read again. 



When you wish to see Venice, 
I invite you to my house, and 
we shall be able to see each 
other again. 

Or if there were no cities, by 
building them again, &c. 



Quando V. S. vorra vedere 
Venezia, io la invito a casa mia, 
e potremo rivederci. 

DELLA CASA. 

O se non vi erano citta, edifi- 
candoledi nuovo, ec. borghini. 



Against, contro, dative, genitive, and accusative. 



Tullio exclaims against these 
people. 

And therefore he deferred the 
undertaking against them. 

But if you ask what the Flo- 
rentines did against the king 
Manfredi, &c. 



Contro a questi cotali grida 
Tullio, DANTE. 

E pero egli differ isse limpresa 
contro di loro. segni. 

Ma se addomandi di quello che 
feciono * i Fiorentini contro il 
re Manfredi, ec. vii^lani. 



Agitated with, agitato, ablative. 



Agitated viith such a thought, 
she could not, &c. 



Agitata da questo pensiero, 
ella non seppe, ec, soave. 



* Feciono (for/ecero), more properly used in poetry. 
E 3 



54 AG AI 

Ago, with a noun of time, fa. 

In the course of the present In tutio Vanno presente io sono 

year I have only been out one uscito un giorno solo, due d\ fa. 

day, and that was two days gozzi. 
ago. 

Agree together (to), stare d'accordo fra se, accor- 
dant tra se.* 

For as long as we agree to- Conciosiacosache mentre sta- 
gether, &c. remo d'accordo fra noi, ec. 

vabcht. 

And they agreed together, E s'accordarono tra loro che 
that the following morning, la mattina seguente, ec. 

& c « BANDELLO. 

Agree about (to), essere d'accordo in. 

We agree about it, Sir. Siamo d'accordo in cio, Si- 

gnore. goldoni. 

Agree with (that does not), non confd, dative. 

That does not agree with Non confa a Maria. 
Maria. 

Ails you? (what), che avete f qua! malorev'affligge ? 
What ails him ? che ha ? qual malore Vajfigge ? and so 
on of the other persons and tenses. 

Aim at (to), avere mira, avere in mira ; both verbs 
govern an infinitive, with a or ad before it. 

It pleased him to find that Ammirb egli che si fosse avuta 
they had aimed at hindering the mira ad impedir le facili sedu- 
easy seductions. zion'u lodoli. 

* Observe that fra se, and tra se, are changed into noi voi 
and loro, according to the nominative of the verb : as, we agree 
together, siamo d'accordo fra noi ; you agree together, siete d!ac- 
cordo tra voi ; they agree together, son d'accordo fra loro. 



AK—AL 



55 



And they did not cease to 
aim at the keeping the money 
of foreign ers, &c. 



E non lasciavano a" aver in 
mira a ritener il denaro de" fo* 
restieri, ec. lodoli. 



Ake (to), dolere, avere male. See Ache. 

Alight (to), when on horseback, scendere del cavallo , 
discendere da cavallo, scaxalcare. 

Cosi il Tedesco temendo la es- 
timazione degli uomini scese del 
cavallo. bembo. 

Ed avvicinatisi alia sua per- 
sona discesero da cavallo. 



So the German fearing the 
judgement of the men, alight- 
ed. 



And having approached him, 
they alighted. 



And they went straight to the 
church of St. Mary, when, 
having alighted, &c. 



CASTIGLIONE. 

Andaron diritti alia chiesa di 

Santa Maria ove scavalcati, ec. 

Idem. 



All, preceding a noun without an article, ogni, putting 
the said noun in the singular, though it is plural in 
English. 



Therefore, we shall love God 
above all things. 

All their motions and gestures 
are accompanied with, &c. 



Per la qual cosa, ameremo Dio 
sopra ogni cosa. gelli. 

Ogni lor moto, ogni lor gesto 
e accompagnato, ec. salvinj. 



All, tutto, which, as an adjective, is to agree with the 
Following substantive in gender and number. 

In which time, and all the 
past, &c. 

Hence it comes, that all sub- 
jects are explained in our lan- 
guage in all kinds of style. 



All the largest oaks, all the 
strongest fir trees, &c. 



Nel qual tempo, ed in tutto il 
passato, ec. bembo. 

Di qui e che noi abbiamo tutte 
la materie in tutti gli stili spie- 
gate nella nostra lingua. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Tutte le piil grosse querce, 
tutf ipini piil gagliardi, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI 

4 



56 AL AL 

All of, followed by one of the personal pronouns, 
iuttif which is construed like an adjective, without ex- 
pressing of. 

All of us. tutti noi ; all of them, tutte loro. 

All, preceded by a numeral noun, in playing at 
cards is expressed as follows. 

Two all, due e due ; three all, ire e tre ; eight all, otto 
e otto ; and so on of all other numbers. 

Allot one a thing (to), assegnare una cosa, dative. 

The prescription was an II viglietto era un ordine di 

order of Joseph II., in which Giuseppe II, in cut le assegna- 

he allotted her from his pri- va del suo privato erario un ge- 

vate treasury a generous pen- neroso sovvenimento. soave. 
sion, 

Allow one to (to), permettere a uno di, with the in- 
finitive, or che with the subjunctive. 

And yet if you would allow E pure se mi permetteste di 
me to speak } &c. parlare, ec. bandello. 

Allow me, friend, to tell you Amico permettetemi che io v't 
what my heart dictates to me, dica quel che mi detta il cuore. 

GOLDONL. 

Allowed (to be), essere lecito di, with the infinitive. 
This verb being impersonal is construed by putting the 
English nominative into the dative, and the verb into 
the third person singular. 

Enough, I will assist him, Basta, io Io qssisterb, esenon 

and if I am not allowed to mi sara lecito di sposarlo, ec. 

marry him, &c. turn, and if goldoni. 
it is not allowed to me to, &c. 

Along, per, lungo, both with the accusative. 

V/ho wi)l advise and comfort Chi ne dara consiglio e con- 
us as you did, by singing sweet forto come tu facevi cantando 



AL AM 57 

verses along the banks of the per le rive de 1 Jiumi dolci versi, 
rivers, &c. ec. sannazzaro. 

Although, benche, ancorche, quantunque, quando 
anche, sebbene ; all these words govern the subjunctive. 

Which modesty, although it is La quale modestia benche sia 

virtuous and praiseworthy, I viriuosa e lodevole io dubita, 

doubt, &c. ec. tolomei. 

And he went to dinner with E con questi a desinare ancor- 

these, although he was not che chiamato non fosse andava, 

asked, &c. ec. boccaccio. 

Although it is dangerous to Quantunque d" un si grand' 

speak of so great a man, &c. uorho sia pericoloso a favel- 

lare, ec. davanzati. 

Besides, although they grant- Oltra che, quando anche vi si 

ed you, &c. eoncedesse, ec. bembo, 

But although his valour Ma sebbene il suo valore si fos- 

could be known, &c. se potuto conoscere, ec. caro. 

Although eyer so,* per... che sia,... che fosse, &c. 
putting the noun between the words per and che. 

For there is nothing, although Che non vi e cosa, per inno- 
ever so innocent, which has no cente che sia, che la sua cor- 
evil in itself, &c. ruttelanon abbia, ec. salvini. 

Amazed at (to be), essere sorpreso^ es sere stupe fatto, 
genitive. 

At which the people were Di che furono i popoli sorpresi 
amazed with wonder and de- di maraviglia e diletto, ec. 
light, &c. chiabrera. 

Ambitious to, ambhioso di, with the infinitive. 

Young people are so am- Sono i giovani tanto ambiziosi 
bitious to be praised, that they di essere lodati, che si mettono, 
expose themselves, &c. ec. gelli. 



* Although ever so, being rather obsolete, however it is, or it 
was, &c. may be used instead. 



58 AM AN 

Amidst, in mezzo, dative, genitive. 

Amidst his profound medi- In mezzo a questa sua proton- 
tation, &c. da meditazione, ec. 

ALBERGATI. 

Ambush (to lie in), stare in aguato. 

The enemies, who lay in am- GV inimici, die stavano in 
bush, attacked them,, &c. aguato, gli assalirono, ec. 

Amuse one's-self with (to), divertirsi, diportarsi a, 
with the infinitive, or con with a person or thing. 

.Have you amused yourself Vi siete divertito a giuocare, 

with playing, &c. ec. goldoni. 

They were not ashamed to Non si vergognarono di rico* 

pick up shells, and, like chil- gliere conche 3 e fanciullesca- 

dren, amuse themselves with mente diportarsi con quelle. 

them. boccaccio. 

And, e or ed\ E is put before words beginning with a 
consonant or a vowel, except when the following word 
begins with the vowel e; and ed, only before words begin- 
ning with vowels. 

As much as everlasting and Quanto le cose eterne, e in- 
invisible things are, &c. visibili sono, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

And, between a verb of motion and another verb, 
a or ad, with the infinitive. 

Go and order the carriage. Va a ordinar questo calesse. 

goldoni. 

Where many princes came Done molti principi vennero a 
and courted him, &c. corteggiarZo, ec. denina. 

And yet, epure ; but it is generally written epptire. 

And yet there are some peo- Eppure vi son di quelli che 
pie who beg of the poets, pregano i poeti, ec. goldoni. 
&c. 



i 



AN AN 



59 



Angry at, sdegnato, genitive. 

The painter, angry at his II pittore, sdegnato della per- 
perfidy, resolved to be reveng- fidia di lui, deliberb di fame 
ed, &c. * vendetta :, ec. gozzi. 

Animate one (to), dare am mo, dative ; anima re, ac- 
cusative. 



The academicians animate 
you, &c. 

Four officers passed first, and 
animated the soldiers by their 
example. 



Gli accademici vi danno ani- 

mo, ec. BUOMMATTEI. 

Quattro ufficiali passarono i 
primi, ed animarono i soldati 
col loro esempio. den in a. 



Anointed with, unto, genitive. 



After they had been anoint- 
ed with oil, &c. 



Dopo che erano stati d'oglio 
unti, ec. 



Answer (to), rispondere, corrispondere^ dative. 

Alia lettera vostra ricevida 
questa mattina rispondo, ec. 



1 answer your letter that I 
have received this morning, 
&c. 

Because I know not how to 
answer your expectation. 



BFMBO. 

PerclCe io non so come io possa 
corrispondere all' aspettazion 

VOStra. BUOMMATTEI. 



Answer for a thing (to), render conto, genitive. 



If you admit of this abuse 
you will answer for it. 

Nothing but religion can an- 
swer for the immensity of the 
heavens, &c. 



Se ammetterete questo abuso 
ne * avrete a render conto. 

TOLOMEI. 

Non tf e altro che la religione, 
che ci possa .render conto deli' 
immensita di questi cieli, ec. 

GANGANELLI. 



* Ne stands for di cib. 



60 AN AN 

Answer for one (to), farsi mallemdore per uno. 

Every one would have had Ognuno V avrebbe voluto sal' 
him saved ; every one would vo ; ognuno sarebbesi fatto mal- 
have answered for him. levadore per lui. soave. 

Anxious for a thing (to be), bramare, accusative; 
avere premura, genitive. 

What security have you, that Che sicurita hai tu, che in 

she will give you what you possa avere da costei cio che 

are so anxious for ? tanto brami ? bandello. 

Although I think you cannot Avvegnache io creda che tu 

be so very anxious for my non possa avere cost gran pre* 

letters, &c. mura delle mie lettere, ec. 

ALGAROTTI. 

Anxious to (to be), bramare di, desiderare di, with the 
infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

Because he was anxious to Perche bramava di fargli 

introduce him to the acquaint- conoscere la madre. altanesi. 
ance of his mother. 

I am anxious to be fully ac- Destdero d' aver plena infor- 

quainted with, &c. mazione del, ec. della casa. 

Any, preceding a noun in asking a question, is not 
expressed in Italian. 
Have you any money to lend ? Avete denaro da prestare ? 

Any, preceding a noun in the genitive, alcuno. 

If we are inclined to believe Se creder vogliamo che alcuno 
that any of the most excellent de professori piil eccellenti as- 
professors came, &c. cendesse, ec. dati. 

Any, relating to a noun, mentioned in a former 
sentence, wc. 



AP AR 61 

I want money.— How much Ho bkogno di denaro. — Di 
do you want? — What! have quanto avrebbe bisogno ? — Che, 
you got any to give me ? avete a darmene ? goldoni. 

Apologize for (to), scttsarsi di, or fare le sue stuse 
per, with the infinitive. 

I must apologize for not hav» Bisogna ch Ho mi scusi, di non 
ing answered your letter. aver risposto alia vostra lettera ; 

or, che iofaccia le mie sense per 
non aver risposto* 

Apprize one (to), dare avviso a uno, genitive. 

Which Mark Antony know- 11 che da Marco Antonio see- 
ing, apprized Cornelia of every puto, del tutto diede avviso a 
thing, &c. Cornelia. bandello. 

Approach (to), appressarsi, accostarsi, avvicinarsi, 
dative. 

And as, when the good pilot E come il buon marinaro 
approaches the port, &c. quando s'appressa al porto, ec. 

GELJLI. 

The galley, on board of which La galea, sopra la quale era 

the Emperor was, approached VImperatore, s' accosto alponte, 

the bridge, &c. ec. varchi. 

When they approached the Quando essi s' avvicinarono al 

end. termine. bembo. 

Approve of (to), approvare, accusative. 
How, do you not approve of Come non V approbate ? 

it ? GOLDONI. 

I have written to you about Vi ho scritto tutto, per che 
it, because I approve of your approvo la vostra curiosita ra- 
reasonable curiosity, gionevole. metastasis 

Argue upon (to), ragionare, genitive. 

Then knowing how to argue Di poi sapendo ragionar di 
upon many subjects they enjoy, piu cose*, eglino si godono, ec. 

&C, GELLI. 



62 AR AR 

Arm one's-self with (to)> armarsi, genitive. 

See, how Cyrus endeavours Vedete, quanto s'affatica Ciro 

to persuade the military part in persuadere alia militare 

of his Persians, to arm them- ordinanza de suoi Persi, che 

selves with religion, s'armino di religione. 

CAVALCANTI. 

Armed with (to be), armarsi, genitive. 

And the praiseworthy cus- E i lodati costumi sarmarono 
toms were armed with solid di ferme leggi. 

laWS. MACCHIAVELLI. 

Armed with, armato, genitive. 

Jupiter is represented armed Giove si fa col braccio armato 
with thunder in his hand. di fulmine, ec. caro. 

Around, attorno, intorno, dative. 

I really believe your soul is Certo io credo che la tua 
flying around these forests. anima vada attorno a queste 

selve volando. sann azzaro. 

Scarcely did he see us around Appena * ne vidde intorno all' 
the altar , &c. altare, &c. sannazzaro, 

Arrayed in, vestito, genitive. 

But having entered the tem- Ma entrati nel tempio trovam- 
ple we found a priest arrayed mo un sacerdote di bianca vest.e 
in a white dress, &c. vestito, ec. sannazzaro. 

Arrive at (to), arrrcare in, 

That when you first arrived Che quando arrivaste prim'te- 
at that city, &c. ramentem quella citta, ec. 

BEMBO. 

It happened that in those Avvenne che in questi tempi 
times a gentleman of the arrivb a Genoa un valeniuomo 
court arrived at Genoa. di corte. boccaccio. 



* Ne instead of ci. 



AS — -AS 68 

As fo& instance, come sarebbe a dire, 

Italy was divided into differ- Era I' Italia partita in diver si 
ent nations, as for instance, popoli, come sarebbe a dire, 
Romans, Tuscans, &c. Romani, Toscani, ec. 

BORGHINI. 

As, preceding a verb, is often expressed in Italian by 
the gerund, or, as it is commonly called, the active par* 
ticiple. 

But as M of la Valetta and Ma essendo il Signor delta 
the Count of Luda had arrived, Valletta ed il Conte di Luda 
&c. sopraggiunti, ec. davjla. 

As, in the sense of because, and preceding a verb, 
perche, poiche, posciache, with the indicative. 

He owned he spent a great Confessb egli di consumare 

deal of time in painting, as he assai tempo in dipingere perche 

wished, &c. voleva che, ec, dati. 

Now do you not see, that as Or non vedete, che posciache-i 

your adversaries could not bin- vostri avversarj non hanno joo- 

der it, &c. tuto impedirla, ec. tolomei. 

As a, in the sense of like, is expressed by da. 

He (Michael Angelo) en- Scolpi in un pezzo di marmo 

graved on a piece of marble la batiaglia d'Ercole, non da 

the battle of Hercules, not as giovane, ma da uomo, ec. 

a- youth, but as a man, &c. eorghini. 

I speak to you as a true Vi parlo da vero amico. 

friend. goldoni. 

As many as, tanti quanti for the masculine, and 
tante quante for the feminine. 

Money is sown like wheat, II danaro si semina come la 

and one penny produces to a biada, e all' uomo di giudizio 

wise man as many pence as un bajocco frutta tanti bajocchi, 

many grains are produced from quanti granelli in una spica 

otle grain in an ear of corn, produce un grano. goldoni. 



64 



AS AS 



As much as, piu...cjie, altrettanto,.. quanto. 
And so the good quail shak- . E coil la buona quaglia star' 



ing her wings against the cage 
with as much strength as she 
could, &c. 

Because I love my country as 
much as any of those gentle- 
men. 



nazzando le all per la gabbia 
con piu empito che poteva, ec. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

Perocche io amo la mia patria 
altrettanto quanto alcuno di 
quei Signori, ec, bembo. 



As well as, cosL..come, e..,e. 

Cessato il romore cosi delle 



The noise of the artillery, as 
well as that of the bells, having 
ceased, &c. 

These expenses, believe me, 
who know at present, as well 
by habit as by experience, &c. 



artiglierie, come delle campane, 

ec. VARCHI. 

Queste spese, credete a me, il 
quale ora mai e per uso e per 
pruova, conosco, ec. 

PANDOLFINI. 



As soon as, sltosto come, subito che; both with the 
indicative* 



As soon as the sun appeared 
in the east. 

As soon as she saw him, she 
fainted away. 



Si tosto come il sole apparve 
nelV oriente. sannazzaro. 

Subito che ella il vidde sven- 
ne. 



As for, or to, per, accusative; in quanto, dative. 

And, as for me, I w T ould ad- Ed io per me, vi saprei consi- 

vise you to print them. gliare di stamparle. bembo. 

As to the choice of the argu- In quanto alia scelta dell' 

ment, &c. argomento, ec. algarotti. 

As, or so long as, jino che, with the indicative ; men- 
tre che, with the subjunctive. 

As long as Lelio loves like a Fino che Lelio ama cowie ami- 
friend, &C. CO, ec. GOLDONI. 

And I am resolved to be as E mi risolvo oVessere mentre 
long as I live (her servant). c/ieioviva ec. tolomei. 



AS— AS 65 

As... so, being adverbs, siccome t ..cosi. 

And I see, that as those fur- E veggo che, siccome quelle 

nish us with an ample subject ne prestano di parlar amplissi- 

fov speaking, so also they take ma materia, cosi ancora la 

from us the power, &c. facoltd ne tolgono., ec. 

CAVALCANTI. 

As. ..as, in a comparison, cosh. .come, or only come; 
tanto... quanto, or only quanto. 

Your conversation, which was La vostra conversazione, che 

one of those things that made era una di quelle cose che me 

it (the city of Bologna) appear than fatta parere cosi bella 

as beautiful as it really was in come ella mi parea. 

my eyes. algarottt. 

And it will not be long E non passera gran tempo che 

before your senators will have i vostri senaiori avranno il capo 

a head as grey as I have. bianco come io. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Por she is as wise and beauti- Perche ella e tanto savia, e 
ful as nature could make her. tanto bella, quanto la natura 

Vavesse potutafar piu. 

FIORENTINO. 

There is a letter for you as Eccovi una leftera luffga quan- 
long as the name of the saint to il vost.ro santo. 
which you bear. ganganelli. 

Ashamed of (to be), vergognarsi, genitive. 

I am ashamed of it. Io mi vergogno di cid. 

bembo. 

(Zeuxis) being ashamed $f Dell' errore vergognatosi, cede 
his error yielded the victory to la palma a Farrasio. dati. 
Parrasius. 

Ashamed to (to be), vergognarsi—arrossire di, with 
the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the 
game ; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

F 



66 AS — -AS 

I am not ashamed to discover Ionon mivergogno di scoprir- 

to you my passions. vi le mie passioni. bandello. 

Although I am ashamed that Benche mi vergogni che lamia 

my services need so much servitil abbia tanto di raccom- 

recommendation. mandazione bisogno. tasso. 

They seem ashamed to appear Pare che si vergognino di 

in public. comparire in pubblico. 

GOLDONI. 

An honest man ought to be Un uomo onorato deve arros- 

ashamed to have given so much sire d'aver dato un incommodo 
trouble to a family. cosi lungo ad una casa. 

GOLDONI. 

Ask of one (to), domandare; chiedere, dative. 

I asked of him whether he A costui ho domandato se egli 

would come here ? venisse qui ? bembo. 

He asked of Pius IV. and Chiese a Pio quarto e otlenne, 

obtained, &c. ec. denina. 

Ask one's pardon for (to), chiedere perdono ad 
itno, genitive. 

Listen, o Goddess, to these Dea, porgi orecchie a questa 
people, who ask your pardon turba 3 che ti chiede perdono del 
for their fault* suo fallo. sannazzaro. 

Ask one to (to), meaning an invitation, invitare uno 
a, with an infinitive. 

As it was late in the evening, Egli era gia sera, onde in- 

they asked Don Diego to stay vitarono Don Diego a restar 
with them. con loro. bandello, 

Assist one (to), prestare assistenza, dative. 

How can you assist an old Come prestare assistenza alia 
mother} - cagionevole madre } altanesi. 

Assist one with (to), ait are or ajutare uno ? geni- 
tive. 



AS- AS 6? 

Our forefathers made an edict I nostri mqggigri pubblicar 
that if any one assisted the fecero che se alcuno aitasse la 
republic with money, &c. repubblica di danari, ec. 

BEMBO. 

Astonish (to), fare maravigliare, dative; empiere di 
maraviglia, or di stupore, accusative. 

Which things astonished every he quali facevano maravigli- 
one. are a ciascuno. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

He said, that the great won- Disse che lo stupore grange 
der of Venetian liberty asto- delta liberta Veneziana empiva 
nished the whole world. di maravigliq il mondo tutto. 

BOCCALINI. 

A thing which had astonished Cosa che aveva empiuto il 
the world. mondo di stupore. boccalinj. 

Astonished at (to be), essere maravigliato, genitive. 

He was astonished at the bad Egli rimase * maravigliatg 
invention, della brutta invenzione. 

BOCCALINI. 

Astonished at, stupefatto, genitive. 

Therefore the enemies asto- Onde stupefatti i nemici del 
nished at our boldness, &c. nostro ardire, ec. 

BENTIVOGLIO. 

Astonished (to be), stupire, with a genitive before a 
noun ; with di and infinitive before a verb, or che with 
the subjunctive. 

At which Critone was as- 'Di cui stupivu Critone. 

tonished. davanzati. 

I am astonished to see you in Slupisco di vederti in questo 

this condition. stato. soave. 



* We make use of rimanere, with passive verbs, instead of 
essere. See General Rules, page 36. 

F 2 



6S AT— AT 

I know what you would say ; So che vuoi dir ; stupisci che 
you are astonished that the mi sostenga il suol, ec. 
earth supports me, &c. metastasio. 

At...'s, in casa, genitive, or the ablative only, without 
expressing in casa. 

Jf you wish, you may go- Se vuole, pub andare a trovar 

and see Mr. Lelio at Miss Bo- il Signor Lelio in casa della 

saura's. Signora Rosaura. goldoni. 

Where will you seek for him ? Dove lo cercherai ? Dalla sua 

At his wife's. sposa. goldoni. 

Atone for (to), riparare, accusative. 

You cannot atone for the evil Voi non potete riparar il male 
you have done her. che fatto le avete. 

Attempt to (to), tentare di, with the infinitive. 

And you, Judges, do you JE voi, Giudici, piil dubitate 

<loubt any longer that this che questo giovane non tenti di 

young man attempts to ruin ruinare la repubblica ? 

the republic? tolomei. 

Attend (to), dare opera, dative. 

The antients were of opinion Gli antichi voleano che i fan- 

that noblemen's children in ciulli nobili nelle scuole dessero 

schools should attend to the opera alia pittura. 

art of painting. cast i gli one. 

Attend a pupil (to), in speaking of a teacher, dare 

lezione, dative. 

Bo you attend ike Misses B. P Date voi lezione alle Signo- 

rine B. ? 

Attention (to pay), porre cura, dative. 

Do pay attention to the uomini, ponete cura al vago 
charming style of Corinna. stile di Corinna. firenzuola, 

Attest (to), fare testimonio, or fede, genitive. 



AU AV 



w 



As to the merit of the build- 
ings, that of St. Cassiodoro 
attests it. 

I will not speak of the old 
monument, and other things, 
which sufficiently attest the 
greatness and the splendor of 
its Scaligeri. f 



Delia edificazione, San Cas- 
siodoro ne * fa testimonio. 

BANDELItO. 

Lascio stare il monumento an- 
tico ed altro, che fa abbastanza 
fede della grandezza e dello 
splendore degli Scaligeri suoi: 

ALGAROTTJ. 



Augment in (to), accrescersi, genitive. 

But as he saw the enemy Ma come vidde il nemico, il 
augmenting in number and quale saccresceva di numero c 
strength, &c. di forze, ec. davila. 

Avail (to), giovare, dative. 

Although a language is noble, Siasi una lingua nobile poc& 

it will avail J nothing, if it be le giovera, mentre eft ella non 

not made ; use of by famous venga usata da famosi scrittori. 

writers. buommattei. 

Avenge (to), fare vendetta, genitive. 

He went to Spain, where by Ando egli in Ispagna dove 
avenging their death, &c. facendo vendetta della loro 

morte, ec. passavanti. 

Avoid to (to), fuggire di, or il, with the infinitive. 

I then would always avoid lo adunque queste parole an- 

tiche fuggirei d' us are, ec* 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Debbono essere i ragionamenti 
nostri piacevoli, fuggendo il 
dolersi di quegV incomodi, ec. 

GELLI. 



using those obsolete words, 
&c. 
Our discourse ought to be 
agreeable, which istobe effect- 
ed by avoiding to complain of 
those inconveniencies, &c. 



* Ne stands for of it. 

■j* Scaligeri is a family name. 

f r The dative is understood, which is to men. 

F3 



70 



AW- 



-AW 



Aware of (to be), sentire, genitive. 
We naturally wish to make Tutii naturalmente con fama 



our names durable by reputa- 
tion, and especially those who 
are aware of the shortness of 
our present life. 



desideriamo di prolungare it 
nostro nome, e massimamente 
coloro che sentono della brevita 
delta vita presente. 

BOCCACCIO. 



Away, via, which is accompanied with all verbs of 
motion, such as andare, to go ; venire, to come ; man- 
dare, to send, &c. 



If you see Mr. Lelio tell him 
I am going away. 

Her husband came home, 
and hearing his wife was 
asleep,, sent away two women, 
&c. 



Se vedi il Signor Lelio digli 
che v ado \ id, &c. goldoni. 

II marilo venne a casa, e in- 
tendendo che la moglie dormiva 
mandb via due donne, ec. 

BANDELLO. 



Away, sene, which is joined with all verbs of motion ; 
such as andare, to go ; venire, to come ; ritornare, to 
return, &c, when they coalesce into one word; as, 
andarsene, venirsene, ritomarsene, &c. and are conju- 
gated thus, mene vado, tene vai, sene va, ceneandiamo, 
vene andate, sene vanno, and so on of other tenses. 

Therefore, Soliman arrived Onde Solimano arrivb a Tu- 
at Tunis, and, without doing 
any harm to the city, went 
away. 

Nevertheless, without mind- 
ing the calash, I went to the 
inn, &c. 



nisi, e senza far alcun danno 
alia citta sen' andb via. 

SEGNI. 

Nientedimeno senza darmi peri' 
siero del calesso, mene venni 
verso iosteria, ec. 

CHIAKAMONTI. 



BA BA 71 



B. 



Backbite one (to), dire male, genitive. 

For many people backbite every Che moltiper familiarsi a loro 
one to ingratiate themselves Signori dicono male di questo 
with their masters. e di quello. bandello. 

Bad way (to be in a.), fare male i faiti suoi. This 
verb, being impersonal in English, is construed by 
changing the English accusative into the nominative, and 
vice versa : as, he is in a bad way; turn, he does bad his 
business, egli fa male i fatli suoi ; I was in a bad way 
once ; turn. I did bad my business, io faccva una volta 
male i fatti miei, and so on of all other persons and 
tenses. 

Bail one (to), farsi mallevadore per uno. 

Every one would have had Ognuno Vavrebbe voluto salvo, 
him saved, every one would ognuno sarebbesi fatto malleva- 
have bailed him. dore per lui. soave. 

Balance accounts (to), saldare conti, 

I beg you will balance those Vi prego di saldare quei conti. 

accounts. 

Banish from (to), sbandire, genitive. 

And without being guilty of E senza altra colpa Dante fu 
any other crime, Dante was sbandito di Firenze. villani. 
banished from Florence. 

Banished (to be), essere mandato in esilio. 

And a great many honourable E si sono mandati in esilio 
and powerful citizens have been tanii onorati epotenti cittadini. 
banished. MACCHiAVEtn 

F 4 



72 BA BE 

Bar (to), metier e stan gke, dative. 

I shall be obliged to bar it (a Mi converra metter-ci * delle 
door). - stanghe. ' 6oldoni. 

Barrel, up (to), imbottare^ accusative. 

Has the housekeeper bar- La casiera ha imbottato la 
relied up the beer ? birra ? 

Bathe with (to), bagnare, genitive. 

And then as she was recovering Ed indi secondo che il petduto 
her lost strength, she bathed vigore le ritornava, bagnava di 
every thing with her tears. lagrime cib che v"era. bembo. 

Bathed in tears, bagnato di lagrime. 

The anciencs speak of a Me- E' mentovato dagli antichi un 
nelaus, who, bathed in tears, Menelao, che, tutto bagnato di 
spread, &c, lagrime, spargeva, ec. dati. 

Be for one (to), essere, dative. 

To speak in public, my fellow- Dura e faticosa impresa mi 
citizens, would have been for sarebbe stata } o popolo 3 il par- 
vie a hard and laborious under- tare in pubblico. cavalcanti. 
taking. 

Be to (to), before an infinitive, in the sense of must 
or ought, dovere^ with an infinitive, without a prepo- 
sition. 

AncHherefore he was to hope E laonde egli doveva sperare 
for reward as well as honour. e premio, e onore, tolomei. 

Be to (to), in the sense of to be one's turn to, toccare 
a or iiy with the infinitive. This verb being impersonal is 
construed by changing tlie English nominative into the 
dative : as, vou are to dance ; turn, it is to you to dance, 
tocca a voi a ballare. 



* Ci stands for to it. 



BE BE 73 

I heard it, and am to act lo Vho inteso e tocca a me ad 

with judgement ; turn, I heard oprar con giudizio. goldoni. 
it, and it is to me to act, &c. 

The appointed time is now E gia trascorso, die egli, il 

elapsed, said he, and now I am prescritto tempo, ora a me tocca 

to die ; turn, it is to me to die. il morire. soave. 

Be so KiND as to (to), avere la bontd di, with the 
infinitive. 

And remember that your an- E si ricordi* die il suo* 
cle was so kind as to say, he signor zio ha avuto la bonta di 
trusted on me, &c. .dire che sifidava a me, ec. 

GOLDONI. 

Be as good as one's word (to), atienere la sua 
parola ; mantencre la sua parola. 

In fact, he was as good as his Egli attenne infatti per alcun 

word for some time. tempo la sua parola. soave. 

I know you were always as lo so che voi avete sempre 

good as your word mantenuto la parola vostra. 

Be kind to one (to), avere bonta per uno. 

And since you are so kind to E giacche ha tanta bonta per 
me, Ibegof you, &c. me la supplko, ec. goldoni. 

Be old (to), avere anni, essere cTanni, in speaking of 
the age. 

The lover looked at the young Riguardava Vamante la gio- 
lady, who mi^ht have been vinetta che da sedici in diciassette 
sixteen or seventeen years old. anni poteva avere. banbello. 



* Si ricordi stands for ricordatevi, and suo for vostro, because 
the speaker addresses in the third person. See General RuUs-on 
the different ways of addressing, page 1 7. 



74 BE BE 

Who is eighteen years old. II quale e d 1 anni diciaolto. 

BEEEBO. 

Be hungry (to), avere fame. 

They were hungry, and their Avevan essifame, e la madre 
poor mother did not know what loro non sapea die fare. 
to do. 

Be thirsty (to), avere sete. 

I know you are thirsty, there- lo so che avete sete, percio be- 
fore drink. vete, fiorentino. 

Be warm (to), speaking of a man, avere caldo ; 
speaking of the weather, fare caldo. 

We were very warm last Avevamo gran caldo jersera. 
night. 

It was in the month of Sep- Egli era nel mese di Seltembre, 

tember, and it was not very e nonfaceva molto caldo, 

warm. bandello. 

Be cold (to), speaking of a man, avere freddo ; speak- 
ing of the weather^ fare freddo. 

Are you cold, Sir ? Avete freddo, Sign ore ? 

I have been walking this Sono andato a spasso stamatti- 
morning, and it was very cold. na, efaceva gran freddo. 

Be fine, or bad weather (to), fare bel, or catiwo 

tempo. 

What weather is it? — It is fine Che tempo fa? — Fa bel o cat- 
or bad weather. two tempo. 

Be whong* (to), aioeretcrto. 



* These two verbs, to be wrong and to be right, being followed 
by another verb, govern the infinitive, with di before it. 
You are wrong to speak so. Avete torto di parkr cost. 
She is right to do it* Ella, ha ragione&x fdrlo. 



BE BE 



75 



And certainly, theologically E* certo,teologkamente parlan- 

speaking, they are right ; but do eglino hanno ragione ; ma 

poetically speaking, they are parlando poeticamente, hanno 

vvrono - . torto. algarotti. 

Be right* (to), avere ragione. 

Jupiter answered, thou art Risposegli Giove, tu hai ragione. 
right. xgozzi. 

Be ill, or well (to), stare, or sentirsi bene, male, 
or essere ammalato. 



One is tired, if I am allowed 
to say so, of being too well. 

Mr. Romolo Cervini has told 
me you are not well. 

There was, however, nobody 
who dared to ask him whether 
he was ill. 

Many women are always ill, 
without knowing the cause. 



Uno si stanca 3 per coil dire, 
di stare troppo bene. 

GANGANELLI. 

Messer Romolo Cervini m'ha 
detto che non vi sentite bene. 

BONFADIO. 

Non vi fu percib chi ardisse 
domandarlo se si sentiva male. 

BANDELLO. 

Moltissime femmine sono sem- 
pre arhmalate senza sapere il 
per che. ganganelli. 

Be able to (to), potere, with the infinitive, without 
a preposition. 

A fondness for this glory can L'appetito di questa gloria pub 
exist without vice. essere senza vizio. passavanti. 

Be able to help (not to), non potere contenersi di 
non, with the infinitive. 



I cannot, Judges, help laugh- 
ing at his imprudence. 



Non posso contenermi, Giu- 
dici, di non ridermi delta sua 
imprudenza. tolomei. 



* See the Note in the preceding page. 



76 BE BE 

Be in need (to), avere bisogno di, with the infinitive. 

Because I was rather in need Perche piuttosto to avea biso- 
of being consoled by others, gno d' esser dagli altri consolato , 

&£• „• ec. TOLOMEIv 

Be dying (to), stare per morire. 

And now he says, his uncle Ed ora dice che suo zio sta per 
is dying. morire. goldoni. 

Be jealous of (to), prendere gelosia, genitive. 

I can trust to him j I cannot Dp lui mi posso fidare ; di lui 
be jealous of him. non posso prendere gelosia. 

GOLDONF. 

Be glad to (to), avere caro 7 avere a caro, godere y all 
with an infinitive, with di before it, when the subject of 
the two verbs is the same ; otherwise che, with the sub- 
junctive. 

Are you glad to overcome your Avete voi caro di vincere i vos- 
enemies } tri nemici ? cavalcanti. 

Which I shall be glad to II che avro a caro di sapere. 
Icnow. CARO. 

Having entered a monastery, Entrata in un monistero, go- 
she was glad to divide the dea quivi di dividere le ore, ec. 
hours, &c. soave. 

I am g]&d,that my drama, the Godo che il mio Asxlo d'Amore 

Asylum of Love, is praised in faccia la sua figura in Italia. 

Italy. METASTASIO. 

Be glad of (to), rallegrarsl, genitive. 

Now- 1 am glad of your mo- Ora io mi rallegro dell' arrivo 
tber's arrival. di vostra madre. caro. 

Be glad (to), essere caro, dative. 
This verb, being impersonal in Italian, is construed by 
putting the English nominative in the dative, and the in- 



BE— BE 77 

finitive becomes a nominative, with the article il or lo 
before it. 

Because you ought to be very Perche vi* deve essere molto 

glad to be separated from caroj- V essere separato da lor o. 

them ; turn, because to be boccaccio. 
separated from them ought to 
be dear to you. 

Be scary- to (to), aoere dispiacere di, with the in- 
finitive. 

If that gentleman were living, Se quel Sigfiore fosse vivo 
he would be very sorry to see avrebbe gran dispiacere di ve- 
you in such deep affliction. dervi nelf affiizione sepolto. 

TOLOMEI. 

Be sorry for (to), dolersi, rammaricarsi, genitive. 

And they, being sorry for E dolendosi dei vostri casi, 

your misfortunes, console you con ragioni piil utili vi confor- 

with reasonings of a more effi- tano. boccaccio. 
eacious nature. 

Let us leave Romolo aside, for Lasciamo Romolo da parte, 
the loss of whom you are so della cui perdita tanto vi ram- 
sorry. markate. bembo. 

Be sorry to (to), dispiacere, rincrescere a uno y with 
the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise eke, with the subjunctive. 

These verbs, being impersonal in Italian, are construed 
by putting the English nominative in the dative, and the 
following verb is put in the infinitive, without any prepo- 
sition. 



* VI stands for a voi. 

f V for lo, on account of the infinitive beginning with a 
vowel. 



78 



BE- 



BE 



I am sorry I am obliged to 
shew you our wounds; turn, 
to shew you our wounds dis- 
pleases to me. 

Mrs. Beatrice will be sorry 
you are going away ; turn, it 
will displease to Mrs. Beatrice 
that you go away. 

I am sorry I am obliged to go 
and come back, &c. 



Mi displace avere a dimostrarv 1 
Le nostrepiaghe. segni. 



Dispiacera alia Signora Bea- 
trice ch f ella vada via. 

GOLDONI. 



Mi rincresce avere d'andare e 



ritornarfy ec. 



GOLDONI. 



Be wont to (to), usare, solere, with the infinitive, 
without a preposition ; essere solito, with the infinitive, 
with di before it. 



And Master Lodovico Bocca- 
diferro was wont to say that all 
the arguments of, &c. 

Because great light and shade 
are wont 'to give a great deal of 
grace to figures. 

As we are wont to do with 
our parents and friends. 



E Messer Lodovico Boccadi- 

ferro usava dire che tuttb gli 

argomenti di, ec. vakchi. 

Per che i gran lumi e le grand* 
ombre sogliono dare assai di 
vaghezza alle figure. caro. 

Come noi siamo soliti di fare 
ai nostri parenti e amici. 

DELLA CASA. 



Be willing to (to), volere, with the infinitive, 
without a preposition, if the subject of the two verbs be 
the same ; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 



He would/?/ up the mind of 
other people with a solid opi- 
nion. 

Why are you willing that she 
should laugh, while she has 
something else which troubles 
her ? 



Voile egli riempiere gli altrui 
animi oVunaferma opinione. 

TOLOMEI. 

Perclie volete che rida, mentre 
ha qualche cosa che la disturba ? 

GOLDONI, 



BE— BE 79 

Be a professor (to), fare, accusative. 

He was a schoolmaster at In Messina eglifaceva il maes- 
Messina. tro di scuola. goldoni. 

Bear with a thing (to), sqffrire, accusative. 

Nevertheless, the good youth II buon giovine nondimeno 
patiently bore with every thing. sofferiva pazientemente ogni 

cosa. SOAVE. 

Bear that (to), soffrire che, with the subjunctive. 

Charles Emanuel could not Carlo Emanuele non potea 

bear that the court should ar- soffrire die quella corte s'arro- 

rogate to itself the power of gasse di trattare, ec. dentna. 
treating, &c. 

Bear one a fair face (to), fare buon viso, dative. 
See put on a fair face. 

Bear one company (to), tenere compagnia, dative. 
See KEEP com pan v. 

Bear a part (to), aver e parte in. 

The Counts of Marino and II Conte di Marino e delta 
of Trinity bore a considerable Trinitd ebbero gran parte in 
part in all the resolutions, &c. tuttele risoluzioni, ec. denin-a. 

Bear one a grudge (to), voiere male, dative. 

That young lady loved a young Questa donzella umava un 
man who bore Don Diego a giovane, il quale voleva un gran 
grudge, male a Don Diego. 

eandello. 

Beat down (to), demolire, abbattere, accusative. 

Ah ! I wish all the senate, Ah ! fosse raccolto in quelle 

&c. were assembled in those mura, che or la Particafiamma 

walls, which the Parthian tire abbatte e dorna, tutto il Senato, 

is now beating down and des- ec. metastasio. 
troy in g ? &c. « 



80 BE BE 

Beckon one to (to), fare segno a uno di, with the 
infinitive. 

As the clock struck twelve A mezza notte apparve Vom~ 
the shade appeared, and beck- hra y e mi /e' segno di seguirZa. 
oned me to follow if. 

Becomes one (it), conviene, dative. 

But what can we do? shall Ma che possiamo fare? do* 
we murmur at his decrees? lerci del suo decreto? macibnon 
but it does not become us. conviene a noi. tolomei. 

Become of one (what to), che esserne, genitive ; 
divenire: esserne is always impersonal; hut divenire is 
personal, and requires the nominative, as, what will 
become of Peter, I do not know. Non so eke ne sard di 
Pietro ; or, non so che diverra Pietro. W hat will become 
of you ? Che ne sard di voi, or che diverrete voi ? 

Who, not seeing the paint- II quale non vedendo piu il 
ing, asked, what was become quadro, domandb che ne fosse P 
of it ? SOAVE. 

Bed-time, tempo d'andare a letto, or a posare, or a 
riposare. 

Now it happened that as it Ora avenne die essendo tempo 
was bed-time, &c. d'andare a posare. 

FIORENTINQ. 

Befall one (to), accadere, addivenire, awenire, da- 
tive. These verbs are impersonal, and are used in the 
third person, either of the singular or plural. 

Dear friend, I should not like Caro amico, non vorrei die 
any misfortune to befall you. vi accadessero delle disgrazie. 

GOLDONf. 

Which things always befall Le quali cose sempre addiven- 
misers. gono agli avari. pandolfini. 



BE- 



•BE 



81 



He then related what had be- 
fallen him within the castle. 



Egli allora racconto ciocche 
dentro al casiello gli era avve- 

nuto. SOAVE. 



Before, preceding- a noun, dinanzi, dative, davanti, 
dative, avatiti, genitive. 

That as Leone was so cruelly 
accused before you, O Judges, 
&c. 

Now you see me standing be- 
fore the walls of my own coun- 
try, &c. 

All of them had knelt before 

her. 



Che essendo Leone si acerha- 
mente dinanzi a voi o Giudici, 
accusato, ec. tolomei. 

Ora mi vedi stare davanti alle 
mura della patria propria, ec. 

FASSAVANT1. 

S'erano gia tutti posti ingi- 
nocchioni avanti di lei. gozzi. 



Before, preceding a verb, prima e$, innanzi di^ avanti 
di, with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 

Mr. Fiorindo, I hope you will Signor Florindo prima di par- 
call on me before you go. 



And that physician is not 
wise, who, before the disorder 
arrives to maturity, tries, &c. 

And yet we read that he sent 
no punishment into the world 
before he had threatened it. 

I heg you will be pleased to 
come, that I may see you be- 
fore I die. 

Belfegor an arch devil, but 
before he fell from heaven, an 
archangel. 



tire, spero che vi lasciate da me 
vedere. goldoni, 

E quel medico e poco savio, 
che prima che il malore sia 
maturo, si fatica, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 

E pure niuno gastigo, leggia- 
mo, aver esso mandato al mon- 
do innanzi di minacciarZo. 

SEGNERI. 

Ti prego, che tu ti placcia di 
venire, si ch 1 io possa veder te 
innanzi ch' io muoja. 

FIORENTINO. 

Belfegor arcidiavolo, ma a- 
vanti che cadesse dal cielo s 
areangelo. macchiavelli. 



m 



BE—BE 



Beg a thing of one (to), pregareuno d'unacosa, 

Go if you like, but I would Andate se vi aggrada, mcL 
beg a favour of you, d'una grazia voleva pregarvi. 

GOLDONI. 

D'una grazia ti prego. 



I beg ajavour of you. 



FIORENT1NO- 



Beg one to (to), pregare uno di, with the infinitive, 
or che, with the subjunctive. 



So that, dear sister, I beg 
you will shew yourself. 

And 1 beg you will deign to 
shew me, &c. 

His Excellency sent to Rome 
to beg Sister Beatrice to be sa- 
tisfied with this lady. 



Sicche soretla mia, ti prego di 
lasciarti vedere. gozzi. 

E priegovi * che vi degniate 
di far mi vedere, ec. bembo. 

Sua Eccellenza ha spedito a 
Roma pregando suora Beatrice 
che rimanga contenta di questa. 

DELLA CASA. 



Beg one's pardon (to), chiedere, or domandare 
perdono, dative. 

A good father went to his Un buon padre andb da luu e 
house, began to ask his par- incomincib a chiedergli f per- 
son, dono. gozzi. 

Begin to (to), cominciare, incominciare «, or ad, with 
the infinitive. 



Consoled by this thought I 
begin to hope. 

You, Scipio, began to re- 
ceive a great honor. 



Con questo pensiero conforta- 
tomi comincio a sperare. 

BEMBO. 

Cominciasti tu, Scipione, ad 
avere grand 1 onore, 

PASSAVANTI. 



* Priegovi, instead of pregovi, or vi prego, 
\ Gli stands for a lui. 



BE— BE 



83 



Begin one's journey (to), metier si in viaggio. 
But as it was daylight he 



shut the housedooiv, and re- 
commending himself to God, 
he began his journey. 



Ma fattosi giorno, chiude la 
casa, e raccomandandosi a Dio 
si mette in viaggio. 

ALBERGATI. 



Begin one's march (to), metier si in cammino. 

The enemies began their La sera gVinimici si misero in 
march in the evening. cammino. davila. 

Begone, parti. 

No more, begone, leave me Parti, non piu, lasciami in 
alone. pace. metastasio. 

Behave to (to), comportarsi verso, genitive, or con, 
accusative. 



When he heard in what man- 
ner the Duke of Lerma be- 
haved to the three princes his 
sons, &c. 

Behind, dieiro, dative. 

They placed the princes be- 
hind those, &c. 



Allorche intese come il Duca 
di Lerma si comportava verso 
i tre principi, suoifigliuoli, ec. 

DSNINA. 



Eglino ponevano i principi die- 
tro alle spalle di quelli, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 



Believe (to), credere, dative, either with a person 
or thing. 



Endeavour to learn their lan- 
guage, and believe me, who 
cannot deceive you. 

And therefore we must. not 
believe any fortune. 



Studiati d'imparare il loro 
linguaggio, e credi a me die 
non tiposso ingannare, 

DELLA CASA. 

E perb non e da credere a 
qualunque fortuna. 

PASSAVANTI, 



G 2 



BE- 



■BE 



Believe in (to), dare fede, prestarefede, dative. 



Therefore I am resolved to 
shew them, that if they will 
not believe in thunders, &c. 

And perceiving that she was 
so innocent as to believe easily 
in the words of others, &c. 



Perb mi sono risoluto a inos- 
trar loro che se non vogliono 
dar fede ai tuoni, ee. 

SEGNERI, 

E veduto quella essere cost 
schietta, che agevolmente presta- 
va fede alle altrui parole, ec. 

GOZZI. 



Believe to (to), credere; for the construction of 
which, see Think, to. 

Belong to (to), essere, genitive; appartenere, dative. 
Having recognised the young Avendo egli conosciuta la gio- 



lady, and inquired to whom the 
house belonged, he heard, &c. 
Because temperance is a vir- 
tue, which belongs to every 
one. 



vane, e spiato di chi fosse la 
casa/intese, ec. bandello. 
Perciocche la temperanza e 
virtu, che appartiene ad ogni 
persona. chiabrera. 



Belong (to), preceding a conjunctive pronoun, essere, 
and the said pronoun is changed into a possessive pro- 
noun ; as, it belongs to me, to thee, to him, egli e mio, 
e tuo, e suo, e nostro, &c. 

Benighted, sopraggiunto dalla notie. 

On his return he was be- Al ritorno egli fu soprag- 
nighted. giunto dalla notte, soave. 

Benumbed with, intiri%%ito, ablative. 

They sent to her house, and Fu mandato alia di lei casaj 

there they found the soldier, e la trovossi il sofdato j ma si 

but so benumbed with cold, dal freddo intirizzito, ec. 

&c. SOAVE. 

Beseech one to (to), supplicare uno di, with the 
infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 



BE BE 



85 



I beseech you to inform me of 
the motive of your resolution. 

For which I beseech you to 
excuse me. 

Besides, oltre, dative. 

Besides these, I could put 
before your eyes, &c. 



La supplico di farmi partecipe 
del motivo della sua risoluzione. 

GOLDONI. 

Di che io supplico ch' ella mi 

SCUSl. DELLA CASA. 



Io potrel, oltre a questi, met- 
term avanti ogli ocelli, ec. 

BOGCACCIO. 



Bestow upon (to), donate, conferire, dare, dative. 



We behold in that privilege 
bow Otho bestowed upon 
Bandello's family the eagle on 
the six sides of their arms. 

The Popes bestowed the bi- 
shoprics of Piedmont upon 
their relations, in preference 
to the subjects of the Duke of 
Savoy. 

And as the praises which may 
be bestowed upon a language 
are of two kinds. 



In esso privilegio si vede come 
Ottone alia fainiglia di Bandello 
sovra le sei bande de Vinsegna 
loro donb Vaquila. 

BANDELLO. 

I Papi conferivano i vescovadi 
del Fiemonte piuttosto ai pa- 
renti loro, che ai sudditi del 
Duca di Savoja. denina, 

E perche le lodi che si possono 
dare ad una lingua son di due 

SOrt'l. BUOMMATTEI. 



Between you and me, a anattr occhi. 

Beyond, di la, dalV altra parte, genitive or ablative. 

The royal city of Artassata is Vedesi di la dal flume la 
seen beyond the river. reale citta d? Artassata. 

METASTASIO. 

Beware of (to), guardarsi, ablative. 

I know very well that youth So benissimo che la gioventu e 

is the season of life, so inflamed quella eta cost fervida, in cui 

with the ardor of passions, in si prova una gran pena a guar- 

G 3 



86 BI *BL 

which it is very difficult to darsi dal mondo. 

beware of the world. i ganganellt. 

Bid one farewell or adieu (to), dare addict, dative. 

I will go and bid my father Andrb a dar V ultimo addio a 
the last farewell. mio padre, ec. soavb. 

Blame one for (to), biasimare uno, genitive. 

And if the banquet has been E se il convito e andato al- 

somewhat moderate, many peo- quanto moderato, molii ti bia- 

pie blame you for not being simano di poca larghezza. 

lavish. PANDOLFINI, 

Bleach (to), imbiancare at sole. 

And as she was bleaching her E mentre ella al sole imbian- 
linen, she saw, &c. cava i suoi pannilini, vidde r ec, 

BOCCACCIO. 

Bled one (to), caoare sangue, dative. 

The apothecary bled him yes- Jeri lo speziale cavogM * san- 
terday, gue. 

He would load the infirm with Ei vorrebbe, die in vece di ca- 
pills instead of bleeding him. vargli * sangue, gli si facesse 

inghiottire pillole. goldoni. 

Bled (to be), far si cavare sangue. 

He was bled twice, and re- Si fece cavar sangue due volte, 
ceived no benefit from it. e non gli ha fatto alcun bene. 

Bleed (to), uscire sangue a uno, ablative. 

This verb is impersonal, and it is construed by putting 
the possessive pronoun or the genitive into the dative, 
the substantive which accompanies it into the ablative, 
and the verb is always to be a third person singular : as, 

My nose bleeds ; turn, blood A me, or mi esce sangue dal 
comes out horn the nose to me. naso. 

* Gli stands for a lui. 



BL BL 



87 



His mouth bled j turn, blood 
came out from the mouth to 
him. 

And not as it had done in the 
East, where death was inevita- 
ble for him whose nose bled. 



A lui, or gli usciva sangue dalla 
bocca. 

E non come in Oriente aveva 
fatto, dove a chiunque usciva 
sangue dal naso era segno d'in- 
evitabil morte. Boccaccio. 



Bless one for (to), benedire uno, genitive. 

May God bless you for your Possa Iddio benedirwi della 
kindness. vostra bonta. 

Blindfold one (to), bendare gli occhi, dative. 

They now blindfolded him. Gia bendati gli son gli occhi. 



SOAVE. 



Blot out (to), scancellare, ablative. 



If I gave myself up to thee 
as such (as a slave), neither my 
disgrace nor thy glory would 
be so illustrious, and my 
punishment would blot out 
of it every recollection. 



Se io tale mi ti dava, non sa- 
rebbe la mia disgrazia 9 tie la tua 
gloria si chiara, e il mio suppli- 
zio ne * scancellerebbe ogni me- 
moria. chiabjrera. 



Blow out (to), estinguere, spegnere, accusative. 

He blows out the candle , and Spegne egli la candela^ equindi 
hides himself. si nasconde. goldoni. 

Blush to (to), arrossirsi di, or arrossire in, with the 
infinitive. 

And perhaps you will blush Eforse voi vi arrossirete d'aver 

to have had so bad an opinion pensato si malamente di me. 

of me. GOLDONI. 

I blush to think of it. Arrossisco in pensarZo. 

GOLDONI. 



* Ne stands for the ablative. 
G 4 



8S BO— BO 

Boast (to), vantarsi di, gtoriarsi di. with the infinitive, 

Your secretary boasted that II vostro segretario s'e vantaio 

he would divulge the secret di voler divolgere i segreti mis- 

mysteries, &c. terj, ec. xoLOMEr. 

We can boast that we have a Noi possiamo gloriarci d'aver 

beautiful language. una bella lingua, buommattei. 

Born of (to), nascerc, ablative. 

I wish that monkies were to Vorrei che si vedessero in qual- 

be seen in some places, which che parte alcune scimie che pa- 
might seem to be born of their jono nascere dal loro sangue. 

blood. BORGHINI. 

Borrow of (to), pigliare in prcstito, ablative. 

He borrowed twenty pounds Piglib- dalla sua sorella venti 

of his sister. lire sterline in prestito. 

Both, Vuno e Faltro, ambo, the latter of which is 
either indeclinable, or an adjective ; also tuiti e due, for 
the masculine, and tutte e due for the feminine. 

She pressed both my hands. Ella mi strinse ambo le mani, 

or ambe le mani. 

Where the battle of both Dove la battaglia e di ambe le 

parties is., &c. parti, ec. caro. 

Hence it comes that both Di qui nasce che tanto abbon- 

countries are so abounding in dino di abitalori l'uno e l'altro 

inhabitants. paese. bentivoglio. 

Be not afraid, I will cure both Non dubitino, le risanerb tutte 

of you. e due. goldoni. 

Bow to one (to), fare riverenza, inckinarsi, dative. 

Then they embraced one ano- Poi s'abbracciarono, efacendo 
ther, and bowing to each other, riverenza Vuno all' altro : disse 
the Judge said, &c. il Giudice, ec. fiorentino. 

Mrs. Virtuosa, I bow to you. Signora Virtuoso, a lei m'tn- 

chino. GOLDONI. 



BR BR 



89 



Brave (to), resistere bravamente, dative. 

Benche e da sperare che il pic- 
colo Maurino resistera brava- 



Though it is to be hoped that 
the little Maurino will brave 
the malignant nature of the 
small-pox. 



Break (to), romper si. 

They (eggs) may fall,, they 
may break. 



mentedWdi malignita deivajuolo, 

ALGAROTTI. 



Possono eadere, sipossono rom- 
pere. goldoni. 



Break one's word (to), mancare di parola. 
Friend, you broke your word. Amico, voi mancaste di parola. 



Break into pieces (to), andare inpezzi 

The first encounter was ter- 
rible, the lances broke into a 
thousand pieces. 



GOZZI, 



II primo incontro fit terribik 
le lance andarono in mille pezzi. 

SO AVE. 



Break open (to), forzare, accusative. 

Furnished with pincers to Provveduti di tanaglie per 
draw nails, and to break open cavar chiodi, e forzar le porte 
the doors, they, &c. eglino, ec. denina. 

Break one's limbs (to), rompereun membro, dative. 

And a little while ago he broke E pocofa egli ruppe una gam- 
my butler's leg. ba al mio dispensiere. bembo. 

Break forth into tears (to), prorompere inpianto, 
mettersi a piangere. 



Pippo could no longer resist 
such generosity, and breaking 
forth into a flood of tears, &c. 

Hearing the true counsel, the 
other brother broke forth into 
a flood of tears. 



A questo tratto di generosita 
Pippo non pote resistere, e pro- 
rompendo in dirotto pianto, ec. 

SO AVE. 

Udendo V altro fratello il vero 
consiglio dirottamente si mise a 
piangere, bandexlo. 



90 BR Bit 

Breathe one's last (to), spirare, morire. 

Ah ! perhaps my daughter is Ah ! forse adesso pero spira la 
now breathing her last, &a figlia, ec. metastasio. 

Bring up (to), nutricare, educate, accusative. 

In those exercises,, in which In quegli esercizj, nei quali i 

their parents have brought them padri e le madri le hanno nutri- 

up, &c cate, ec. firenzuola. 

The affectionate fatherthought Non uvea Vajfettuoso padre al- 

of nothing but of his son, and tropensiero che questo fanciullo , 

after he had brought him up e poiche con attenzione Veduco, 

attentively, &c. ec. gozzi. 

Bring together, or to reconcile (to), conciliate) 
accusative. 

When he had brought the Quando conciliate- ebbe i due 
two brothers together, he told fratelli disse loro, ec. soave. 
them, &c. 

Bring to perfection (to), perfezionare, accusative. 

I have now brought my work Ho gia perfezionata I 'opera 
to perfection. mia. 

Bring close to (to), accostare, dative. 

1 know not a greater pleasure Io non conosco maggior diletto, 

than to wish for a loaf of bread, che lo sperar un pane che meVf 

which I bring close to my* accosto alia bocca, ec. gozzi, 
mouth, &c. 

Bring forth (to), in speaking of women, partorire, 
or dare alia luce; in speaking of trees, produrre, accusa- 
tive. 



* My here is not expressed by mio, but it is changed into a 
conjunctive pronoun, mi, which is joined to lo, making meV . 

■f MeV, this V is a repetition of che: instead of che mi ac~ 
costo : che meV accosto is, as if it were, which I bring it close t &a 



BU BU 



91 



The father thinks be has done Pare al padre d'aver lavorata 

the finest work in the world, la piu bella fattura del inondo, 

and the mother to have brought e alia madre d'aver dato alia 

forth a jewel. luce un giojello. gozzi. 

Build with (to), fahhricare, genitive. 

On that river they have built Su questojiume son fabbricati 

diver si ponti di marmo. 

ALGAKOTTI. 



several bridges with marble. 



Burn to ashes (to), ridurre in cenere. 

The French entered the city, Entrarono nella citta i Fran- 
pillaged it, and burnt it to cesi, la saccheggiarono, e quin- 



ashes. 



di ridusserla* in cenere. 



But, in the beginning of a sentence, ma. 

But, in the sense of except, fuorche. 

She had no other fortune but Ella non avea altri beni, fuor- 
her beautiful eyes. che quelli dei suoi vaghissimi 

occhi. gozzi. 



But, in the middle of a sentence, and in the sense of 
only, non che, putting non before the verb and che 
after it. 



Speaking is only granted to 
man but in order to express the 
sentiments of his mind. 



II parlare non e dato all'uomo 
che per palesare i concetti delta 
sua mente. buommattei. 



Bury (to), dare sepoltura, dative, sepellire, accusative. 



Now that the king has had 
the corpse of that man hanged, 
I command you to take it to 
my house, for I intend to bury 
it. 



Ora che il re il corpo di quello 
hafatto appiccare, ti comando 
che melo rechi a casa, perche to 
intendo di dargM sepoltura, 

BANDELLO. 



* Ridusserla, instead of la ridussero. 



m 



BU- 



BY 



Buried in (to), sepoltotra, accusative. 

Althought I write to you tins Se ben vi scrivo questa lettera 
letter after supper, and buried dopo cena sepolto tra il vino, e 
in wine and sleep, &c. il sonno, ec. redi. 

Buy of (to), comprare, ablative. 

You give to one, buy of ano~ A questo si da, da quest' altro 
ther, &c. si compra, ec. pandolfini. 

By, being the case of a passive verb, da, dallo, dal, 
dalla, dagli, dai, dalle. 

He was accused by some of his Fu egli da alcuni suoi segreti 
secret enemies. nemici accusato. erizzo. 

By, governed by no verb, or being a preposition, ex- 
pressing the means; per, medianle. 

Believe me, who am ac- Quesie cose credete a me il 

quamted with these things as quale e per uso e per esperienza 

well by use as by experience. intendo, ec. pandolfini. 

Because he not only freed Perche, mediante la virtu e la 

Italy by his virtue and goodness, bonta. sua, non solamente tenne 

he. libera Vltalia, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

By water or by sea, by land, per acqua or per 
mare, per terra. 
As well by water as by land. Tanto per acqua come per 



terra. 



LODOLI. 



By degrees, a poco, apoco. 
The temperate but penetrating II caldo temperato ma pene- 



heat of the bed recovered her 
by degrees. 

By far, di gran lunga. 

That by far exceeds my 
strength. 



trante del letio a poco a poco la 
rinvenne. manni. 



Quello di gran lunga eccede le 
forze mie. cavalcanti. 



CA CA 



93 



Call (to), chiamare, appellate, accusative. 



Jf God created her noble? who 
will dare to call her not noble } 

Achilles finally calls him a 
drunkard. 



Se Dio Vha fatta nobile, chi 
sara oso chiamarla ignobile? 

BANDELLO. 

Achille finalmente Yappella 
ubbriaco. chiabreea. 



Call upon one (to), essere a visitare, accusative; 

andare a fare visila, dative. 



You might have wondered 
that since I called upon you, 
&c. 

Mr. Giovanni called upon him 
last week. 



Vox vi potete essere maravig- 
liato, die dappoiche io fui a 
visitarvi, ec. bembo. 

Ando Messer Giovanni a fargli 
visita la settimana scorsa. 

bembo. 



Called (to be), chiamarsi, nomarsi, appellant, avere 

nome. 



He heard that the master of 
the house was called Clisterdo. 

There was in the camp a son 
of the Emperor, who also was 
called Carlo. 

Because from time to time he 
is obliged to think how that 
thing is called. 

On the contrary, I wish you 
would go to your godfather 
who is called Mr. Ansaldo. 



Egli intese it padrone delta 
casa chiamarsi Clisterdo. 

bandello. 

Trovavasi al campo un figlio 
dell' imperadore die pur noma- 
vasi Carlo. soave. 

Perche tratto tratto gli bisogna 
pensare come quella cosa s'ap- 
pelli, ec. BUOMMATTEI* 

Anzi voglio die tu tene vada a 
un tuo santolo, die ha nome 
Messer Ansaldo. fiorentino. 



94 



CA CE 



Care to (to), avere rispetto, curarsi di, with the in- 
finitive, or che with the subjunctive. 

Alexander not caring to dis- 
please that woman, &c. 



I do not care to obtain the 
name of a witty person. 

A letter could not enter that 
head, nor did he care it should. 



Non avendo Alessandro avuto 
rispetto di dispiacere a quella 
donna, ec. castiglione. 

Io non mi euro d'acquistar 
nome di spiritoso. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

In quel capo una lettera non ■ 
poteva entrare, ne anco egli si 
curava ch'ella v' entrasse. 

EEMBO. 



Care for (to), curarsi, genitive. 



I do not care for ill founded 
criticisms. 



E non mi euro delle critiche 
mal fondate. goldoni. 



Cease to (to), risiare^ restare, lasciare, cessare^jimre ; 
all these verbs govern an infinitive with di before it. , 



And as he found that Solima- 
no had marched on several 
days before, he ceased to pur- 
sue him. 

The Prince de Conde, with 
one knee on the ground, never 
ceased to resist valiantly. 

She never ceases to remember 
her friends. 

The heart softens, we cease 
to be on our guard against 
treachery. 

Come then, cease to weep for 
once. 



E trovato che Solimano era 
marciato innanzi di molte gior- 
nate, ristette di perseguitarlo. 

SEGNI. 

Non restb mai (il principe di 
Conde) con un ginocchio in 
terra divalorosamente resistere. 

DAVILA. 

Ella non lascia mai di ricor- 
darsi de" suoi amid. bembo. 

11 cuore s'ammollisce, cessiamo . 
di stare avvertiti contro le in' 

Sldie. ALBERGATI. 

Su via, finite una volta di 
piangere. goldoni. 



CE CH 



95 



Certain to (to be), essere certo, or sicuro, render si 
certo di, with the infinitive ; or che with the subjunctive 
with the last verb only. 

An old man then is certain to 
die. 

That his ministers were cer- 
tain to be severely punished. 



But I am not certain that it 
may have moved you, &c. 



Adunque un vecchio e certo 
d'aver a morire. gelli. 

Che i suoi ministri erano sicuri 
di ricevere severissimo castigo. 

BOCCALINI. 

Ma io non mi rendo certo che 
cib vi possa aver mossi, ec. 

EUOMMATTEI. 



Certain of a thing (to be), aver e una cos a in pu 
gno, or inmano, accusative. 

When Lady Gravely and Ma- 
dam Jasy, who were certain of 
the approbation of that assem- 
bly, had finished speaking, &c. 



It is easy to remember that 
John, the son of Renato, was 
certain of the victory. 

Charge one with (to), 
auno, genitive. 

The steward then spoke to 
his master, and charged his 
wife with adultery. 

As to the chamber of the 
fiat vault, for at present he 
has charged me with nothing 
else, &c. 



Finito ch' ebbero di parlare 
Miladi Gravely, e Madama di 
Jasy, che di quelV assemblea 
avevan inpugno l'approvazione, 

ec. ALGAROTTI. 

Efresca la memoria che Gio- 
vanni, Jigliuolo di Renato, aveva 
in mano la vittoria. bembo, 



accusare uno, dare carico 



II maggiordomo adunque parlb 
al Signore, e accusb la moglie 
d'adulterio. bandello. 

Quanto alia camera della volta 
piatta, die d'altro per ora non 
m'ha dalo carico, ec. caro. 



Charge one to (to), dare il peso ad uno di, with the 
infinitive. 



He, I say, being resolved to Egli, dico, risoluto a tacere, 



96 CH CO 

remain silent, charged me to ha datq il peso a me di parlar 
speak for him. ■ per lui. tolomei. 

Charge one for (to), fare p agar e, dative. 

The tailor charged me five II sarto mxfece pagare cinque 
pounds for a coat. lire sterline perun vestito. 

Cheap, huonmercato. 

The immortality of people In Parnaso Vimmortalita al- 
was not sold so cheap in Par- trui non si vendeva per cos\ buon 
nassus. mercato, boccalini* 

Choose to (to), eleggere di, with the infinitive. 

The man who is really brave, L"uomo veramente forte veden- 

when he perceives his life in dosi in rischio mortale elegge di 

imminent danger, chooses to morire. chiabrera. 
die. 

Close by, .appresso, genitive; allato, accanto, dative. 
Close by him (Endimion) was Jppresso di costui era Paris. 

Paris. SANNAZZARO. 

Close by the fortress of Havre Accanto alia fortezza di Avre 

de Grace. di Grazia. davila. 

There is a Christ of marble Un Cristo di marmo e nella 

in the Minerva close by the Minerva accanto alia cappella 

principal chapel. maggiore. borghini. 

Clothed with, vestito, genitive. 

But when we entered the Ma entrati net tempio, tr&- 
temple we found a priest vammo un sacerdote di bianca 
clothed with a white dress. veste vestito. sanazzaro. 

Cold (to be), axere freddo, speaking of a man; fare 
freddo, speaking of the weather. 

It was in the month of De- Egli eranelmese di Decembre } 
cember, and we were very enoiavevamogranfreddo. 
cold. 



CQ. CO 97 

This morning was very cold. Faceva gran freddo sta mat- 

Una. 

Come to (to), venire per or a, with the infinitive. 

Then hearing, that King Dapoi sentendo che il re Catlo 
Charles IT. was coming by sea II. veniva per mare per cacciar/o 
to drive hhn out of Sicily, &c. di Sicilia, ec. bandello. 

Likewise his precursor, who Similmente il suo precursore, il 
came before Christ to prepare, quale venne innanzi Cristo ad 
&c. apparecchiare, ec. passavanti. 

Come to see (to), venire a trovare, accusative. 

Roderigo, I have come Jto see Roderigo, io son venuto a tro- 
you. varti. macchiavelli. 

Come near (to), accostarsi, dative. 

The galley, on board of which La galea, sopra la quale Vim- 
the Emperor was, came near peratore era, s'accostb al porto. 
the port. varchi. 

Come back (to), ritornare. 
I shall come back directly. Ritornerb presto. 

Come from (to), venire? genitive. 

And his business being in a Ed essendo il caso suo tenero, 
bad way, news suddenly came vennero in un subito di Levante, 
from the East and West-Indies. e di Ponente novelle. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Come to pass (to), axrcerdre. 

What you have several times Qnello, chetu hai predetto piu 
foretold, is at last come to volte, e alia fine avvenuto. 
pass. SOAVE. 

Come together (to), radunarsi. 

The members of Parliament I membri del Parlamento si 
are come together. sono radunati. 

H 



98 CO CO 

Come and meet (to), venire incontro, dative. 

In the first place, the whole Primkramenie, gli venrie in- 
Clergy came in a procession contrq in processione tutto il 
and met him. Chiericato. varchi. 

Command (to), comandare, dative. 

Who are induced to go to . I quali s'inducono ad andar in 
Court with a secure hope of corte con sicura speranza di 
commanding others. comandare ad altri. boccalini. 

Command one to (to), ordinate, comandare ad una 
di, with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 

Where they commanded the Dove per poter far guerra 
soldiers to be paid, in order to lungamente, eglino ordinarofto* 
be able to make a long war. di pagar i soldati. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Having commanded one of his Avendo ordinato ad un suo 
ministers to cut his throat. ministro che lo scannasse. 

SEGNI, 

Commit a thing to one (to), commeitere una cosa 
in lino. 

You well know that your Se- Voi ben sapete che non per 

cretary has committed his de- diffidenza ha il Secretario vos- 

fence to others, not through tro commessa in altri la difesa 

diffidence, &c. sua, ec. tolomei. 

Compare (to), fare par a gone, genitive. 

I repeat to you, I do not com- Torno a dire, che io non fo 
pare Jerusalem with the Iliad. paragone dell a Gerusalemme 

con Vlliade. algarotti. 

Compassionate one (to), avere pieta, genitive.. 

The love I bear you, obliges L'amor che vi porto mi sforza 
me to compassionate you* aver pieta di voi. firenzuola. 



* The dative is understood here. 



CO- — GO 99 

Compel one to (to), fare a uhb, with" an infinitive 
without a preposition ; costringere : di, with the infinitive. 

After so much toil, who could Chi dopo tante fatiche farebbe 

compel the poor labourers to ai poveri lavoratori rigettare 

throw the grain in the ground il grano nelle terre senza la 

without hope? speranza? eoccaccio. 

Compensate one for (to),, compensare ww, genitive. 

Oh! if I could find a Teal Oh se potessi trovare un vero 

friend ! that alone could com- amico ! questo solo basterebbe a 

pensate me for the loss of my comvensarmi della perdita del 

father. genitore. altanesi. 

Complain for (to), dolersi di, with the infinitive, if 
the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise eke, 
with the subjunctive. 

So that, Giusto, do not com- Sicche non ti dolghi, Giusto> 

plain/or being old. d'esser vecchio. gelli. 

The celebrated Roman poet, 11 gran poeta ~Roma.no, die si 

who complains that it (Cre- duole ch'ella (Cremona) fosse 

rhona) was too near his Mantua., alia sua Mantua troppo vicina. 

BORGHINI. 

Comply with one's wishes (to), conformarsi al 
volere, genitive. 

I cannot deny but that she al- Negar non posso che ella non 
ways complied with the wishes si sia sempre al volere del suo 
of her husband. sposo conformata. 

Conceal from (to), celare, occultare, dative. 

He concealed from every one Celava agli occhi altrui il 

the sad temper which tormen* tetro umore che lo molestava. 

ted him. albergati. 

Dear Colombine, I cannot A te, cara Colombina, non 

conceal/rom you the truth. posso occultare il vero. 

GOLDONL 

H 2 



100 



CO CO 



Concern (to), appartenersi, dative. 

Every one speaks of what Ciascuno ricorda quello che 

s'appartiene alia cultura. 

PANDOLFINI. 



concerns cultivation. 



Concerns one (it), tocca, dative. See Be, in the 
sense of one's turn. 

Concern (that does not), before a personal pronoun, 
such as, to me, to thee, to him, &c. Non in 1 importa, or 
fion importa a me ; non f importa, or non importa a te> ec\ 

Conclude (to), concludere di, with the infinitive, if 
the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise, che 
with the subjunctive. 



They concluded to speak to 
his father about it. 

The creditors of Roderigo 
assembled, and thinking it was 
over with him, concluded that 
it would be a good thing to 
watch him. 



Conclusero di parlar-we at 
padre. bembo. 

I creditori di Roderigo si rw- 
irinsero insieme, e giudicanda 
che fosse spacciato, conclusero 
che fosse bene osservarlo, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI, 



Condition that (on), con paito che % with the sub- 
junctive. 

Caesar said he would do it, on Cesare disse che lo farebbe con 

condition that she would re~ patto cKella del suo incommodo 

compense him for his trouble. lo ricompensasse. banjjello, 

Confer on (to), confer ire a or in. 

Thus the kind of the Repub- In questo modo si annichila la 



lie is annihilated, in as much as 
the power of conducting affairs 
of secrecy not being conferred 
on it, &c. 

I am certain that you will 
confer on it that honour, &c. 



spezie delta Repubblica, che non 
essendo conferite a lei le cose 
private, ec. montemagno. 

Sono certo che conferirete in 
lei quell' onore, ec. 

MONTEMAGNO* 



CO CO 



101 



Confide in (to), jidarsi, genitive. 

I have sometimes thought, Ho pensato talora che sia ben 
that it is well never to confide non fidarsi mai di persona nel 
in any man'm the world. mondo. castjglione. 

Comfort with (to), confortarc, genitive. 

And if you like to stay there, E se ti diletta di star seco, la 
the country will comfort you villa ti conforta di splendido 
with a brilliant sun, sole. pandolfini. 

Congratulate one upon, or for (to), congratu- 
larsi con uno, genitive, or per, before an infinitive. 



I congratulate you upon it. 

I continually congratulate 
my own country for having al- 
ways had literary women. 



Me ne congratulo con esso vol* 

METASTASIO. 

To mi congratulo sempre colla 
mia patria per aver essa sempre 
avuto delle feminine letterate. 

GAN6ANELLI. 



Consent (to), consentire a or di, with the infinitive, 
if the subject of the two verbs be the same; otherwise 
che, with the subjunctive. 

He would not consent to marry 
her. 

And we consent that all those 
things, which gave rise to the 
war, should be your's. 



Non voile egli consentire di 
maritar-ta. 

E noi consentiamo che tutte 
quelle cose, per le quali la guerra 
ebbecominciamento, swnovostre. 
passwanti. 



Consequence (to be the), seguire, ablative. 

Imagine a city unguided by Proponete nelli * animi vostri 

the helm of justice , and con- una citia guidata senza governo 

sider all the effects which are di giustizia, e considerate tutti 

the consequence of it. gli effetti che ne f seguono. 

MONTEMAGNO. 



* Nelli for negli, according to the modern orthography, 
f Ne stands for from it, 

H 3 



102 CQ—C0 

Console one's-self for (to), consolarsi, genitive. 

But he could never console Mai perb non pote consolarsi 
himself for the death of Bel- della morte di Belfiore. soave, 
fiore. 

Construction upon things (to put a good or a 
bad), vol g ere tut to in bene, or in male. 

Why will 'you put a bad con- Perche voleta voi volgerz tutto 
struction upon all she does ? cio che fa ella in male ? 

Contented with, contento, genitive. 

Contented with the little he E piil non volea contento del 
had, he wished for nothing poco che aveva. pas savant*. 
else. 

Contented with (to be), contenlarsi, genitive. 

He would commit the same Farebbe il medesimo errore, 
fault, as those who were con- che chi si contentasse della pro- 
tented with the probability of babilita de" flosqfi. varchi. 
philosophers. 

Contradict one (to), contraddire, dative. 

Shew me how do they con- Mostratemi in che modo con~ 
tradict themselves. traddicono a se stessi. varchi. 

Contrary (on the), per, or al contrario. 

And thus on the contrary E cosi per contrario dove questa 
where this holy virtue reigns, santa virtii regna, ec. 

&C. MONTE MAGNO, 

Converse upon (to), ragionare, genitive. 

I often heard you converse Di pittura io vi sentiva spesso 
upon the art of painting, with ragionare con Eustachio Man- 
Eustachio Manfredi. fredi. algarotti, 

Copious in (to be), copioso, genitive. 

Abounding in provisions, and Pompeo abbonddnte di viverij 



105 



copious in money, Pompey e copioso di denari poteva dis- 
could defeat the enemies. truggere Vinimico. chiabrera. 

Correspond (to), tenere corrispondenza con. 

He attended to bis study, and Egli attendeva ai suoi stud], 
corresponding with the Albini, e tenendo corrispondenza GOgli 
Hailed, and Morgagni, &c. Albini, cogli Halleri, e co* 

Morgagni, ec. algarotti. 

Covered with, coperto, rivestito, genitive. 

The leafy elder trees covered Ifronzuti sambuchi coperti di 

with odoriferous flowers. fiori odoriferi. sannazzaro. 

I see here fields, hills, trees Io veggio qui campi colli ar- 

covered with green leaves and bori di verdi frondi, e di fiori 

flowers. . rivestiti. Boccaccio. 

Could is generally the sign of the conditional. 

Then the knights, sword in Allora i Cavalierly col brando 
hand, could gain victories,&c. in mano, guadagnerebbera vit~ 

torie, ec. chiabrera. 

Could, having a signification of its own, is expressed 
by the imperfect or the definite tense of potere, which 
governs an infinitive, without a preposition. 

A letter could not enter that In cfuel capo una lettera non 
head. poteva entrare. bembo. 

Court one {to), fare corte, dative. 

In vain do ' our poets court Invano _ i nostri poeti fanno 
the muses, &c. cor te alle muse, ec. 

CHIABRERA. 

Crave for (to), implorare, accusative. 

In the meantime pray to God Intanto voi pregate Dio per 
for me, which is the only help me, che e Vunico soccorso che 
that I crave for. imploro. zeno. 



104 CR- DA 

Cross oneself (to), farsi il segno delta croce. 

She crossed herself, saying, . Ella si fece il segno delta 
&c. croce, dicendo, ec. 

FIORENTINO. 

And being frightened he eras- E spaventato si fece il segno 
sed himself. della croce. manni. 

Crowned with flowers, ghirlandato difiori. 

Bat as I am old, I did not Ma a me gia canuto salire qui 

think that it became me to ghirlandato di freschi Jiori di 

ascend this place, crowned Parnaso, pareami mat conve- 

with, flowers newly gathered nevole. chiabrera. 
on Parnassus. 

Crowned with, coronato, genitive. 

Having entered the temple of Entrati nel tempio della Dea, 
the Goddess, we saw a priest trovammo un sacerdote di verdi 
crowned with green leaves, frondi coronato. sannazzaro. 

Curiosity to, curiosita di, with the infinitive. 

And as he had the curiosity E avendo mostrato curiosita di 
to see that which your highness vedere qnello che Valtezza vos- 
sent to Menagio, &c. tra ha mandaio ad esso Mena- 

gio, ec. MAGALOTTI. 



D. 

Dally with (to), beffare, accusative. 

Consider in how many places Considerate in quanti luaghi 
they dally with them. gli beffano. VARcm. 

Danger in (there is a), v'e pericolo <z, with the 
infinitive. 

They say there is a danger n Si dice che v e pericolo a par- 
speaking of it only. lar-we solamente. 



DA DA 



105 



Dare to (to), ardire, avere ardire, avere il coraggio, 
osare di, with the infinitive. 



Because nobody dares to com- 
pel great masters. 

Who (Lucretia) in order to 
escape the impure desires of 
your tyrant dared to poison her- 
self. 

As he never dared to com- 
plain of that which, &c. 

You who dared to enter these 
horrible places, &c. 



Perciocche nessuno di costrin- 
gere ardisce i gran maestri. 

BEMBO. 

La quale per fuggire le diso- 
neste voglie del vo'stro tiranno 
ebbe I'ardire di prendere il ve- 
leno. FIRENZUOLA. 

Non avendo egli mai avuto il 
coraggio di lagnarsi di quello 
che, ec. altanksi. 

Tu che osati di penetrare in- 
questi luoghi terribili, ec. soave. 



Dash against (to), pernio t ere in. 

And he answered, my ship Ed egli rispose, la mia nate 
dashed against a rock. percosse in uno scoglio. 

riORENTINO. 

Dated the, in speaking of letters, de\ del, or in 
data, with the genitive. 



I received your letter dated 
the I2feh of this month. 

Your dear letter dated Au- 
gust the 20th. 

I received the letter you 
wrote to me, dated the eighth 
of the present January. 



lo ricevei la vdstra lettera de* 
dodici di questo. caro. 

La carissima vostra lettera del 
venti d'Agosto. metastasio. 

Mi e giunta la lettera che mi 
scrivete in data degli otto del 
Gennajo corrente. 

METASTASIO. 



Dazzled with, abbagliato, ablative. 
My eyes were dazzled with Dallo splendore abbugliati 



splendor. 



eran gli oechi miei. 



106 BE— DE 

Dearly, a cm^o prezzo. 

Skilful men have given them Gli uomini accorti le hanno 

such a reputation, that they paste in coil gran credito che 
are purchased very dearly. a molto caro prezzo sono com- 

perate. boccalini. 

Decide to (to), disporsi di, with the infinitive. 
This have I already decided Questo m'ho gia disposto di 
t0 do. fare. gelli. 

Deck one with (to), adornare una di. See Adorn. 
Decline to (to), ricusare di } with the infinitive. 

I was invited to the bali^ Fui invitato al hallo, ma ri- 
but I declined to go* cusai di andarvi. 

Decorated with, ornato, genitive. See Adorned. 

Decree (to), decretare che } with the -subjunctive. 

The king decreed that they Decretb it re, che si facesse 
should make a law. una legge, ec. 

Defer (to), diferiredf, aspeitare a, with the infinitive. 

Do not defer to tell him your : Non diferite di dir-gli la 

mind. v " vostra intertzione. bembo. 

Defer going till to-morrow. Aspettate a partire finq a 

domani. goldon^i. 

Defraud one of a thing (to), frodare, defraudare 
una cosa, dative. 

The bread of which you de- II pane che tu frodavi ad un 
f ! auded a 'poor old man, he. vecchio languido,, ec. soave. 

Deign to (to), degnarsi, with the infinitive, with or 
without di before it, when the subject of the two verbs is 
the same; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

He only begs he will deign Solo lo prega a degnarsi di 
■to receive and accept him as a ricever-Zo ed accettar-fo per 
servant. servitore. bembo. 



DE— DE 



107 



If nature did not deign to 
adorn their minds, &c. 



I wish for nothing else but 
rest, if our lord would deign 
to permit me to enjoy any. 



Se la natura non s'e degnata 
ornar Vanimo loro. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

lo altro non desidero che ri- 
poso quando N. S. si degnasse 
che io lo pigliassi. BEMBo. 



Delay a thing (to), dare iniugio, dative. 

Which Mark Antony know- 11 che da Marco Antonio sa- 
ing, proposed to delay the 6m- puto, si propose di dar indugio 



siness, 



alia cosa. 



BANDELLO, 



Deliberate about (to), deliberare, ddiberarsi di 9 
with the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the 
same ; otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

And as she could not kill her 
sister, she deliberated about 
burying her alive. 



And as he could not bear his 
ardent passion, he deliberated 
about putting an end to his 
existence. 



E non potendo uccidere la 
sorella delibero di sotterrar-Za 
viva, gozzi. 

E non potendo piu sopportar 
le acute fiamme si deliberb di 
morire. fortini. 



Delight (to), dare gusto, dative. 

Francis Berni said, with a Francesco Berni con piacevo- 
kindness that delighted Vene- lezza che diede gusto alia li- 
tiau liberty. berta Veneziana disse. 

BOCCALINI. 

Delight in (to), dikttarsi, pigliare, or prendere, 
piaeere, genitive, or di, with the infinitive. 

He associated with those who Trattava con coloro che ricchi 

were rich, and delighted in erano, e di mangiare delle 
eating good things. ) buo^ie cose si dilettavano. 

BOCCACCIO. 



108 



DE- 



DE 



He soon began to delight in 
the honours and pomp of the 
world. 

He was a shameful spectacle 
to those who delighted in his 
misfortunes. 



Subiio comincib a pigliar pia* 
cere degii onoii e delle pompe 
del mondo, macchiavelli. 

Fu opprobrioso spettacolo di 
coloro che de* suoi mali pren- 
devano piacere. boccaccio. 



Demand of (to), domandare, dative. See Ask 

Demolish (to), porre in terra,, accusative. 
And the Germans having de- 



molished a great part of the 
fortress of Rovere with their 
artillery, &c. 



E avendo i Tedeschi eon le 

artiglierie huona parte delta 

rocca di rovere posta in terra, ec. 

bembo. 



Deny to (to), negare di, with the infinitive, provided 
the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che, 
with the subjunctive. 



I do not deny that I have not 
attempted, &c. 

Do you deny that she is beau- 
tiful and amiable } 



Non niego gia di non aver 
tentatOj ec. varchi. 

Negherete cKella si a bella, 
cti ella sia amabile? golooni. 



Depart (to), in the sense of to die, passare, trapas- 
sere, genitive. 



He departed this life the ele- 
venth of May. 

But there were great many 
people who departed this life 
without witness^ &c. 



Agti undid di Maggio egli di 
questa vita passb. bembo. 

Ma assai nerano di quelli 
ehe di questa vita trapassa- 
vano senza testimonj, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 



Depart from (to), partire, genitive. 

The Phenicians having de- I Fenici, pariiti di Siria, ec. 
parted/row Syria, &e. boccacciq. 



DE— DE 



109 



Depend on or upon (to), pendere, dipendere, ablative, 
fare capitate^ genitive. 



His whole plan depends upon 
you. 

We may therefore say that it 
(the Italian language) depends 
OTi the Latin. 

If you want protection, as- 
sistance; advice, depend on me. 



Da voi pende tutto il suo fine, 

BSMBO. 

Si potrd, dunque dire cKella 
dipenda dalla Latina. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Se vi occorre protezione, as- 
sistenza, consiglio, fate capitate 
di me. goldonj. 



Derive from (to), trarre, genitive. 



Who is the man who does 
not derive a great pleasure 
from the country ? 



Quale uomo e che non tragga 
gran piacere della villa ? 

pandoleini. 



Derived from (to be), nascere, ablative ; trarre, 
genitive ; derware, ablative ; provenire, ablative. 
And although painting is E benche diversa sia la pittura 



different from sculpture, yet 
both of them are derived from 
the same source, which is draw- 
ing. 

From which great utility is 
derived. 

And shall this hope be vain, 
which is derived from such 
compassionate hearts, so desi- 
rous of true glory ? 

So that when we can prove 
that a language is derived from 
another noble language, &c. 



dalla statuaria, pur Vuna e 
Valtra da un medesimo fonte, 
eft e il buon disegno, nasce. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Delia quale si traggono molte 
ut'dita. CASTIGLIONE. 

E fa * vana questa speranza, 
la quale da cosi pietosi animi, 
di vera gloria cotanto cupidi, 
deriva ? 

CAVALCANTI. 

Talche, qua?id' ei si pub 
provar che una lingua derivi 
da un' altra nohile, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI, 



Fia for sara, better used in poetry. 



110 



BE DE 



I believe Mr. Giaciato has a 
good heart, and that all the 
evil is derived from his preju- 
dices. 



Credo die nel Signor Giacinio 
vi sia un fondo buono, £ che 
tutto il male provenga da' pre- 
giudizj suoi. goldoni. 



Deserve to (to), meritare di, with the infinitive, if 
the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che 5 
with the subjunctive. 



And she very much deserved 
to be loved by you. 

Although I write to you this 
letter after supper, buried in 
wine and sleep, it deserves 
nevertheless that you should 
reckon it among those, &c. 



Ed ella molto meritava d 'es- 
sere da voi amata. bembo. 

Se ben vi scrivo questa letlera 
dopo cena> sepolto tra'lvinoe 
tra 'Z sonno 3 contutto cib ella si 
merita che la noveriate jra 
quelle , ec. redi» 



Design to (to), designare dL with the infinitive. See 
Intend. 

Desire one to (to), pregare uno di 9 with the in- 
finitive. See Beg. 

Desire to (to), desiderare di, avere desiderio dz, with 
the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

I desire to have a full account 
of the state of the bishopric of 
Adria. 



Your silence and attention, 
&c. make me clearly see that 
you desire nothing but to listen 
to me. 

I only desire thai he will put 
him under the care of any of 
his conductors. 



Desidero d'aver plena informa- 
zione del vescovado a" Adria. 

DEL LA CAS A.. 

II vosiro sihnzio, V attenzione, 
ec. mi fa chiaramente conoscere 
che voi non avete altro desiderio 
che d'ascoltarmi. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Solo desidero, eh' egli lo dia 
in cura ad alcuno de' suoi con- 
duttori. BEMBO. 



DE DI 111 

Desirous to, hramoso, desidevo&o di, with the in- 
Snitive. 

Therefore desirous to know >Onde bramdso di sapere chi 
who was her father, &c. fosse il padre di quella, ec. 

BANDELLO. 

The men, who, desirous to Gli uomini, che desiderosi di 
listen to the ladies, had fol- ascoltare, seguito aveano le 
lowed them, &c. dame, ec. algarotti. 

Despair to (to), disperare di, with the infinitive. 

Because there are many peo- Perche moltl sono, die, dis- 

ple, who, despairing to find it perando di poterla trovare in' 

(truth) in all questions, never ogni quistione, in niuna la cer- 

seek for it in any of them. cano. bembo. 

Despised by (to be), divemre in despregio, genitive. 

But who knows not that Ma chi non sa che Lodovico e 
Ludovico is despised by every divenuto in dispregio di cias- 
one. ciino. guicciardini. 

Die with (to), morire, genitive. 

And a few months after he E pochi mesi dopo e morto di 
died with grief. rammarico. soave. 

Different in... from, diverso, genitive... ablative. 

Therefore man is different in Onde Vuomo per lo essere egli 

species from all other animals, razionale e diverso di spezie 

on account of his being ra- da tutti gli aitri animali. 

tional. varc'h'i- 

Diligent in, diligente a, with the infinitive. 

Ke is diligerit in serving his Egli e diligente a servire i sum 
friends. amicL 

Disappoint (to), ventre meno, dative. 

He (God) never disappointed Egli non venne mai meno ad 
anybody that hoped in him. alcuno, che in ly.% sperosse. 

BOCCACCIO. 



112 M DI 

Disappointed in (to be), trovarsideluso, genitive, 

Charles III. was disappointed Carlo III. si trovfo deluso delis 
in the hope he bad of acquiring speranza che aveva di acquistar 
a province. unaprovincia. denina. 

Discover (to), fare palese, dative. 

He resolved to discover all Deliherb ad un suo fidato 
his love to an intimate friend aniico tutto il suo amore far 
of his. palese* bandello. 

Disgusted with, disgustato, genitive. 

She was really disgusted with Ella era in realta del mondo 
the world, disgustata. 

Disobey (to), disubbidire, dative. 

Disobey not your parents and Non disubbidite ai vostri geni- 
superiors. tori, e ai vostri superiori. 

Displease (to), dispiacere^ dative. 

Being totally unsolicitous as Non curandosi di dispiacere a 
to displeasing that woman, quella donna che sommamente 
whom he tenderly loved. amava. castiglione* 

Distrust (,to), diffidarsi, genitive. 

That it may not appear that Accib non possa parere che io> 
1 distrust your virtue, mi diffidi della vostra virtu. 

bembo, 

Display (to), farepompa, genitive. 

With the greatest attention I Colla piu esatta attenzione ho 

read the manuscript, in which letto il manoscritto y in cui si 

you have so nobly displayed all nobilmente ha ellafatto pompa 

the beauties of our language. di tutte le beilezze della nostra 

lingua* GANGANELLI, 

Displeased with, disgustato di, with the infinitive. 
And the Chevalier, displeased E il Cavaliere disgustato da 



DI DO 



US 



with his being ill received, has 
thought badly of her. 



essere mat accollo, avra peri' 
sato mal di lei. goldont. 



Dispute about (to), disputare, genitive, or per. 



I do not care to dispute about 

a trifle. 



Per una bagattella disputar 
non euro. 



Do (to), fare: when do and did are accompanied with 
another verb, such as 1 do speak, we did walk, Sec. they 
are to be omitted in Italian, and the verb is put in the 
same tense in which do and did are ; saying ioparlo, not 
camminavamo, as if it were, I speak, we walked, and not 
iofoparlare, noifacevamo eanlminare.. 

Do one a favour to (to) 5 fare grazia, or fare piacere 
a uno. with an infinitive with or without di before it. 



When you have an opportu- 
nity, you will do me the favour 
to kiss his hand in ray name. 

You will do me the favour to 
write to me one day of his 
opinion about it. 



Quando verra a proposito a V t 
Sig. mifara grazia di baciargli 
la mano a nome mio. 

DELLA CASAi 

Mifara piacere scriver-mene 
un d"i la sua opinione. 

DELLA CASA. 



Doubt (to), dubitare, genitive 

To distrust Pamela, is the 
same as to doubt the light 
of the sun. 



Diffidar di Pam.ela, e lo stesso 
che dubitar della luce del sole. 



GOLDONIe 



Doubt (to), dubitare di, with the infinitive, when the 
subject of the two verbs is the same ; otherwise, che non 
with the subjunctive. 

lo d'ingannarmi quasi dubi- 
terei. metastasio. 

La quale modestia, benche vif- 
tuosa sia, dubito nondimeno che 
non gli sia dannosct, tolomei. 



I almost doubt I was mistaken, 

Which modesty, although it 
is a virtue, I doubt, it may be 
hurtful to him. 



114 BR EA 

Dress one's-sElf with (to), rivestirsi, genitive. 

And he told me you dressed E mi disse che voi vi r'westiste 
yourself with the clothes of d'aitri panni. bemBo. 

others. 

Dressed in, vestiio, genitive. 

And his boy Was all dressed Ed il suo ragazzo fa vestito 
in white satin. tutto di raso bianco, varchi. 

Driven from, cacciato, genitive. 

Cadmus, king of Thebes, Cadmo, re di Tebe, di quella 
driven from that very city medesima citta ch'egli avea 
which he had built, &c. edificata, cacciato, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 

Drop (to), lasciarsi cadere di mano, accusative. 

Perhaps I shall imprudently Forse mi lascero cadere inavve- 
drop my fan. dutamente il ventaglio di mono. 

CELESIA. 

During, durante^ which is generally understood. 

Which river during that day II qualfume corse quel oTt piic 
increased on account of the grosso di sangue degV inimici. 
enemies' blood. guicciardint. 



E. 



Each, being by itself, or followed by a personal pro- 
noun, ciascuno. 

His other knights were the Gli altri suoi cavalieri furon® 
Count of, &c. each of them, il conte di, ec ; e ciascuno di 
&c. essij ec. caro. 



EA EI 115 

Each other, relating to two persons only, Vuno 
Valtro ; to more than one person, gli uni, gli altri ; and 
the verb to which they are united becomes a reflec- 
tive:* as, we love each other, not ci amiam Vuno Valtro. 
All those people love each other like brothers, tutti 
guelli s'amano gli uni gli altri comefratelli. 

Each other, preceded by a preposition,t Vuno Valtro^ 
gli uni, gli altri; putting Vuno, or gli uni y before the 
preposition. 

They speak for each other. Parla Vun per Valtro. 

They buy from each other. Comprano gli uni dagli altri. 

If it be true that the state, S'egli e vero che la situazione, 

in which men are, of standing in cui gli uomini sono costituiti, 

in need of each other's help, d'aver uno bisogno dell 'ajuto 

&c. dell* altro, ec. altanesi. 

Echo with (to), risonare, eccheggiare, genitive. 

Whilst Tully thus spoke to Mentre in tat guisa Tullio mi 
me, those caverns echoed with tfattenea, risonarono quegli an- 
divers low voices. tri di varie sommesse vocL 

NOTTI ROMANE. 

Every one made the air on Ognuno di lieti viva ed ap- 
every side resound with merry plausi faceva Varia echeggiar 
cheers and applauses. d'ogni parte. soave. 

Either, preceded by a preposition, o Vuno, o Valtro, 



* Sometimes each other are not expressed j but the verb is to 
be a reflective. Which (friendship) is nothing but a promise 
between two people to love each other mutually, che non e che 
un contratto fra due persone ad amarsi scambievolmente. altanesi. 

f We 6nd in some authors uno, without an article. 
12 



116 EI EN 

Ivhich require the preposition should be repeated in 
Italian. 

I brought this book for either Io ho portato questo libro d 
of you. per Vuno o per Valtro di voi. 

Either on, o vero, sia che...o, o...o, with the 

subjunctive. 

Either he had that instruction Sia che avesse cib nelle sue 

from Rome, or it came into istruzioni di Roma, o che gliene 

his mind, &c. 7iascesse il pensiero^ ec. denina. 

The intention of him who Vintenzione di chi fa guerra 

makes war either through choice per elezione o vero per ambi- 

or ambition. zione. macchiavelli. 

Where is that faith, in the Qual ' e oggi quella fede sz 

present day, of so persevering perseverante, che combattuta 

a nature, as not to be subdued dalV avarizia non soccomba o 

by the attacks of avarice, ei- per accrescere la facolta, o per 

ther to increase power, or in- Vingiustizia 3 o per V ambizione? 

justice, or ambition? montemagno. 

Elect one for (to), eleggere uno, dative. 
I thank them for having Io ringrazio le Signorie loro 
thought of electing me for this che pensato abbiano d'eleggermx 
enterprize. a questa impresa. eembo. 

Employ in (to), impiegare a, with the infinitive. 
He never employed an hour Non mai impiegb del suo tempo 
of his time in rendering a ser- un y ora a servire i suoi amici. 
vice to his friends. soave. 

Empower one to (to), dare il potere a uno di, with 
the infinitive. 

The king empowered his fa- Diede il re alia innammorafa 
vorite mistress to do what she favorita il potere di far cib che 
liked. le piacesse. bandello. 

Enable one to (to), mettere uno in istato di, with 
the infinitive. 



EN- EN 117 

He said, he had enabled Egli disse che in venti lezioni 

the governess of Lord N's aveva messo la governante della 

daughter to teach Italian in fig lia di Milord. . , in istato d'in- 

twenty lessons. segnar Vltaliano. 

Enamoured with, inammorato, amante, genitive. 
See Love with. 

Enamelled with, ingemmato, smaltato, genitive. 

But seeing a little path ena- Ma scoprendo un picciol sen- 
melled with beautiful flowers, Hero ingemmato di vaghi fto- 
&c. retti, ec. albergati. 

Encourage (to), animare, accusative; mettere animo , 
dare vigore, dative. 

For this was an act capable of Perche questo fu un alto da 

encouraging the most timid per- mettere animo a ogni timida 

son, persona. bembo. 

Neptune is represented under Si rappresenta Nettuno sotto 

the appearance of Calcante, sembianza di Calcante a dare 

in order to encourage them. loro * vigore. chiabrera. 

End that (to the), accioeche, with the subjunctive. 
See Order that. 

End of (at the), in capo, dative. 

So that at the end of a few Sicche in capo a poche setti- 
weeks, &c. mane, ec. denina. 

Endanger (to), porre inpericolo, mettere in pericolo, 
accusative. 

I indeed think it is a very A me certo par cosa dura, che 
hard thing, that people should con una pruova cos\ incerta, si 



* Loro here is a dative, instead of a loro. 
I 3 



118 



EN EN 



with such ease endanger the 
honour of honest men by such 
an uncertain proof. 

Three bills of exchange which 
become due this day, endanger 
my credit and my life. 



debbia agevolmente porre in 
pericolo Vonore degli uomini 
dabbene. tolomeI. 

Tre lettere di cambio che sca- 
dono in questo giorno mettono 
in pericolo il mio credito e I'esser 
mio. GOLDONI. 



Endeavour to (to), prendere fatica,* studiarsi, sfor- 
zarsi, ingegnarsi, procurare. These verbs govern the 
infinitive with di before it, if the subject of the two verbs 
be the same; otherwise, che with the subjunctive. 



Nor shall I endeavour to shew 
you, that friendship is a de- 
lightful thing. 

Endeavour then, my son, to 
learn their language. 

If the Catholics endeavoured 
to pass over, &c. 

Let one of those girls be 
painted, whom poets endea- 
vour to describe with words. 

Endeavour to get that money, 
&c. 

Which (nature) I will en- 
deavour shall not disobey your 
commands in future, &c. 



Ne per mostrar-m che Vamici- 
zia sia cosa dilettevole prenderb 
falica. salviati. 

Studiati dunque, figliuolo, 
d'imparar il loro linguaggio. 

DELLA CASA. 

Se i Cattolici si sforzassero di 
passare, ec. davila. 

Facciasi adunque unafanciulla 
di quelle che i poeti s'ingegnano 
d'esprimere con parole, caro. 

Questi denari procurate di ris- 
cuotere, ec. bembo. 

La quale, sforzandomi per lo 
futuro che non si discosti dai 
tuoi comandamenti, ec. gelli. 



Endowed with, dotato, genitive. 



Although we find some (wo- 
men) endowed with virtue in 
the times of the virtuous 



Sebbene «' tempi de" virtuosi 
Greci, e dei trionfanti Romani, 
sene ritrovb alcuna dotata di 



* Prendere fatica governs di or per. 



EN EN 119 

Greeks and triumphing Ro- qualche virtu, ec. 

mans, &c. firenzuqla. 

Endued with, vestito, genitive. See Endowed 
with. 
Enemy to, nimico, genitive. 

These are called prodigal Questi si dicono prodighi, ni- 
people, enemies to their own mici del loro ben proprio. 

good. PANDOLFINI, 

Enjoy (to), godere, gustare, genitive and accusative. 

It (the Italian language) not Ella non solo gode della no- 
only enjoys the nobility of bilta di quelle, ec. 

those, &C. BUOMMATTEI. 

And I tell you I should wash* E vi dico che io mi crederei 

gine myself to enjoy here <m qui di gustare dell' eterna feli- 

everlasting happiness, if God, citav, se Dio, ec. Boccaccio. 
&c. 

It will not be sufficient for Ne bastera agli uomini godere 

men to enjoy the honest fruits i frutti onesti della libertd. 

of liberty. guicciardini. 

Enough for (to be), bastare, dative. 

As the sacred ground was not Non bastando la terra sacra 
enough for burials, alle sepolture. boccaccio. 

Enough to (to be), bastare per, with the infinitive. 

Some painters made a present Alcuni pittori donavano le 

of his works, as they thought opere sue parendo loro che non 

neither gold or silver was bastasse ne oro ne argento per 

enough to pay for them. pagar-Ze. castiglione. 

Enquire about a thing (to), informarsi, genitive. 

Did you enquire about that Avete domandato di quello di 
we spoke of yesterday ? cui parlammo jeri P goldoni 

Enquire after one (to), domandare, genitive. 
After Pandolfi was gone, sl^e Dopo che fu andato Pandolfi 
enquired after him. ella di lui domandb. bembo 

I 4 



V2Q 



EN- 



EQ 



Enraged at, arrabbiato, sdegnato contra. 

He could not speak, for he Nonpotevaparlare,perche era 

was so enraged at him, &c. tanto contra lui sdegnato, ec. 

Enrich one with (to), arricchire unoj genitive. 

You praise that beneficent Voi date lode a questa madre 

mother (nature) that was benefica, che ha v#luto ar- 

pleased to enrich we with such ricchir-mi di quel potere. 
a pouier. 



GOLDONI. 



Enter (to), entrare, penetrare in. 



For a letter could not enter 
that head. 

You who dared to enter these 
terrible places, fly thee hence 
&c. 



Cke in quel capo una lettera 
non poteva entrare. bembo. 

Tu che osasii penetrare in 
questi luoghi terribili, sgombra 
di qua, ec. soave. 



Enter in a book (to), regis tr are in un libro, ac- 
cusative. 

I entered this morning in Ho registrato questa mattina 
my book all that I received from 
my customers. 

Entreat one to (to), supplicare imo, or a uno di, 
with the infinitive ; or che with the subjunctive. 

Since you are so good to me Giacche ha tanta bonta per 



tutto cio che ho riscosso dai 
miei avvantori. 



I entreat you to grant me a 
favour. 
And the cray-fish, having 
some suspicion, one day en- 
treated the bird to take him., 
&c. 

Equal in, pari, genitive. 

They- certainly were equal in 
perseverance and in boldness, 

&c. 



me la supplico di farmi una 
grazia. goldoni. 

E il gambero entrato in qual- 
che sospetto, supplico all' uccelfo 
che lo menasse, ec. 

FIRENZUOLA, 



Erano essi pari certamente di 
costanza e d'ardire, ec. 

DAVILA. 



EQ EV 121 

Equal in (to), pareggiare, genitive. 

The river increased so much Crebbe tanto iljiume, che p«- 
as to equal in height the city reggib d'altezza le mura della 
walls. - citta. villani. 

Escape (to have a narrow), scapparla bene. 

He indeed had a narrow es- Egli Vha davvero scappata 
cape. bene. goldoni. 

Esteem (to), avere in pregio, accusative. 

But the ancients very much Perb gli antichi e Varte e gli 
esteemed this art, and the artifici avevano in grandissimo 
artists. pregio. castighone. 

Esteemed (to be), essere in pregu tenersi in onore. 

And he who is a great man E colui che e da molto, deve 
must be certain, that virtue is esser certo, che in ogni parte e 
everywhere much esteemed. in grandissimo pregio la virtu. 

BOCCACCIO. 

I advise you to have your Io Vesorto a fare stampare 
work printed, were it only to questa sua, opera, se non fosse 
shew strangers that the sciences altro per provare agli stranieri, 
are very much esteemed by us. che le scienze tra di noi si ten- 

gono in grand 1 onore. 

GANGANELLI. 

Every one, ognuno, with the singular. 

Oh, sweetness of Italy, how Oh dolcezza d' Italia quanto 
abundant art thou ! every one sei grande ! ognuno cerca di 
endeavours to taste of thee. gustarti. b. tasso. 

Every other, preceding a noun of time, uno si, e 
uno no, by either repeating the noun, or putting altro the 
second time : As every other day. Un giorno si, e un 
giorno no ; or un giorno si, e un altro no. Every other 
week. Una seftimana si, e una settimana no; or una 
settimana si, e un 1 altra no, Sec. 



122 EX FA 

Example from (to take), imitare, accusative.' 

Why should we not rather Perche non dobbiamo noi piut-- 
take example from the Latins ? tosto i Latini imitare ? 

B. TASSO. 

Except, in fuor che ; da, . An fuora. 

I like every thing you said, Tutte queste cose che hai detto, 

except one. in fuor che una, mi piacciono. 

GELLI. 

In short I tell you, that, were In somma to ti dico, se io 
I to choose a city for my resi- dovessi scegiiere alcuna cittaper 
dence, I, exeept Bologna, &c. mio soggiorno, che io, da Bo~ 

logna in fuora, ec. algarotti. 

Expected from (to be), sperarsi, genitive. 
And what can be expected E che si pub sperare di voi ? 

from yOU ? MONTEMAG«5e = 

Expel from (to), cacciare, genitive. 

It was not a custom to expel Ne fa auesto costume di cat- 
men from their own country. dare gli uomini del p*oprio 

natio terrene boji©hini. 

Experience (to), fare esperienza, genitive. 

If your Highness had not Se VJltezza vostra non avesse 
experienced both conditions, fatto esperienza dell' una e delT 
&c. altra fort una, ec. .imsnina*. 



Face one (to), fare fronte, fare faceia y dative. 

Uggero then was in England, Uggero allota trovavasi irt 

3*Nl every one knew he alone Inghilterra, e tutti ben viddero 
could face the terrible, enemy. ch'egU solo poteva far f rente a I 

terribil nemico, 

so AVE. 



FA FA 123 

Fail to (to), mancare di, with the infinitive, or only 
the infinitive without any preposition. 

And as this is your intention, E avendo vol quest" animo, non 

I wiil not fail to tell you the voglio mancare di dir-viil modo, 

way, &c. ec. caro. 

Begging he would not fail to Pregandolo che non mancasse 

let her know the time of set- far-Ze sapere il tempo di partire. 

ting OUt. BANDELLO. 

Faint away (to), venire meno. 

Ginevra wept, and sobbing Pianse Ginevrae singhiozzan- 
she resolved to go, &c. before do, all' espediente si apprese 
she should faint away, &c. prima di venir meno di conduni, 

ec. mann- I. 

Fall asleep (to), addormentarsi. 

Whilst the sun was setting, Mentre il sole immergevasi 

she went in her arbour, and nelV oceano, ella andossene nella 

as soon as she was seated, she sua pergola, e tosto che si fu 

fell asleep. seduta addormentossi. 

Fall in love with (to), innammorarsi, genitive. 

It happened that as he saw a Avvenne che veggendo egli una 
very handsome young woman, giovane oltre misura hello,, di 
he fell in love with her. lei s'innammorb. bandello. 

Fall a sacrifice, or a victim (to), essere vittima, 
genitive. 

And after two months she E due mesi dopofu vittima del 
fell a victim to her grief. suo dolore. soave. 

Fall under (to), soccombere, dative. 

Despairing of his safety he Disperato delta sua salvezzafu 
was nearly falling under his presso a soccombere alia sventu- 
m/fortunate situation^ &c. rata situazione, ec. 

ALBERGATI. 



124 FA— FA 

Fall a laughing (to), mettersi a ridere. 

On seeing him sTae fell a Al vederlo essa si e messa a 

laughing. ridere. gold on i. 

/ 

Fall upon (to), rimboccare addosso, dative. 

But such a storm broke forth Ma tantaforza di tempesta si 
in those places surrounded by levb in quel luoghi circondati 
hills., covered with snow, that da poggi carichi di nevi, che 
falling upon the army, it, &c. rimboccando addosso all' eser- 

cito, ec. SEGNI. 

Far from, non che. 

But those words, far from Ma tali parole non che mi- 
mitigating her grief, increased tigar la doglia sua vieppiii in 
it still more. lei Vaccrescevano. soave. 

Far hence, lungi di qui, lontano di qui. 

We had an example of it not Un esempio ne abbiamo avuto 
far hence, non lungi di qui. soave. 

Far as (to), sino, insino, jino, infino, dative. See 
Untill. 

Far (by), di molto, di gran lunga, d'assai. 

You must know, that I found Sappi, ch'io ho trovata Verona 

Verona so magnificent, that it cost magnijica, cKella ha passato 

has by far surpassed my expec- d'assai la mia aspettazione. 

tation. algarotti. 

Fatigued with, stanco, genitive. 

Fatigued with the world, she Del mondo stanca, voile finir 
put an end to her existence^ di vivere, ec. 
&c. 

Favour (in), ad utile, a pro, genitive. 

Good citizens are wont to Sogliono i buoni cittadini es- 
express in favour of the Repub- primer e ad utile della Repub- 
lie, &c. blica, ec. montemagno. 



FA 



FE 



125 



We beg you then to represent 
our sincere sentiments in favour 
of our Catholics. 



La preghiamo dunque di rap- 
presentare i nostri sinceri senti- 
menti aprb dei nostri Cattolici. 

BENEDETTO. XIV. 



Favour (to), dare favor e, arridere, dative. 



You will speak of it to Mr. 
Dominic Bembo, that he may 
favour my lawsuit. 

Ferocious Parthians, heaven 
has happily favoured our bold- 
ness. 



Vox ne parlerete a Messer 
Domenico Bembo, che dia fa- 
vore alia mia causa. bembo. 

Feroci Parti, al nostro ardir 
felice arrise il del. 

METASTASIO, 



Favourable (to be), essere andato diritto, dative. 



Fortune has been very favou- 
rable to you,, Scipio. 



Motto Ve andata diritta la for- 
tuna, Scipione. passavanti. 



Fear (to), iemere, avere timore, paventare, genitive. 

Non temevano di niuno, per- 
che niuno avevano offeso. 

CHIABRERA. 

E di questo teme quel buon 
vecchio. eembo. 



They feared nobody for they 
had offended no one. 



And the good old man fears 
that. 

If we dispute, they are the 
first who hold their tongues, 
and fear us. 

Here it is shewn, that the 
danger which they feared was 
less than they imagined. 



Se si grida sono i primi' a 
tacere, edhanno timore di noi. 

GOLDONI. 

Mostrasi qui come il pericolo, 
di che paventavano, era minor e 
cKessi non lo immaginavano. 

CHIABRERA. 



Fear to (to), avere paura, tremare, temere, all 
govern the infinitive, with di before it, provided the 
subject of the two verbsbe the same ; otherwise, che with 
the subjunctive. 



126 



FE FE 



And the cray-fish pretending 
that he feared to fall, &c. 

1 hasten impatiently to see 
her, and I fear to present my- 
self to her. 

Ah ! I fear J am the cause of 
such an evil. 

I fear your youth will make 
you more proud and ferocious. 



E facendo vista il gambero 
d'aver paura di cadere, ec. 

FIRENZUOI.A, 

M'affretto impaziente a rive" 
derla, e tremo di presentarmi a 

lei. METASTASIO. 

Ah, temo d'esser-e io la causa 
di questo male. goldoni. 

Ben temo che la tua gioventude 
non faccia te piu altero eferoce. 

FASSAVANTI. 



Feed on (to), nutrirsi, nudrirsi, genitive. 



Whoever would feed on acorns 
to imitate the ancients, &c. 

Dutchmen feed on milk and 
fish. 



Chi volesse, per imitare gli 
antichi nutrirsi di ghiande, ec. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Nudrisconsi gli Olandesi di 
latticinj e di pescagione. 

BORGHINJ. 



Feed with (to), pascere, genitive. 
To feed him with a vain hope. 



Per pascerlo di vana speranza. 

BEMBO. 



Feel cold (to), averefreddo. See Be cold. 

Feel for (to), aver e pie fa, avere compassione, genitive. 

She felt for the poor man's Ella ebbe pieta della sciagura 
misfortune. del pover uomo. 

Feign to (to), fin gere, fare vista di, with the infinitive. 

And feigning he was afraid E facendo vista d'aver paura 
of falling, &c. di cadere. firenzuola. 



FE- 



FI 



127 



Few (a), pochi, for the masculine, poche, for the femi- 



nine, and a is omitted. 

The foundation of this intelli- 
gence may perhaps be a single 
authority of Cicero, who with 
a few words, &c. 



II fcndo di questa notizia sara 
una sola autorita di Cicerone 
che con poche parole, ec. 

BORGHINI. 



Fight (to), fare la giornata. 

They used to go and meet the Egli uscivano fuori con gli 
enemy with their army, and eserciti, efacevano la giornata. 

fought. MACCHIAVELLI.. 



Fill with (to), empiere, riempiere^ricolmare, genitive 

Oh ! listen to the verses of 
Sappho, that fill all Greece with 
their sweetness. 

And the Asiatics, who had 



filled their treasury with the 
treasures of Antiocus, &c.' 

The real and unaltered cha- 
racters (of Jerusalem Deliver- 
ed) filled me with a new pleasure, 
&c. 



uomini, uditei versi di Saffo 
empiere di dolcezza tutta la 
Grecia. firenzuola. 

E VAsiatico, che de' tesori 
oV Antioco aveva riempiutofera- 
rio loro, ec. boccacgio. 

1 caratteri veri e costanti mi 
ricolmarono d'un nuovo diletto* 

METASTASIO. 



Filled with, pieno, ripieno^ cohno, genitive. 

The nymphs now come with Le ninfe vengono ora con 

baskets filled with flowers and 
apples, &c. 

They threw iron balls filled 
with pitch and bitumen. 



canestri pieni di fiori e di pome, 

ec. SANNAZZARO. 

Essi palle diferro di pece e di 
bitume ripiene gittavano, 

BEMBO. 



Finish (to),^mre, terminare di, with the infinitive. 

She finished speaking and Fint ella di parlare e quindi 
then burst into tears. proruppe in pianto. soave.. 



128 



FI- 



FL 



But since I am alone, I will 
finish writing this letter. 



Ma giacche son sola voglio 
terminare di scrivere questa 
lettera. goldoni. 



Fired with, infiammato, genitive. 

Fired with rage he ordered, Ordirib egti di sdegno infiam- 
&c. mato, ec. soave. 

Fit one (to), in speaking of a dress, andare bene, 
dative. 

This dress fits your sister very Va molto bene alia sorella 



well. 



vostra questo vestito. 



Fix one's eyes on (to), tenere gli occhijissi in. 

And those who are endowed E coloro a cui e data di meglio 

with a better judgment do not discernere, non tengono gjti 

fix their eyes on mortal beau- occhijissi ntlle bellezze mor- 

tiesy unless, &c. tali, se non, ec. algarotti. 

Flatter one's-self (to), lusingarsi di, with the in- 
finitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise die with the subjunctive. 



He flattered himself he could 
atone, &c. 

For I would willingly flatter 
myself that the right path 
will one day or other be open- 
ed and allotted to you by Pro- 
vidence. 



Ei lusingavasi di poter ripa- 
rare, ec. soave. 

Che mi lusingherei che dalla 
Providenza ti si aprisse una 
volta e ti venisse assegnato il 
retto sentiero. aleergate. 



Flee a person* (to), fuggire, accusative. 
She flees him as a serpent. ^fagge eZ/a come un serpente* 



This expression is better used in poetry. 



FL- FO 129 

Flee a country, a city, &c. (to), fuggire, geni- 
tive, ablative. 

He was so overcome with Tanto di debiti era egli ag- 

debts, that he was obliged to gravato, che gli convennefuggir 
flee his country, dalla patria. gozzi. 

Flourish with (to), fiorire, genitive. 

Italy flourished with men of Italia fioriva di uomini pres- 
genius in the administration tantissimi nelle amministrazioni 
of public business. delle cose pubbliche, bembo. 

Fly at one (to), lanciarsi sopra, accusative, genitive. 

When her husband came Quando venne a casa suo ma- 
home she flew at him, &c. rito ella si lancib sopra di lui, ec. 

Fond (to be), before a verb, essere vago di, with the 
infinitive. 

They (young people) also are Sono ancora tanto vaghi d'es- 
fond of being praised,, &c. ser lodati, ec. gelli. 

Fond of (to be), amare^ accusative. 

I cannot deny I am fond of Negar non saprei che lo amo. 
him. 

Follow (to), andare dietro y andare appresso, tenerd 
dietro, dative. 

Oh, how foolish is the opi- 0h } quanto stolta cosa e Vopi- 
nion of men, who follow nione de" mortali, la quale va 
blindly their desire, &c. dietro al desiderio loro, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 

When Biondello went away, Partitosi* Biondello,Ciaccog\i 

Ciacco followed him. andb appresso. Boccaccio. 

The phantom fled, Villars fol- Fugge il fantasma, Villars gli 

lowed him. tien dietro. soave. 



* Partitosi is a participle passive ; it is not translated literally. 

K 



130 FO— FO 

For, before a noun, per,* accusative; verso, genitive. 

A father feels within himself Sente il padre nascere dentro 
so tender a compassion for his di se una pieta tanto dolce verso 
son, &c. del figliuolo, ec. gelli. 

For what purpose, a che fine. 

I will tell you , gentlemen, Voglio dirvi, Signori, a che 

for what purpose it is designed, fine e ordinata, ec. 

&C. MONTEMAGNO. 

Forbid one to (to), proibire a uno di, with the infi- 
nitive. 

Did I not forbid you to speak Non vi f ho io proibito di par- 
te her of it ? lar-rae a lei? goldoni, 

Forbid (God), tolga Dio, Dio non voglia che, with the 
subjunctive. 

| God forbid you should be Tolga Dio, che vol in sifatta 
reduced to such an extremity. estremita venuto siate. 

BOCCACCIO. 

Forget (to), dimenticarsi, scordarsi, genitive; porre 
in obblio, mandare in obblio, metier e in obblivione, accusa- 
tive. 

Will they forget the still living Dimenticherannosi dell' ancor 

Lucretia, who was born at viva Lucrezia entro a Roma 

Rome ? nata ? firenzuola. 

Who, as soon as he recog- II quale come conobbe il padre 

nised his father and children, e ifigliuoli, della impresa con- 

forgetting the enterprize against tra la patria scordandosi, ec. 

his country, &c. erizzo. 

* Per is very often understood. 

Because we do not fight for the preservation of the glory we 
acquired : Perche non si combaite la conservazione della gloria 
acquistata. guicciardini. 

•j* Vi here stands for a vol. 



FO FR 131 

As if tliey had forgotten the Quasi avessono* posto in obblto 
last capture of Genoa. l'ultima presura di Genova. 

varcht. 

You did not forget your of- Voi non avete mandato in ob- 
fection for me. blio l'affezione die mi poria- 

vate. BEMBO, 

He forgets the great number Mette egli in obblivione tante 
of victories he has obtained. vittorie da lui guadagnate. 

CHIABRERA. 

Forget to (to), scordarsi, dimenticarsi di, with the 
infinitive. 

A very common defect of Difetto assai comune in tutti 
those, who wish to instruct quelli che vogliono istruire e si 
and forget to please, scordano di dilettare. 

ALGAROTTI. 

Forgive (to), perdonare, dative. 

He honours his friends, for- Oli amici onora, perdona ai 
gives the conquered, &c. vinti, ec. metastasio. 

We have forgiven those who Noi per i prieghi vostri, a chi 
burnt the houses, at your en- ha arse le case, abbiamo perdo- 
treaties. nato. macchiavelli. 

Fortify with (to), munire, genitiVe. 

He did not spare money to Non risparmib denaro per mu- 
fortify the state with good for- nire lo staio di buone fortezze. 
tresses. denina. 

Free from, libero, genitive. 

And now I am in town, but E stommi ora incitta, e quan- 
when I am in the country free do in villa di tutte le cure li- 
from all cares, &c. bero, ec. bembo. 



* Avessono (for avessero), rather obsolete. 
K 2 



1S°2 FR FR 

Frighten (to), arrecare spavento, dative 
paura, accusative ; ess ere in paura, genitive. 

We shall find we have so Noi troveremo di aver offeso 

many times offended God, that tante volte Dio, che ci * arre- 

the thought of our past life chera spavento il pensare alia 

will frighten us. vita passata. gelli. 

That those things shall not Che non sifacciano quelle cose, 

be done, by which 1 so much colle quali io gia mist in grande 

frightened your city. paura la vostra citta. 

PASSAVANTI. 

That illustrious city, the name Quella citta illustre, il cut 
of which was wont to frighten nome in paura soleva essere di 
all nations. tutte le genti. montemagno. 

Frightened by, spaveniato, genitive. 

The plague reigns on every La peste e per iutto, la quale, 

side, which being neither ne di forza d'armi, ne di furia 

frightened by force of arms d' artiglieria spaventata, potra, 

nor by the fury of artillery, ec. segni. 
will be able,, &c. 

From, before a personal pronoun, not governed by 
any verb, is expressed by per parte, da parte, and tbe 
said personal pronoun becomes a possessive pronoun 5 as, 
from me, turn, from my part, da parte mia ; from thee, 
da parte iua ; from him, da parte sua, &c. 

I wish you would tell her Voglio che le diciate da parte 
from me, &c. mia, ec. goldont. 

From, before a substantive, not governed by a verb, 
per parte, da parte, genitive. 

We came to tell you from our Siamo venuti a dirvi per parte 
Republic^ &c. della nostra Repubblica, ec. 

varchi. 

* Ci here stands for a noi. 



FR FR 



133 



From, before a substantive, meaning time, jino, sino, 
infino, ablative ; which may drop the last vowel. 



To which (to the fishes) the 
bird said, the great affection I 
bear you on account of my 
having lived in this lake from 
my infancy, &c. 

We had an example of it, 
which ought to teach every 
one to restrain its motions 
from their beginning. 



Ai quali Vuccello disse, V 
amor che io vi porto per esser- 
mi jino da fanciullo creato in 
questo logo, ec. firenzuola. 

Un esempio ne abbiamo avuto, 
che deve istruire ciascuno a sa- 
perne frenare i moti infin da' 
primi principj. soave. 



From... to, preceding* a noun that refers to the limbs 
of one's body, da.,. jino, da...sino, dative. 



A cloak descended from his 
shoulders to his knees. 



Gli scendeva un mantello dagli 
omeri fino alle ginocchia. 



From... to, with a substantive that is declined with 
the definitive article, del, dello, della...jino or sino, dative; 
but if the substantive be taken in an undetermined 
sense, di...in. 



Beginning to speak of you 
from the first day in which 
you arrived to the last. 

And I expect from day to day 
good news of my affairs. 

Going from one bad thought 
to another worse, &c. 



Principiando a parlar di voi 
del primo di, che voi giungeste 
fino all' ultimo. bembo. 

Ed io delle cose mie aspetto di 
giorno in giorno buone novelle. 

BEMBO. 

Passando d'un tristo pensiero 
in un altro peggiore, ec. 

GOZZI, 



Front one (to), fare faccia, dative. 

There was nobody who could Non v'era chi far facciapotes- 
front such a terrible enemy. se ad un nemico tanto terribile. 

K 3 



134 FU— GE 

Full speed or gallop, di or a tutta briglia. 

As soon as the captain per» Come si fu accorto il capitano 
ceived the passage of the ene- del transito de' nemici corse di 
my, he rode full speed to in- tutta briglia ad avvisar Vam* 
form the admiral. miraglio. davila. 

And galloping full speed, &c. E prendendo a tutta briglia il 

galoppo f ec. DAVILA. 

Furnish with (to), fornire, genitive. 

And he said you had furnish- E diceva che avevate fornita 
ed the land with all kinds of la terra d'ogni sorta d'ammo- 
ammunition. nizioni. bembo. 

Furnish one's self with (to), provvedersi, genitive. 

At this time the Germans In questo tempo i Tedeschi 
furnishing themselves with provvedutosi delle cose di cui 
things they wanted, &c. aveyano bisogno, ec. bembo. 



g. 

Garnish with (to), guarnire, ornare, genitive. 

They garnished the table with D'ogni sorta d'argenteria 

all kinds of plate. guarnirono la mensa. 

Get by heart (to), hnparare a mente. 

He could not learn a single Non pote apprendere un sol 
verb by heart. verbo a mente. 

Get acquainted with (to), fare conoscenza con. 

As soon as he arrived at court Arrivato chefu alia corte } fe* 
hegot acquainted withtheCount col Conte di.... conoscenza } ec. 
of, &c. BEMBO. 

Get friends (to), farsi amici. 

It is not very easy to gtt true Egli non e mica facile il farsi 
friends. veri amici. albergati* 



GE GI 135 

Get a thing done (to), fare fare, accusative. 

I will get your coat done for II vostro abito lo farb fare per 
to-morrow. domani. 

Get ONE's-SEiiF ready (to), allestirsi per, with 
the infinitive. 

Now then I am going to give Orsu io vado a dar alcuni 
some orders, get yourself ready ordini, allestitevi per uscire. 

to go OUt. GOLDONI. 

Get a coach ready (to), attaccare la carrozm. 

Get my coach ready directly, S'attacchi subito la mia car- 
&c. rozza, ec. albergati. 

Gird with (to), cingere, genitive. 

They then girded the city with Allora le citta si cinsero di 
defensive walls. difendevole muro. bembo. 

Give one (to), dare, porgere, dative. 
She gave the poor all she had. Diede ella ai poveri tutto cib 

che avea. soaVe. 

Because reason is that which Perche la ragione $ quella che 

gives the law life, spirit, and da fiato e spirito e movimenio 

motion. alia legge. tolomet. 

Where the Duke Alexander, Dove il Duca Alessandro, il 
who was riding by his majesty, quale era a cavallo appresso a 
gave him the keys, &c. suamaesta, gli* porse le chiavi^ 

ec. VARCHI. 

Give one joy for (to), rallegrarsi con una, genitive. 
Illustrious Sir, I give you Mene rallegro di vero euore 
joy with all my heart. con Vossignoria lllustrissima. 

bembo, 



* Gli stands for a lux. 
K 4 



136 



GI GI 



Give one leave (to), dare il permesso a two di 7 
with the infinitive. 

Her father would not give II padre won voile dar-le* 
her leave to speak to ber own permesso di parlar alia sua pro- 
mother, pria madre. 

Give oneVself up (to), darsi in preda \ \abban- 
donarsiy dative. 



Sometimes I have thought it 
is well not to give one's-self up 
to a friend, however dear. 

Ethelred soon gave him- 
self up to imprudence and 
errors, &c. 



Ho pensato talora che sia ben 
non darsi in preda ad un amico 
per caro che sia. castiglione. 

Etelredo per tempo si abban- 
dorib all' imprudenze e agli 
errori, ec. soave. 



Give one's love to one (to), salutare, riverire 

uno a nome, or per nome, with a possessive pronoun ; 

as a nome mio, tuo, suo, nostro, vostro, loro ; or per with 

a disjunctive pronoun, as per me, te, lui, lei, noi, voi, loro. 

Give my love to all. 



Give my love to my mother, 
my sister-in-law, &c. 

Give my love to her. 



Salutate a nome mio tutti di 
casa. METASTASIO. 

Salutate per me la signora 
madre, la signora cognata, ec. 

ZENO* 

Riveritela per mio nome. 

ZENO. 



* he stands for a lei. 

f We find in Frugonfs letters abbandonarsi with the prepo- 
sition in, instead of the dative. 
Idleness is to me an enchantress, who easily seduces me ; I am 
very often obliged to give myself up to her arms : La pigrizia 
e per me un incantatrice, che mi seduce facilmente ; debbo tratto 
tratlo abbandonarmi nelle sue braccia. 



GI GL 



137 



Give one order to (to), ordinare ad uno di? with 
the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. See Order 
one, for examples. 

Give up (to), abbandonare, cedere, accusative. 

Disgusted with the world, he Del mondo disgustato cedette 
gave up his fortune and title to al fratello e la sua fortuna ed 



his brother. 



il suo titolo. 



Give vent to (to), sfogare, accusative. 

E per isfogare la sua rabbia, 
ec. soave. 



And to give vent to his rage, 
&c. 



Glad to (to be), avere placer e, avere caro, avere a 
caro, godere di, with the infinitive, when the subject 
of the two verbs is the same ; otherwise che with the 
subjunctive. 



I am glad 1 shall not remain 
alone. 

Are you glad to overcome your 
enemies ? 

Which I shall be glad to 
know. 

Having entered a monastery 
she was glad to divide the 
hours, &c. 

I should almost be glad that 
it were so. 

I am gla'd that my drama, 
the Asylum of Love, is praised 
in Italy. 



10 hopiacere di non restar sola. 

GOLDONI. 

Avete voi caro di vincere i vos- 
tri nemici ? cavalcanti. 

11 che avrb caro di sapere. 

. CARD. 

Entrata inun monistero godea* 
(juivi di dividere le ore, ec. 

soave. 

Quasi avrei piacere che fosse 
cosl. GOLDONI. 

Godo che il mio Asilo d" Amove 
faccia la sua figura in Italia. 

METASTASIO. 



* Godea for godeva. 



138 GL— GO 

Glad of (to be), rallegrarsi, genitive. 

Now I am glad of your mo- Ora io mi rallegro delV arrivo 
ther's arrival. di vostra madre. caro. 

Glad (to be), esserecaro, dative. 

This verb is impersonal in Italian, and it is construed 
by putting the English nominative in the dative, and the 
infinitive becomes a nominative, with z/or Io before it. 

For you ought to be very glad Perche vi* deve esser molto 

to be separated from them ) caro Vessere separato da loro. 

turn, for to be separated from boccaccio. 
them ought to be dear to you. 

Glad for, lieto di, with the infinitive. 

Villars, glad for having been Lieto Villars di aver potuto 
able to escape, &c. scamparne, ec. soave. 

Glance at (to), gettar lo sguardo su, or sopra. 

On glancing at that famous Nel gettar lo sguardo su quel 
Tiber you will remember those famoso Tevere le sovverra di 
ancient Romans, &c. quegli antichi Romani, ec. 

GANGANElLI. 

Glory in (to), gloriarsi, vantarsi, genitive, or di 
with the infinitive. See Boast. 

Go to, or and (to), andare a, with the infinitive; 
but if to go is separated from the infinitive by a noun^ 
perh to be used. 

And he often went to dine E con questi a desinare andava 
with those people, although he sovente, ancorche chiamato non 
was not invited. fosse. boccaccio. 



* Vi stands for a vol. 



GO GO 



139 



We must then do like a mer- 
chant, who, going to some 
province to gain, &c. 



Bisogna dunque che facciamo 
come quel mercatante, il quale 
andato in qualche provincia per 
guadagnare, ec. gelli. 



Go to (to), in speaking* of beginning a journey, 
mettersiin cammino per, with the infinitive. 

In the mean time Tacmas Tacmas intanto si messe in 
went to meet him. cammino per affrontarsi seco. 

SEGNI. 

Go to A city, a village, &c. (to), andare, dative. 

The youth Dell' Isle, went 11 giovine DelV Isle prima di 
to London before he travelled passare in Moscovia andb a 
to Moscow. ^ Londra, algarotti. 



Go to a country, island, &c. (to), andare, con- 
dursi in. 



Therefore Soliman arrived at 
Tunis, and without doing the 
city any harm he went to Sul« 
tania. 

Elated by these hopes, gui- 
ded by Ulaman, a Persian, he 
went to Armenia. 



Onde Solimano arrivb a Tunisi 
e senza far alcuno danno alia 
citta sen "andb in Sultania. 

SEGNI. 

Da quesie speranze sollevato 
colla guida di Ulamanne, Per- 
siano, si condusse in Armenia. 

SEGNI. 



Go to somebody's house (to), andare da una, andare 
in casa, or a casa d'uno. 



Now then, do me a favour, 
go to Signora Rosaura. 

I 3hall go to Mr. John's to- 
morrow. 



Orsil,fatemi un piacere andate 
dalla Signora Rosaura. 

GOLDONI. 

Andrb in casa (or a casa) del 
Signor Giovanni domanL 



140 GO GO 

Go to, or and meet (to), andare all' incontro, dative, 
uscire incontro, dative. 

And having heard who he E inteso chi era, gli* andb all' 

was, he went to meet him. incontro. bandello. 

. And the following day all of Ed il giorno segnente uscirono 

them went to meet his majesty. tutti incontro a sua Maesta\ 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Go about one's business (to), andare alle sue 
faccende. 

It is my wish you shall get up In questo buon proponimento 
with this good resolution, and vogllo che ti lievi,-[ e vadi alle 
go about your business. tue faccende. ge-lli. 

Go in search of (to), andare cercando, accusative, 

andare in traccia, genitive. 

That as Truth could no longer Che non ritrovandosi piil in 

be found on earth, they went terra la Verita Vandavan cer- 

in search of her, &c. cando, ec. gozzi. 

And will you go in search of E vuoi con tanto rischio an- 

a cruel husband with so much dare in traccia d'un barbaro 

risk? consorte ? metastasio. 

Go out (to), uscire, ablative, genitive. 

Hardly had this prince gone Non cost tosto usci, questo prin- 
out of the shop, when a per- cipe dal fondaco che entrb uno, 
son entered, &c. ec. boccalini. 

Go on (to), pas save innanzi, tirare innanzi. 
But let us go on. Ma passiamo innanzi. 

TOLOMEI. 

But I cannot go on in this Ma non posso tirar innanzi 
manner. c °m- goldoni. 



* Gli here stands for a lui. 

f Lievi, for levi, rather obsolete. 



GO GR 141 

Good as to (to be so), avere la bonta di, with the 
infinitive. 

If you had been so good as to Se aveste avuto la bonta di 
suffer a little more. soffrire anche ten poco. 

GOLDONI. 

Good as one's word (to be as), mantenere la sua 
parola, attenere la sua parola. 

Think on being as good as Pensate a mantener la vostra 
your word. parola. goldoni. 

In fact he was as good as his Egli attenne infatti per alcun 
word for some time. tempo la sua parola. soave. 

Grant one (to), concedere, dative. 

It would have been well that Ben sarebbe stato che gli Dei 
the Gods had granted our fore- avessono conceduto ai nostri 
fathers such a mind. padri talmente. passavanti. 

Grant to (to), concedere, with an infinitive with or 
without di before it, if the subject of the two verbs be 
the same ; otherwise che with the subjunctive. 

The last letter, in which you Vultima lettera dov" ella de- 
wish that God may grant you sidera che Dio le conceda di 
to speak to me. potermi parlare. bembo. 

Thus may heaven grant me to Cosl mi conceda il cielo poter 
live a great many years. vivere molti anni. bembo. 

Let us grant, that Leon has Concediamo, che Leone abbia 
divulged your mystery, &c. divolgato i vostri misteri, ec. 

tolomei. 

Grasp (to), porremano, dative; afferrare, accusative. 

Without being afraid, Villars Villars senza atterrirsi pon 
grasped his arms } &c. mano alle arnii, ec._ soave. 



142 GR — ~GU 

Giieat or large, grande. This word is not altered 
before nouns of both genders beginning with the letter 
s, when s is followed by a consonant. 

What is the man who does not QuaV uomoe die non tragga 
derive a great amusement from grande spasso della villa ? 
the country ? pandolfini. 

A large looking-glass. Un grande specchio. 

Before noons of both genders, beginning with a con- 
sonant, gran.* 

Great woman. Gran donna. 

You have heard how many Voi avete sentito quante volte, 

times, and by how many peo- eda quantie stato pianto elodato 

pie, the great Duke of Tuscany il gran Duca di Toscana. 

has been praised and lamented. davanzati. 

Having put his feet on one of Montato sopra Vun de' capi co' 

its ends (of a tree), he gave on piedi, dava sulV altro colla scure 

the other great strokes with di gran colpi. firenzuola. 
his axe. 

Before nouns beginning with a vowel, grand\ % 

Although it is dangerous to Quantunque d'un si grand? 
speak of so great a man. uomo sia pericolo ilfavellare. 

DAVANZATI. 

Great soul. Grand' anima. 

Grande however is not altered when preceded by the 
substantive. 

A water-foul was within a Stavasi un uccel d'acqua entro 
very large lake. a un lago molto grande. 

FIRENZUOLA. 



* The above words are used as well with the singular as with 
the plural j but in the plural they arc used ad libitum* 



GR HA 143 

Grieve at (to), dolersi, genitive. 

All his fellow citizens grieve Dolgonsi della sua morte tut? 
at his death. i suoi cittadini. macchiavelli. 

Guide one (to), fare guida, dative. 

For it is written that one Perb e scritto che il cieco ai 
blind man will guide another. cieco fara guida. dante, 

Guided by, colla guida, genitive. 

Elated by this hope, guided Da queste speranze sollevato, 
by Ulaman, a Persian, &c. colla guida di Ulamanne Per- 

siano. ec. segni. 



■ H. 

Had it not been for. When the substantive follow* 
ing this phrase is succeeded by the relative who, thai, 
which, and a verb, the substantive becomes the nomina- 
tive of the said phrase, been for who is not expressed, 
and the verb becomes a participle, which joins with 
had. 

Had it not been for his friend, Se il suo amico non Vavesse 
who saw him falling, &c,turn, veduto cadere, ec, 
if his friend had not seen him 
falling, &c. 

This phrase may however be expressed by se non fosse 
stato per, if not followed by a relative. 

Had it not been for her, he Se non fosse stato per lei 3 egli 
would have been ruined before sarebbe gia ruinato. 



Half, mezzo, signifying an action half done, is in- 
declinable. 

Those ladies were half dead Mezzo morte di freddo eran 

with cold. Quelle signore. 



1U HA HA 

Half, mezzo, signifying half of the whole, agrees with 
the substantive in gender and number. 

He charged me half a guinea Mi fece pagar mezza ghinea 
for my supper. per la cena. 

Yet mezzo, although half of the whole, when preceded 
by a numeral noun, is indeclinable. 

The third (speaking of a re- La terza, tre ore e mezzo 
medy that was to be used), avanti cena. redi. 

three hours and a half before 
supper. 

I waited till the present hour Ho aspettato sino all' ora pre- 

(which may be half past one sente (che sara Vuna e mezzo di 

of the night), to receive your notte) per avere le vostre lettere. 

letters. zanotti. 

Hand (to be at), essere vicino. 

Since you are at hand, help Jjutatelo, giacche siete vicino. 
him. 

Hang a' room with (to), tapezzare una camera, geni- 
tive. 

Hang my room with silk. Tapezzate la mia camera di 

seta. 

Hang (to), impiccare, accusative; mellere il capestro, 

dative. 

On the contrary, embracing Anzi abbracciandola stretta al 
her neck with a heart that said collo con un cuore che le diceva : 
to her, " hang you." metti-\e il capestro. gozzi. 

Happen with (to), avvenire, genitive. 

As it happens with men, who Come avviene degli uomini che 
being born of a noble family, nascendodi nobilfamiglia, ec. 

&C BUOMMATTEI. 



HA- 



HA 



145 



Hasten (to), fare fretta a, with the infinitive. 

And having arrived there in E giunto in quella a salva- 
safety, I hastened to clean mento feci fretta a nettarmi, 
myself. chiaramonti. 

Hate (to), avert in odio, accusative ; portare odio, 
dative. 



God hates pride excessively. 

In a word, call me any thing 
but a sophist, for I hate this 
name more than the headache. 

These are the governments of 
Mr. Marin Giorgio, who seems 
to hate all those who, &c. 



Iddio ha sommamente in odio 
lasuperbia. passavanti. 

E brevemente fatemi ogni altra 
cosa che sofista, perche ho piU 
in odio questo nome che il mat 
del capo. varchi. 

Quesii sono i governi di Messer 
Marin Giorgio, che pare che 
porti odio a tutti quelli che, ec. 

BEMBO. 



Have done (to), averejinito di, with the infinitive. 

Mr. Orazio, I am tired with Signor Orazio sono stanca di 
standing, have you done prat- stare in piedi, avete finito di 
tling ? chiacchierare ? goldoni. 

Have to (to), avere a or da, with the infinitive; do- 
vere with the infinitive without a preposition. 



A great many women are 
always ill without knowing 
wherefore, and it is because 
they have nothing to do. 

I am tired, and I know not 
how many more letters 1 have 
to write. 



Moltissime femmine son sempre 
malaie senza saper perche, per 
la ragione che non hanno niente 
da fare. ganganelli. 

Io sono stanco, e devo scrivere 
non so quali altre lettere. 

algarotti, 



Have a thing done {to), fare fare una cosa. 

I am at present in Venice to lo mi trovo al presente in Ve~ 
have some of my observations nezia per fare stampare alcime 
printed. o$servazio?ii, .galilei. 

L 



146 



HE — -HE 



He, preceding a verb as its nominative, egii, e', ei, esso. 

Having assembled an army, Egli ragutiato un esercito, 
he went to, &c. 

Because he knew how things 



were, &e. 

So that he would not have 
done it, &c. 

So that he were loved by 
them. 



n'andb a, ec. macchiavelli. 

Perche e' sapeva come le cose 
erano, ec. macchiavelli. 

Cost che, non VavreW eifatto, 
ec. eembo. 

Di maniera che esso da loro 
fosse amato. . cas^iglione. 



He, and all its oblique cases, preceding the Relatives 
who, whom, that, are expressed by, quegli, quel, colui. 

Abrahim's opinion was dif- Abraim teneva opinione cow- 
ferent from the women's, as he, 
who was secretly a Christian, 
&c> 

He who was full of that false 
ambition. 

Because the difficulty fright- 
ens him who speaks it, the 
obscurity often deceives him 
who listens to it, &c. 

The fancy of him who hears 
it, &c. 



traria alle donne, come quegli 
che segretamente fosse Cristiano, 
ec. segni. 

Quegli che pieno era di quella 
falsa ambizione. altanesi. 

Perche la difficolta sbigottisce 
quel, che la par la, Voscurita 
inganna spesso quel, che Vas- 

COlta, ec. BUOMMATTEI. 

La fantasia di colui che la 
sente, ec. salviati. 



He, following than, or so ...as, lux. 



You cannot deny but that she 
is more handsome than he. 



Ch* ella non sia piu bella di 
lui negar non potete. 



* Alfieri uses the nominative instead of the accusative as 
above. 

The Abbot of Caluso came to Florence, called there in order 
to have the pleasure of being with him who loved him as much 
as 1 did. V Abate di Caluso venne in Firenze, chiamatovi dal 
piacere di essere con chi gli voleva tanto bene quanto io. 



HE—HE 147 

His brother was not so tender Non era tanto tenero di citore 
hearted as he* was. ilfratello quanta lui. soave. 

He is very often expressed by questi and quegli, which 
are plural of questo and quello, to give more strength. 

He went the same day to bow Questi il di medesimo sen' andb 
to King Peter. afar river enza al Re Piero. 

BANDELEO. 

He is a wretch, do not speak Quegli e un empio, non gli 
to him. parlate. 

Hear (to), when God or heaven is the nominative of 
it, esaudire, accusative. 

Heaven has heard my prayers, 11 Cielo ha esauditi i miei votL 

Gozzr. 

Hear of (to), udire novelle, avere nuove, avere notizie, 
genitive. 

Perhaps this is the cause for Questo sara il molivo, per die 
which you have not heard of non avete avuto nuove della vos- 
your family, tra casa. goldoni. 

He heard of his friend two Due anni dopo della sua par- 
years after his departure. tenza ud\ novelle dell' amico. 

You will hear of my health DalV Illustrissimo Signor £e- 

from the Illustrious Secretary gretario Vendramino Bianchi 

Vendramino Bianchi, who is che di qua e gia partito avrete 

just gone from hence. notizie del mio stato. zeno. 

Hear (to), udire, with the infinitive without a pre- 
position before it. 

I hear nightingales and other Odo cantar gli usignuoli e gli 
birds sing. altri uccelli. eoccaccio. 

* Observe that the tenses of the verb to be in the above 
case are omitted in Italian. 

L 2 



148 HE HE 

Hearten one to (to), incoraggire, animare uno a. 
See Animate. 

Help (to be able not to), non potere fare ammcno di 
non, (or without wow), with the infinitive. See Able to 

HE|>P. 

Help (to), soccorrere, dare ajuto , prestare ajuto, donate 
ajuto, mandarin buona, dative. 

But it (the second army) was Met le conveniva soccorrere alia 
obliged to help the first. prima. macchiavelli. 

He swam as fast as he could A dar-]e *aita a nuoto corse. 
to help her. metastasio. 

By not helping the Republic Non prestando alia Repubbli- 
as one ought. ca quell' ajuto che si deve pres- 

tare. montemagno. 

And art helping defenceless E donando ajuto Varte all' 
nature. inerme natura. montemagno. 

Heaven help me. II cielo mela mandi buona. 

GOLDONL 

Hence it comes, quindi e, di qui e. 

Hence it comes, that if our Quindi e 7 che se la nostra I'm- 
language makes use of vowels, gua si serve di vocali, ec 

&C. BUOMMATTEI. 

Hence it comes> that we have, Di qui e che noi abbiamo, ec. 

&C. BUOMMATTEI 

Her preceded by a preposition, lei, colei. 
For her, per colei ; with her, con lei, con colei. 

And I who have spent a great Ed io che speso tanto ho per lei. 
4eal of money for her. goldoni. 



* Aita is used in poetry instead of ajuto. 



HE HE 149 

Her, preceding the relatives who, whom, that; quella, 
colei. See He preceding the relatives who, whom, that. 

Her, being the case of the verb that governs the 
accusative in Italian, la or /', when the verb begins with 
a vowel.* 

Her, being the case of a verb that governs a dative 
in Italian, le.\ 

Her, being the case of a verb that governs either the 
genitive or the ablative, in Italian ; di lei, da lei, or ne. 
See Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accu> 
sative for its construction and examples. 

Her of it, lene, which is construed like il, lo. See 
Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accusative. 

Her of them, lene ale uno, to be construed like il, lo* 
See Him, being the case of the verb that governs the 
accusative in Italian. 

Her (it), or it to her, glielo, gliela; them to her, 
glieli, gliele, which are construed like il, lo. See Him, 
being the case of a verb that governs the accusative. 

Her, being a possessive pronoun, suo, suoi, sua, sue. 
See His, for its construction and observations. 

Her's, suo, sua, suoi, sue, are declined with the 
definite article, except when preceded by the verb to be. 

* La, or V , is construed like il, or lo. See Him, being the 
case of a verb that governs the accusative. 

f Le is construed like il, lo. See Him, being the case of 
a verb that governs the accusative. 

L 3 



150 HE HI 

I will give you her's. Vi darb il suo : la sua. 

You may take her's. Potete prendere i suoi : le sue. 

It is her's. E' suo: sua. 

They were her's. Erano suoi, sue. 

Her's (of), suo, suoi, sua, sue, are to agree with the 
preceding substantive, without expressing of. 

I saw a friend of her's. Ho veduto un suo amico. 

He spoke to several friends of Egll parlb a parecchj suoi 
her's. amici: a parecchie sue amiche. 

Hide from (to), ascondere, celare, dative. 

The dark recess of those 11 cupo seno di quel concavi 
rocks shall hide me from his sassi al suo sguardo m 'asconda, 

loolcSj&C. eC. METASTASIO. 

He used to hide from every Celava&gM occhi altrui il ietro 
one the gloomy temper which umore che lo molestava, 
tormented him. albergati. 

Hide one's-self from (to), nascondersi, dative. 

I cannot hide myself from lo non mi posso nascondere a 
you, who know what I am able voi, che sapete cib cti io posso. 
to do. BOCCACCIO. 

Him, preceded by a preposition, lux, colui. 

Every one owns,, that in him Ciascuno confessa in lui solo 
alone is found, &c. ritrovarsi, ec. buommattei. 

Him, preceding the relatives who, whom, that; quegli, 
quel, colui. See He, preceding the relatives who, whom, 
that. 

Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accu- 
sative in Italian, il or /o.* 



* 11 is put before verbs beginning with a consonant ; lo, 
before verbs beginning either with consonants or vowels : only 



HI -HI 151 

II or lo 9 * is generally put before the verb. 

Two friends, who were the Due amid, che soli eran rimas- 
only ones of so many that sur- ti di tanti che il circondavano 
rounded Aim at first. da prima. soave. 

He was riding on an ass, and Egli era a cavallo sopra un 
the goat followed him. asino, e la capra lo seguiva. 

ANONIMO. 

If the verb be in the gerund, infinitive, or imperative, 
il or lo is to follow, making one word with them. 

For every one admiring it as- Che ciascuno ammirando-lo 

serts, &c. confessa, ec. buommattei. 

He tried to appease him. Procurb d'ammansyr -lo. 

ALTANESI. 



when the verb begins with a vowel, the o of lo may be sup- 
pressed, and an apostrophe inserted in the place of it. 

His father would never have him share any thing : II padre di 
lui non Vaveva di nulla voluto mettere a parte. soave. 

* If the tense of the verb be accented, such as am&, he loved $ 
vedrb, I shall see, &c. only lo may be put after the verb, and 
then the I is doubled, and joined with the said verb, so as to make 
one word with it. 

And when he thought it was time, he went to Mr. Corso and 
found him with his neighbours : E quando tempo gli parve, a casa 
M. Corso sen' andb, e trovollo con alcuni suoi vicini, (instead of 
lo trovb.) BOCCACCIO. 

Observe, that this may be done with all conjunctive pronouns, 
(but gli and loro) when the verb is accented. 

Giannetto went to Venice : Giannetto andossene a Fenezia. 
(sen'andd). Fiorentino.— No, no, I will tell you the truth, 
never fear : No, no, dirovvi la veritanon temete (for vi dird). 

©OLDONI. 

L 4 



152 HI HI 

Love him, for lie deserves to AmateAo, poiche merita d'jss- 
be loved. sere amato* 

Him, being the case of a verb that governs a dative 
in Italian, gli, which is construed like il or lo. See 
Him, being the case of a verb that governs the ac- 
cusative. 

You are welcome, said she to Voi state pure il ben venuto, 
him. gli disse. soave. 

In the meantime he addressed Si volse pertanto a quel vallettd 

himself to the valet of the inn, della locanda, in cui fgli 

to whom he thought he could sembrava di potersi piu confi- 

well trust. dare. lodoli. 

Him, being the case of a verb that governs the genitive 
or ablative, in Italian, dilui, dalui, ne. See Him, being 



* 11 or lo is to precede the third person, both singular and 
plural, of the imperative, when one addresses another in the 
third person. 

Give it to your sister : Lo dia alia sua sorella. 
Observe, that if the negative now happen to be with the im- 
perative, lo is to be put before the imperative. 
Let us love him : Amiamolo. 
Let us not love hirn : Non lo amiamo. 

Observe, that when two or more pronouns are governed by a 
single verb, they are to be put after. 

And without saying any thing else, I pray to God that he may 
confort you and them : E senza piii dire prego Dio che conforti voi 

C loi'O. GOLDONI. 

-\ Gli here is a dative, governed by sembrava, an impersonal 
verb, which in English is translated by thought, a personal verb, 
and for this reason him is changed into he, in English. 



HI HI 



153 



the case of a verb that governs the accusative, for the 
construction of ne only. 

I have not spoken to the lo non ho parlato con lo Spa- 
Spaniard, nor do I make use gnuolo, ne mi vaglio di lui, ne 

ho alcuno de" miei che se ne 
serva* bembo. 



of him, nor are there any of my 
friends who do. 



Questo Otrantoe tanto in odio 
di questi scolarij che se ne ridono 
con tsdegno,* bembo. 

Vamico lo pregb che non si 
partisse da lui.* gozzi. 



This Otranto is so much 
hdted by the scholars, that 
they laugh at him with scorn. 

His friend begged he would 
not go away from him. 

Him of it, gliene, which is construed like il or lo. See 
Him, being the case of a verb governing the accusative. 
I will give him the half of it. Gliene daro la meta. 

Him of them, gliene alcuni or alcune. Gliene is 
construed like il or lo. See Him, being the case of a 
verb governing the accusative. As for alcuni, alcune, 
they are put after the verb. 



I bought a great many le- 
mons, and gave him some of 
them. 



Comprai moltissimi Umoni, e 
gliene diedi alcuni. 



X was presented with a few Mifurono regalate delle pome s 
apples,, and sent him some of e gliene mandai alcune. 
them. 

Him (it), or it to him, glido, gliela; them to him, 
glieli, glide, which are construed like il or lo. See Him, 
being the case of a verb that governs the accusative. 

She gives it to him. Ella glielo, or gliela da. 



* By these examples it is seen that vaglio, serva, ridono, par- 
tisse, are the verbs that govern the genitive di lui, ne, and da lui. 



154 HI— HI 

They gave them to him. Eglino glieli x or gliele dudero, 

Hinder from (to), impedire di, with the infinitive. 

The fear of offending so many II timore d'offendere tanti 

people now hinders me from m'impedisce ora di riaprirlo. 
opening it again. metastasio. 

Hire (to), prendere ajitto, accusative. 

And having called himself E fattosi chiamare Roderigo 

Roderigo of Castile, he hired di Castiglia prese una casa a 

a house in the suburb of All Jitto nel borgo d'Ognissaiiti. 

Saints. macchiavelli. 

His, suo, suoi, sua, sue,* possessive pronouns, are 
declined with the definite articles il and la ; but when 
they precede a noun of quality, such as Altezza, Highness ; 
Eccellenza, Excellency ; Santitd, Holiness, &c. and also 
padre, father ; madre, mother, the indefinite article di, 
of; a, to ; da, from ; is to be used.+ 

Yet the hope he had of an Pur la speranza d'un impiego 
employment, consoled him in nel suo cordoglio Vandava rac- 
his grief. consolando. soave. 

* The possessive pronouns in English agree with the possessor ; 
but in Italian they agree with the person or thing possessed : 
Thus, his wife, her husband, are to be translated by sua moglie, 
guo marito; and not suo moglie, sua marito. 

f The possessive pronouns with other nouns of kindred, such 
asfratello, brother 5 sorella, sister, &c. take the article definite 
ad libitum. These are the rules which grammarians have always 
set down ; yet I find in Firenzuola, the possessive pronoun 
with the article definite before padre, father. 

Arete of Gyrene who after her father's death ruled the school, 
&c. Ai eta Cirenaica, che dopo la morte del suo padre resse le 

scuola, ec. 



HI— HI 155 

All his thoughts were of joy. TutV i suoi pensieri erano 

allegrezza. gozzi. 

He put into execution his Esegul egli la sua risoluzione. 
resolution. 



ALTANESI. 



Till now sentiments of sound In sua Maesta si veggono sin 
judgment have been seen in qui sensi di gran giudizio. 
his majesty .* bentivoglio. 

His, suo, suoi, sua, sue, and all other possessive pro- 
nouns referring to something spoken of before, take an 
article in Italian, except when preceded by a tense of the 
verb to be. 

Give her his. Dateleilsuo, la sua, ec. 

It is his. JE' suo, sua. 

They are her's. Son suoi, sue. 



* His, and all other possessive pronouns are changed into 
conjunctive pronouns, or omitted, whenever they are joined to 
a noun, referring to the limbs of the body, or that denote a 
part of one's dress. 

Give him his hat ; turn, give to him the hat : Dategli it cap- 
pello. I hurt my hand ; turn, I hurt to me the hand : Mi son 
fatto male alia mano. He lost his senses : Ha perduto il senti- 
mento. 

Observe that his and hefs are expressed by di lui, di lei, when 
they cause ambiguity. 

Have you not seen her yourself sitting at his table: Non Vavete 
veduta voi stesso sedere alia di lui tavola. (instead of sua tavola.) 

GOLDONI. 

I am afraid that you have received some offence from her father : 
Dubito che qualche dispiacere abbiate ricevutodal di lei padre, 

GOLDONI. 



156 HI— HO 

• Hit the mark (to), colpire net segno. 

And the certainty of always ' E la certezza onde sempre col- 
hitting the mark. pia nel segno. soave. 

Honour one with (to), onorarc tmo y genitive ; fare 
onore, dative. 

Charles the Fifth having known Carlo Quinto eonosciutolo, 

him, honoured him with the Vonorb del Tosone. 

golden fleece. davanzati. 

And wishing to honour you, at E volendo a sue spese far-\e 

your expence. onore. bembo. 

Honour to, onoredi ? with the infinitive. 

Either the army of the Duke O Vesercito del Duca di Lob- 

of Lobkowitz, or the Admiral kowitz, o V Ammiraglio Martin 

Martin, has intercepted the ha intercettato le lettere che 

letters I had the honour to ho avuto Vonore di scrivere a 

write to you. voi. voltaire. 

Honoured with, onorato, genitive. 

With whose presence alone he Delia cui sola presenza esso 
wouhlbe the more honoured. poscia rimarrebbe piu onorato. 

BEMBO. 

Hope (to), sperare, with an infinitive with or without 
di before it, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che with the subjunctive. 

When a young man may at Dove un giovane pub pure al 
least hope to grow old. manco sperare d'invecchiare. 

GELLI. 

And I firmly hope I shall gain E spero fermamente doverne 
honour and fame. conseguire onore efama. 

CAVALCANTI. 

Hoping, perhaps, that my Sperando forse, che la pere- 
travelling for so many years, grinazion mia di tanti anni } la 



HO— HO 157 

my conversing with an infinite conversazione da me avuta con 
number of nations, have ren- infinite nazioni, m'abbia potuto 
dered me such, &c. render tale, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

As he hoped that ijou knew too Siccome ei sperava che voi 
well the truth, and that it was troppo bene conosceste il vero, 
unnecessary to, &c. e non fosse bisogno di, ec. 

TOLOMEI. 

How, in a sentence of exclamation or admiration, 
quanto, which is to precede the verb, and the adjective 
with which it is joined is to be put after the verb. 

For, who does not know how Perche, chi e quello che non 
inferior he is in strength, &c. sappia quanto sia egTi inferiore 

diforze, ec. tolomei. 

How much, quanto, for the masculine ; quanta, for the 
feminine. 

Oh yes ! the sallad : how Oh, si, Vinsalata : quanta ne 

much did you buy ? haipresa? goldoni. 

How many, quanti for the masculine, quanie for 
the feminine. 

How many (eggs) did you Quante ne hai prese 9 
buy ? goldoni. 

How long since, in an interrogative sense, without 
being joined to any other phrase, da quanto in qua. 

What is the matter with you ? Che avete, siete forse stato 
have you been ill ? Yes, I have. ammalato ? Si. Da quanto in 
How long since ? qua? goldoni. 

How long is it since, if the action spoken of has 
begun some time past and is still continuing, quanto 



158 



HO HU 



tempo e che, da quanto tempo, e unpe%%oche, with the 
indicative present, although it is a past tense in English. 



How long is it since you 
taught the Italian language ? 



Quanto tempo e che voi inseg- 
nate Vltaliano ? 



How long is it since... last, quanto tempo e dipoi 
che, or dacche. .... J ultima volta,* with the definite tense, 
as it is in English ;-— and quanto tempo e che non, or da 
quanto tempo non, without expressing last, with the com- 
pound tense. 



How long is it since you saw 
your brother last ? 



Quanto tempo e dipoi che ve- 
deste il vostro fratello V ultima 
volta ? or quanto tempo e che 
non avete veduto U fratello 
vostro ? 



Hungry (to be), avere fame. 
That poor man is very hun- Ha gran fame quel povero 



gry. 



uomo. 



Hurt (to), nuocere, fare danno, pregiudicare, dative. 



For this imprudence is so 
foolish, that it cannot hurt 
the innocence of the good. 

Therefore Soliman arrived at 
Tauris, and without hurting 
the city, &c. 

I have taught children reading 
and writing, a profession which 
neither hurts the birth nor the 
decorum of an honest man. 



Poiche essa imprudenza e cosi 
sciocca, che non pub nuocere all' 
innocenza del buoni. tolqmei. 

Onde Solimano arrivb a Tau- 
ris, e senza fare alcun danno 
alia citta, ec. segni. 

Ho insegnato a leggere e scri- 
vere a' ragazzi, professione che 
non pregiudica alia nascita, ne 
al decoro d'un onesto uomo. 

GOLDONf. 



* Vultima volta, however, may be omitted without hurting 
the sense of the phrase : and I think it sounds better. 



HU IF 159 

Hurt one's-self (to) ,- far si male. 

Provided you have not hurt Purche non fhaifatto male io 
yourself I am contented. son contento. fiorentino. 



I AND J. 

I, being the nominative of a verb, io, or V with an 
apostrophe; but the latter is seldom used in prose, ex- 
cept in old authors. 

I, being preceded by than or so.,, as, is expressed by 
me y and the verb is omitted if there be any in English. 
Nobody loveshim more than I. Nessuno Varna pin di me. 

BEMBO, 

Adieu, my beloved Zanottino, Addio, il mio amatissimo Za~ 
whom certainly nobody loves nottino, il quale non avete cer- 
as I do. iamente chi vi ami quanto me. 

ALGAROTTI. 

Jealous of (to be), prendere gelosia, pigliare gelosia P 
genitive. 

I can trust to him ; I cannot Di lux mi posso fidare ; di lui 
be jealous of him. non posso prendere gelosia. 

GOLDONI. 

Dr. Bernardin Guasconi, be- IlDottor Bernardin Guasconi, 
ginning to be jealous of me, cominciando a pigliar gelosia 
&c. di me, ec. magaeotti. 

Idea of (to have an), immaginarsi, accusative. 

Indeed I had not the least Davverononme-loimmagznava 
idea of it. neppure. goldonx. 

If, preceding the present tense se with the future ; 
provided the second verb is in the future ; or otherwise 



160 



IF IF 



if the sense of the phrase means futurity ; but if it does 
not, the verb, preceded by if is either put in the present, 
as in English, or in the gerund. 

If I do not obtain from you Spero, se da voi nome di bel 
the name of a good speaker, I 
hope at least I shall acquire 
reputation and fame. 

That if I have not celebrated 
this solemn day as I should, I 
shall certainly have shewn I 
had a respect for it. 



If it is so I thank you. 

Jf an occasion presents itself 
do not neglect to do my duty. 



parlatore non riportero, opinio- 
ne e fama doverne conseguire. 

CAVALCANTI. 

Che se io non *aro questo so- 
lenne giorno> come si conveniva 
celebrato, arb certamente dimo- 
strato d'averlo in river enza. 

CAVALCANTI. 

Io se cost e vi ringrazio. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Presentandosi V opportunity 
non trascurate di far le mie 

parti. METASTASIO. 



If, preceding the imperfect of the indicative sei with 
the imperfect of the subjunctive, provided the sense of the 
phrase means futurity ; otherwise, the imperfect of the 
indicative is to be used. 

And if any one, who is in- 
clined to oppose my words, 
said that such a mixture, &c. 



And if those words, derived 
from the Latin, had on the 
contrary, &c. 



E se alcunoy vago di opporsi 
a' miei detti dicesse che un 
miscuglio si fatto, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

E se quelle che avevan la ma- 
teria Latina, avevan alV incon- 

tro, ec. BUOMMATTEI. 



* Arb, for avrb, rather obsolete. 

-j* Sometimes instead of se we find dove or ove, and very often 
in poetry. 

And if you did not find any, you might discern in what a 
danger, &c. E dove non ne trovaste, potreste discernere in quanta 
pericohj ec* boccaccio. 



IF -IM 



161 



If, preceding the pluperfect, se with the pluperfect of 
the subjunctive, without exception. 

E se non mi fosse si nota la 
somma cortesia vostra, ec. 



And if your great kindness 
were not so well known to me ; 
&c. 



If the country were not di~ 
vided into so many different 
governments, &c. 



BUOMMATTEJ.* 

E se diviso non fosse il paese 
in tanti governi diversi, ec, 

GANGANELLI* 



Ignorant of (to be), igncfare, accusative. 

You are not ignorant of my Vol non ignorate l'ardente 
fervent desire. mio desiderio. metastasio. 

Ill, or well (to be), stare bene, or male, or amma- 
taio ; sentirsi bene, or male. 



One is tired, if I am allowed 
to say, of being too well. 

There was however nobody, 
who dared to ask him whether 
he was ill. 

Mr. Romolo Cervini told me 
you was not well. 



Uno si stanca, per cos% dire, 
di stare troppo bene. 

GANGANELLI. 

Non vi-fu percib chi ardisse 
domandarlo se si sentiva male. 

BANDELLO. 

Messer Romolo Cervini m'ha 
detto die non vi sentite bene. 

BONFADIO. 



Imagine (to), immaginarsi di, with the infinitive, if 
the subject of the two verbs be the same : otherwise che 
with the subjunctive. 



Having lost all hopes, I let 
him stay, as I imagined I had 
a madman in my house. 

If I could imagine that he 
had married you, &c. 



Perduta ogni speranza la- 
sciavalo stare, immaginandomi 
d'aver un pazzo in casa. bembo. 

Se immaginar potessi ch' egli 
favesse sposata, ec. goldoni. 
M 



162 IM IN 

Impose upon (to), imporre, dative. In the sense of 
taking in, infinocchiare, or ingannare, accusative. 

Thus the Romans having Cos\ i Romani vinto la gior' 

gained the victory, and im- nata, imponendo a loro piu 

posed on them heavier condi- gravi condizioni, se ne ritorna- 

tions, returned home. rono a casa. macchiavelli. 

Impossible to, impossibile, or non possibile di, with 
the infinitive. 

It was impossible for me to Non mi fu possibile di dire a 
tell you that I found Boyle., &c. V, S. che trovai il Boyle, ec. 

MAGALOTTI. 

Improve (to), fare profitto, fare progressi. 

In this time JBuonarroto im- Fece gran profitto in questo 
proved very much, by drawing tempo il Buonarroto, disegnan- 
the figures of Masaccio. do alle figure di Masaccio. 

BORGHINI. 

.In a short time the valiant II giovine valoroso wife" in 
youth wonderfully improved breve tempo maravigliosi pro- 
in it. gressi. soave. 

In, is generally expressed by in. 
In London, in Paris. In Londra, in Parigi. 

In, preceding a noun, which takes the definite article 
in Italian, or a possessive pronoun, nello, net, nella. 

Nello* is put put before masculine nouns beginning 
with the letter s, when s is followed by another consonant, 
and it makes negli in the plural. 



* Nello is also put before nouns of both genders, beginning 
with a vowel, by suppressing the o, and inserting an apostrophe 
in the place of it ; thus : nell\ which in the plural makes negli, 



IN— IN 



163 



To which however several 
things are required, that are 
not necessary in writing. 

According to what we find in 
old writings. 

Nel is prefixed to all other 
with a consonant, and makes 

If they attempt to translate 
into Latin, &c. 

Which may be understood by 
old writings, in which frequent 
mention of the words are 
made. 

Ladies have very frequently 
exercised themselves in those 
fields. 



Al qua! perb si richiedono 
alcune cose, che non sono neces- 
sarie nello scrivere. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Secondo cio che troviamo negli 
scritti antichi. buommattei. 

masculine nouns beginning 
neiy ne > in the plural. 

Se essi tenter anno di tradur nel 
Latino, ec. buommattei. 

II che si pub comprendere per 
gli scritti antichi, nei quali sono 
frequenti menzioni delle opere* 

CASTIGLIONE. 

he donne si sono infinite volte 
ne' campi di quelle esercitate. 

FIRENZUOLA. 



Nella is put before feminine nouns beginning with a 
consonant, and makes nelle in the plural. 

That period of old age, in Qmsta eta delta vecchiaja,neU 

which you are, being the last, la quale tu se" , essendo Vullima, 

&c. ec. GELLI. 

We see nothing else in their Non vediamo altro nelle loro 

lives, &c. vite, ec* borghini. 



for the masculine, when the i is not suppressed, unless the follow- 
ing noun begins with an i, and nelle or nelV for the feminine, 
without any exception. 

In my earliest years when I frequented your house : Negli 
anni miei primi f quand'io usava la casa vostra. algarotti. 

But in both of them, my children, preserve a strong mind : 
Ma, nell* una e nelV altre conservate, miei figli, un cuor forte. 

padovani. 

* Sometimes we find in lo, in la, in an old renowned author j 
but they are to be avoided at the present time. 

M 2 



1 64 



IN 



■IN 



In, before a noun of time, fra> ira. 

When I see Cola, who is at Cola che e a Padova salutero, 

Padua, I will salute him, come io il vegga, che *fia fra 

which will be in two or three due o tre giorni. bembo. 
days. 

In the presence, al cospetto, genitive. 

As I am no longer to speak Non avendo io piU a perorare 
in "the presence of this bene- al cospetto di questo benigno 
volent nation, &c. popolo, ec. montemagno. 

In, preceding ray, thy, bis name, &c. a nome mio, a 
nome tuo, a nome suo, or in nome mio, &c. 
You may speak of it in my A nome mio potrete parlarne. 



name. 



BEMBO. 



In time, a tempo. 

I should perhaps have kept 
him longer, if you had written 
to me in time. 



f Areilo per avventura potuto 
ritenerlo piu, se voi m'aveste a 
tempo scritto. bembo, 



In, dentroj genitive; entro, dative; in the sense of 
within or into. 

Many of tbem, drinking along Molte, bevendo per le chiare 

the chrystailine fountains, were fontane, si rallegravano di ve~> 

rejoiced to admire themselves dersi dentro di quelle, 

in them. sannazzaro. 



A water fowl was in a lake. 



Stavasi un uccel oVacqua entro 
a un lago. firenzuola. 



Incapable, incapace di, with tbe infinitive. See 
Capable. 



* Fia, for sara, better used in poetry. 

f Areilo, for avrei-lo, rather obsolete. 



IN IN 165 

Increase with (to), accrescerej genitive. 

His noble mind was afflicted, Angustiava la grandezza dell* 

because he thought he had not animo sno, nongli parere aVaver 

increased the Florentine em- accresciuto limperio Fiorentino 

pire with honorable acquisitions. d'uno acquisto onorevole. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Indebted to one for (to be), essere debitorc a 
ttno, genitive. 

And he was indebted to his E di tutto quel che al mondo 
friend for all he possessed in possedeva al suo fratello era 
the world. debitore. 

Indulge one's own passions (to), abbandonarsi^ 
or darsi in preda alle sue passioni. 

A man, who more easily in- Non s'era mai visto un uomo, 
bulged all his passions^ had che piu facilmente davasi in 
never been seen before. preda alle sue passioni. 

SOAVE. 

Inebriated with, ebbro, genitive. 

All the people are inebriated 11 popolo n'e tutto ebbro di 
with joy. gi°ja. soaye. 

Infatuated with, infatuato, genkive. 

Infatuated with a vain self- Di un vano amor proprio in- 
love, &c. fatuata, ec. goldoni. 

Inferior to. ..in, inferiors a..*di. 

'For, as I am by far inferior Cheessendo io di etaf, tTingeg- 
io him in age, genius, eloquence, no, di facondia, d'esperlenza 
mid experience, &c. lungamente inferior e a lui, ec. 

TOLQMET, 

M 3" 



166 



IN -IN 



Inflame one with (to), accendere imo 3 genitive. 
Where can that cowardly man Qual animo si pub trovare cost 



be found, whom the extreme 
dangers of his country may not 
inflame with a just anger and 
a valiant boldness ? 



vile, il quale non accendesseno 
d'un giusto sdegno, d'un valo- 
roso ardire gli estremi pericoli 
delta sua patria ? cavalcanti. 



Inflamed with, infiammato, genitive 

And to tell the truth, I am 
quite inflamed with his glowing 
virtue. 



E gia per dir vero, sono tutto 
infiammato della sua fervente 
virtu. BEMBO. 



Inspire one with a thing (to), ispirare una cosa 
auno. 



Who seemed to have been 
created to inspire, (all * peo- 
ple) with a love for friendship. 

Ah ! you (Gods) who inspire 
my soul with so muck virtue, 
&.c. 



II quale, parevafatto a posta 
per ispirare 1' am ore delV ami- 
cizia. salvini. 

Ah ! voi che ispirate a quest' 
alma tanta virtu, ec, 

metastasio. 



Inform one of (to), fare partecipe, dare awiso auno^ 
genitive.. 



I beg you will inform me of 
the motive of your resolution. 

Inform Mr. Andrew, our bro- 
ther, of it. 



f La supplico di far-mi parte- 
cipe jdel motivo della f sua 
risoluzione. goldoni. 

Date-Tie $ awho al Signor 
Andrea nostro fratello. zeno. 



* All people is understood. 

f La is translated by you, and sua by your, because they speak 
in the third person. See General Rules of . different ways of 
addressing, page 17. 

% Ne is the genitive, and stands for di cib. 



IN- — IN 



167 



Inhabit (to), obit are in. 

So that if the fear of wars 
obliges them of their own 
accord to inhabit strong places, 
&c. 

In the first ages, when inno- 
cence inhabited the world. 



Tale che dove la paura delle 
guerre costrignequelli adabitare 
volentieri ne' luoghi forti, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Nei primi secoli quando la in- 
nocenza abitava nel mondo. 

BOCCACCIO. 



Intend to (to), disegnare, avere in animo, avere in- 
tenzione di, with the infinitive. 



But he, by always withdraw- 
ing into the most difficult 
places, and burning the pro- 
visions, intended to defeat that 
army. 

I hear from several friends of 
mine that you intend to pro- 
pose, &c. 

You will tell the Chevalier 
from me, what I intended to 
tell him myself. 



Ma ritirandosi sempre ne* luo- 
ghi piu difficili, abbruciando la 
vettovaglia, disegnava di consu- 
mare quell' esercito, segni. 

Io iniendo da diversi amici che 
V.S. Illustrissima ha in amnio 
di proporre, ec. della casa. 

Ella dira per me al cavalier e, 
quello chHo aveva intenzione di 
dirgli. gold oni. 



Intent on, occupato a, with the infinitive, or eft with 
a substantive. 



He was sitting at the foot of 
a tree, intent on reading a 
book. 

Intent on my studies, I did 
not think, &c. 



Era egli seduto appie oVun 
albero, occupato a leggere un 
libro. 

Occupato dei miei studj, non 
pensavo, ec. alfieri. 



Intention to (with the), con animo di, with the 
infinitive. 

He would not believe that his Ne voile credere che un amico 

friend could do any thing with suo potesse far cosa con animo 

the intention to offend him. d'ofFender-fo. tolomei. 

M 4 



168 IN IT 

Interfere with (to) % ingerirsi, impacciarsi, genitive. 

There was nobody then who Non aveva altrl ailora che 
interfered with my business. s'ingerisse de' fatti miei. 

ALFIERI. 

Interrupted with, interroito, ablative. 

Do not the frequent voices of Non vi traflggono il cuore le 

the sacred virgins, interrupted continue voci delle sacre vergini 

with bitter tears, pierce your da amaro pianto interrotte ? 

heart? cavalcanti. 

Intreat (to), supplicare. See Beseech. 

It, being a nominative, egli, e\ esso, for the masculine; 
ellcij essa, for the feminine. See He for its construction. 

It, being the case of a verb that governs the accusative 
in Italian, il or lo, for the masculine, and la for the 
feminine. See Him, being the case of a verb that governs 
the accusative in Italian for its construction. 

I*r, being accusative, and accompanied with not, is 
expressed by nol or nollo, which is put before the verb. 

Poor woman ! I would lay a Povera donnina ! scommcito 
wager you do not know it nol sapete nemmen voi ! 
neither. celesia. 

How many times have I not Quarite volte nollo dissi an- 
said it ? cKio? cigna. 

It, preceded by to, of, from,, hy, at, for, and other 
prepositions, is expressed by ne, when the Italian verb 
governs a genitive or ablative, and by ei, vi, when the 
Italian verb governs a dative. See Him, being the case 
of a verb that governs the accusative, for its con- 
struction. 



IT IT 



169 



Which does not happen in the 
art of painting; because one 
can change and add to it a 
thousand times, &c. 

Thus I shall offer to yoli a 
part of it. 

And I hope I shall be freed 
from it in two months. 

The crime is discovered at 
last, and the criminal is pu- 
nished for it. 

So that think of it } my son. 

She (the quail) told him (the 
hawk), without thinking any 
more about it, to execute, &c. 

Because the more I rejoice 
and wonder at it. 



II che nellapittura non aceade; 
che mille volte si pub mutare, 
giunger-v\, ec. castiglione. 

Cosi io a vol ne offrirb qualche 
parte. bembo. 

E spero fra due mesi esser-ne 
libero. bembo. 

II delitto fnalmente si scuopre, 
e il delinquente ne e punito, 

FIRENZUOLA. 

Sicclie pensa-cijfigliuol mio. 
gozzi. 

Gli disse ella senza piu pensar- 
y\j che eseguisse s ec. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

Per che tanto piil me wo. r alle- 
gro, e me ne maraviglh. 

BEMBO. 



* It is, preceded by yes, are not expressed. f 

Is your business settled? Yes., Son regolaii i vostri affari? 
it is. St. 

Was it done ? Yes, it was. Era fatto ? Si. 

* It is, preceding a personal pronoun, is to agree 
with the said pronoun ; that is to saj, it ought to be put 
in the same person as the pronoun is; as, It is I, it is 



* Observe that this rule extends to all the tenses of the verb 
to be ; as, it was, it has been, it shall be, &c. 

f Sometimes the question is repeated in answering. Son 
regolati i vostri affari P Si, son rcgolati. Era fatto ? S\ era 
fatto. 



] 70 IT IT 

thou, it is he, &c. Sono io, sei tu, e egli, siamo not, siete 
voi, sono eglino ; and so on of all other tenses. 

Who is there ? It is I. Chi e la ? Son io. 

Who was it ? It was he. Chi era P era egli.* 

It is, preceding a personal pronoun, and the relative 
pronoun who, such as, it is I, it is thou, it is he, &c. 
are expressed by, quello sono, quello sei, quello e,+ quel 
siamo, quel siete, quei sono; and so of all other tenses. 

It is I who sung, &c. Quello son io che cantai, ec. 

It was she who said so. Quellafu colei ch'il disse. 

In phrases such as these, It is zoho, &c. maybe left out, 
and the verb following the relative is to agree with the 
personal pronoun. 

It is I who pay for it, and Io lo pago, e non altri. 
nobody else : turn, I pay, &c. 

It was you who ordered it, I Son sicuro che voi Vordinaste. 
am sure : turn, I ordered, &c. 

It is, before one o'clock, e, before two o'clock, as 
far as twelve o'clock, sono; and so on of all other 
tenses. 

It is one o'clock. E urt or a, or e Vuna. 

It is two o'clock. Sono due ore. or sono le due. 



„ * If the question is not a tense of the verb to be, the pronoun 
alone is expressed in answering, and the verb is omitted. 

Who told you so ? It was yourself : Chi veV ha detto ? voi 
stesso. 

Who knocks ? It is I : Chi picchia ? Io. 

+ Observe that the thirdperson of both numbers are expressed,, 
quello e colui, quella e colei, quei son coloro, quelle son coloro ; and 
not quello e egli, quella e ella, quelli son eglino, quelle sono elleno. 



IT JU 171 

It was one o'clock. Era Vuna. 

It was ten o'clock. Erano le died, &c. 

It is, it was, it shall be, &c. preceding a passive 
participle, are expressed by si, and the participle is put 
in the same tense ; as, it is, it zntas, it shall be, &c. 

It is said ; change it is into si : put said in the present 
tense, (because is is a present tense,) and you will find, 
si dice. And again, 

It was spoken ; change it was into si : put spoken in the 
imperfect tense, (because was is imperfect), and you will 
find si diceva, and so on of all the other tenses. 

Its, suo, suoi, sua, sue. See His for its construction. 

Judge (to), giudicare, with an infinitive, with or 
without di before it, provided the subject of the two verbs 
be the same ; otherwise che with the subjunctive. 

After which judging he had Dopo la audi cosa giudicando 
satisfied his appetite, &c. d'aver soddisfatto al suo appeti- 

to, ec. SEGNI. 

He judged it was better, &c. Egli ha giudicato esser meglio, 

ec. TOLOMEI. 

I judge these three mountains Giudicherei che questi tre 

ought to be made, &c, monti si dovessero fare, &c. 

caro. 

Judge about (to), giudicare, genitive. 

Because he who is unac- Perche non pub giudicare de' 
quainted with vices, cannot vizj chi non li conosce. 
judge about them. ., pandolfini. 



172 JU KI 

Judge of (lobe), dare giudicio, geiiitive. 

Now not to lose your reputa- Ora per non perdere di riputa- 

tiorjj put a bridle on your zione, tieni la lingua a te, e non 

tongue, and be not judge of dar giudicio deli' opere e deli' 

works and arts. art!. dati. 



K. 



Keep from (to), guardare, genitive. 
God keep you from it. Iddio ve-ut guardi. 

FANDOLFINI. 

Therefore I without doubt Onde io senza folio credo che 

think that God will keep our Iddio guardera la nostra citta 
city from great adversity. di grande avversita. villani. 

Keep good hours (to), ritirdrsf per tempo, ovdibuori* 
ora. 

You have nothing to say Voi non avete nulla da dire 
against him ' } he keeps good contra di lui, egli si ritira per 
hours. tempo. goldoni. 

Keep one company (to), tenere compagnia, dative. 

And she caused many Barons E fece invitare molti Baroni e 
and Counts to be invited, that Conti, perclih e' tenessero com- 
they might keep him company. pagnia a costui. fiorentino. 

Kick one (to), dare de 1 calci, dative ; calcitrarc, accu- 
sative. The latter is used in speaking of horses. 

She kicked her husband, and Ella diede de' calci al marito, 
then turned him out of doors. e poi lo caccib di casa. 

My horse kicks. Calcitra il mio cavallo. 

Kill one's-self (to), darsila morte, uccidersi. 

..Oh, how willingly would I. Oh, quanto volentieri mi da~ 
kill myself. rei la morte. gold on J. 



K[— -KI 173 

Kind to, cortese verso, con, accusative. 

I have lived several years with Ho vissuto molti anni con lui, 
him,, and have always found e Vho sempre trovato verso me 
him very kind to me. cortesissimo , 

Cassini, I think, might have II Cassini, potea mi pare esser 
been kinder to him. pia cortese con lui. algarotti. 

Kind as to (to be so), avere la bonta di, with the in- 
finitive. 

And remember that your un- E si ricordi* che il suo* signor 
cie was so kind as to say he zio ha avuto la bonta di dire 
trusted on me, &c. chesijidava a me, ec. goldoni. 

Kind to one (to be), croere bonta per una. 

And since you are so kind to E giacche ha ianta bonta per 
me, I beg of you, &c. me, la supplico, ec. goldoni. 

Kindle one with (to), accendere uno, genitive. 

The glory of Uggero had no La gloria d' Uggero nonfi che 
other effect, but that of kind- acccnder-lo d'un odio feroce. 
ling him with a ferocious hatred. so aye. 

Kindled with, acceso, genitive. 

A soul sends forth to another Rimanda un anima ulValtro. 

soul the rays of the same i raggi delta medesima stella di 

star with which they are both cui sono accese ambedue. 

kindled. algarottj. 

Kiss one's hand (to), baciare la mano, dative. 

Kiss the Duchess's hand for Voi alia signora Duchessa fra- 
me, date la mano per me. bembo. 



* Si ricordi stands for ricordatevi, and suo for vostro, because 
the speaker addresses in the third person. See General Rules on 
the different ways of addressing, page 17. 



174 KN KN 

Knock down (to), atterrare, accusative. 

He knocked her down with a Con un sol colpo atterroll&r. 
single stroke. 

Know (to), avere cognizione, genitive, sapere, accusa- 
tive, in speaking of things ; conoscere, accusative, in 
speaking of persons, and of things belonging to persons : 
such as, one's heart, one's intention, one's thoughts, &c* 

And this is to know the art of E questo e aver cognizione dell' 
painting properly. arte propria del dipingere. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

I who have known you these Io che vi conosco da venfanni 

twenty years. in qua. bembo. 

I know her heart. Conosco il di lei cuore. gozzt . 

You who well knew my in- Voi che ben conoscevate la mia 

tentiom. intenzione. soave. 

Know how (to), sapere y with the infinitive without a 
preposition. 

And this is to know how to E questo e il saper designare. 
draw. CASTIGLIONE. 

She knows not how to write Ella non sa neppure scrivere il 
her own name. suo nome. 

Know that (to), sapere, conoscere di, with the in- 
finitive. 

For she well knew that she Chi ben sapeva d'aver meritato 

had deserved the punishment. il castigo. soave. 

I know that I do not merit Conosco di non meritare tante 

so many favours. grazie. goldoni. 



* To know one's heart, one's intention, may however be ex- 
pressed by sapere qual sia il suo cuore, la sua intenzione, &c. 

I know not your intention : Io non so qual sia la vostra inten- 
zione. GOLDONI. 



KN LA 



175 



Know one (to), by name, sight, reputation, &c. 
wnoscere unodi nome, di vista, di reputatione, &c. 

Know one to be (to), conoscereuno per. 

The Jesuit is called Father II ?wme del gesuita e il Padre 

Grammatica, whom Mr. Man- Grammatica, il quale il Signor 

fredi knows to be the cle- Manfredi conosce per lo piil 

verest of Jesuits. abile fra i gesuiti. 

ALGAROTTI, 



Laden with, carico or earco, genitive. See Loaded. 

Lament (to), dolersi, genitive, 

All his fellow citizens lament Dolgonsi della sua morte tutt'i 
his death. suoi cittadini. macchiavelli. 

Languish for (to), languire, genitive. 

He languishes for love who Chi non sa metter freno alle 
cannot govern his passions. sue passioni languisce d'amore. 

Laugh at (to), farsi beffe, ridersi, genitive ; burlarsi, 
heffare, accusative. 



And as he thought that Bion- 
dello, whom he was acquainted 
with, would laugh at him, &c. 

I cannot refrain, Judges, 
from laughing at the impru- 
dence of that accuser. 

The infant Hercules plays in 
the cradle, as if he laughed at 
the great trial. 

Consider in how many places 
do they laugh at them. 



E credendo che Biondello, il 
quale, egli conosceva, sifacesse 
beffe di lui, ec. boccaccdo. 

Non posso contenermi, giu- 
dici, che io non mi rida dell'im- 
prudenza di questo accusatore. 

TOLOMEI. 

Scherza nella culla il bambino 
Ercole, quasi che si burlasse del 
gran ciment®. dati. 

Considerate in quanti luogki 
gli beffano. varchi. 



176 LA LE 

Lavish upon (to), prodigare or prodigalizzare^ 
dative. 

Nature lavishes upon those A quei popoli la natura pro- 
people, &c. , diga, ec. segni. 

Lay eggs (to), fare Puovo. 

Her goose laid a golden egg L'oca suafaceva un novo d'oro 
every day. ogni gwrno. 

Lay hold of (to), dare di piglio^ dative; afferrare, 
accusative. 

When he saw his enemy ap- Quando vidde accostccr il re- 
proach him, he laid hold of a mico, die di piglio a una spada 
sword that was on the table^ die sulla tavola stava, ec. 
&c. 

Lay out (to), scartare, accusative, in playing at 
cards. 

How many cards did you lay Quante carte avete scartate? 

OUt ? GOLD ONI. 

Lay aside (to), spoglktrsi, ablative. 

And therefore you ought at E perb tu debbl premier amente 
first to lay aside all passions, spogliarti da tutte le passioni., 
&c. ec. GELLI. 

Lead parties (to), cssere capo difazioni. 

He who had led the parties in Quegli die capo difazioni era 
the state, &c. nello stato, ec. 

Lean on, or upon (to), appoggiarsi, dative. 

Therefore if the guide "is Onde qualunque ora lo guida- 

blind, it is necessary that he, tore e cieto, conviene ch' esso, e 

and the blind man who leans quello anche cieco die a lui 

upon him, should come, &c, s'appoggia, vengano 3 ec. 

DANTE. 



LE— LE I77 

Let her figure be that of a La sua forma sia oVuna donna 

tall, active, and valiant woman, altaspedita e valorosa, con una 

leaning on a stick with one of mano s'appoggi a un' asta, ec. 
her hands, &c. caro. 

Leap over (to), saltare, accusative. 
She leaped over the wall. Ella salto il muro. 

Learn of (to), apprendere, imparare, ablative. 

That the youth of Florence Acciocche da quello la gio- 
might learn Greek of him. ventu Fiorentina la lingua Greca 

potesse apprendere. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Some of our gentlemen who Alquanti nostri gentiluomini 
bad begun to learn Greek of die avevano cominciato ad im- 
him. parare il Greco da lui. bembo. 

Leave it to one (to), lasciarefare, dative. 

If you have no courage leave Se non avete coraggio lasciate 
it to me. fare a me* goldoni. 

Leave off (to), cessare, finire, lasciate di, with the 
infinitive. 

She left off learning Latin. Ella cessb, or firh aV appren- 

dere la lingua Latina. 
And therefore I shall leave off E percib lascerb di narrare, ec. 
relating, &c. boccaccio. 

Leave a prey to (to), abbandonare in preda, 
genitive. 

But he was obliged to recall Ma gli conveniva richiamare 
the infantry, which were placed lefanterie, che erano disposte in 
in different stations, not to differenti luoghi, per non ab- 
leave them a prey to the enemy. bandonarle inpreda del nemico. 

davila. 
N 



178 LE LE 

Less than, me?2o, genitive. See Than. 

Lest, per tcma, per paura y per timore che non^ with 
the subjunctive. 

He did not dare to discover Ei non ardiva alia fanciulla 
his love to the girl, lest she scoprirsi per tenia ch' ella non 
should be angry. si sdegnasse. bandello. 

Let, being the sign of the imperative, is not expressed 
in Italian. 

Let him speak to you. Vi parli. 

Let us go there. Andiamoci. 

Let down (to), colore^ accusative. 

And as the good pilot who E come il buon marirtajo 

comes to the port, we shall quando s'appressa al porto, ca- 

let down the sails of our worldly leremo le vele delle nostre moti- 

actions. dane operazioni. gelli. 

Let one (to), lasciare, dative, with an infinitive 
without a preposition, or che, with the subjunctive. 

Let me see those eggs. Lasciami veder quelle nova. 

GOLDOiVI* 

Let me go. Lascia ch' io parta. 

metastasis 

Let one hear of (to), dare novelle a uno, genitive. 
Love me, and let me hear of Amatemi e date-mi* novelle 
you and your health. di voi e della vostra salute. 

algarotti, 

Let one know (to), fare a sapere, fare sapere, fare 
intendere, dative. 

1 let you know that if, &c. Io f vifo a sapere che se, ec. 

BEMBO, 



* Mi here stands for a me. f Vi stands for a voi. 



LI_-Lr 



179 



Mr. Roderigo sent one of 'his 
people to Don Diego, to let 
him know all that was done. 

You will then be pleased to 
let the Marchioness know, &c. 



II Signor Roderigo mando un 
suo a Don Diego facendo-*g\i 
sapefe quanto fat to s'era. 

BANDELLO. 

Sarete adunque contento fare 
alia Signora March esa inten* 
dere, ec. bembo. 



Like, simile, pari, dative; 



a semoianza^ 



genitive. 

By imitating the wonderful 
order of those cities, you 
made yours like them. 

Oh ! noble master of all our 
multitude ! where shall we 
find another like you ? 

Dante was rather haughty, 
and almost like a philosopher, 
&c 

The female was painted like 
a beautiful mare. 



Delle quali citta i maraviglio&i 
ordini imitando, simile a quelle 
la citta vostta avete renduta. 

CAVALCANTI. 

nobil maestro di tutto it 
nostro stuolo, ove pari a te il 
troveremo P sannazzaro. 

Fa Dante alquanto disdegvioso, 
e quasi a guisa di filosofo, ec. 

„ VILLANI. 

La femina era fatta a sera- 
bianza d'una bellissima cavalla. 



Like (to be), rassembrare. 

And as he had grown thinner, 
he was more like a wild man 
than any thing else. 

He acquainted him with the 
manners of the Venetians, 
which were not like those of 
other countries. 



somigliare, dative. 

E divenendo piil magro, piu 
a uomo selvaggio die ad altro 
rassembrava. eandello. 

Informollo dei costumi Vene- 
ziani che non somigliavano a 
quelli degli altri paesi, 

LODOLT. 



Gli stands for a lid. 

N 2 , 



180 LI LI 

Like a thing (to), piacere. This verb, being imper- 
sonal, is construed by putting the English nominative in 
the dative in Italian, and vice versa. 

Those young men like every A quelli giovani place ogni 
thing; turn, every thing pleases cosa.* Boccaccio. 

to those young men. 

We like study; turn, study CI place lo studio * 
pleases to us. 

If the English accusative be plural, the verb is to be 
plural. 

I like apples ; turn, apples Ml placclono le mele.* 
please me. 

Like to (to), amare di, with the infinitive, if the 
subject of the two verbs he the same : otherwise che with 
the subjunctive. 

There are many people who Molti sono che amano plu 
like to be considered as masters, d'essere tenutl maestri, che, ec. 
in preference to, &c. dante. 

Because they like to be ad- Amando egllno d'esser soli gli 
mired alone. ammirati. salyjki. 

Like to (to), piacere di, with the infinitive, if the 
subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che with 
the subjunctive. 

Piacere, being impersonal, the English nominative is 
put in the dative in Italian, and vice versa ; and the verb 
is to be a third person singular. 



* By the above examples it is plainly seen that the dative takes 
the first place in Italian. It would not be proper to say, lo studio 
mi place, le mele mi placclono. 



LI LI 



181 



You may take with you Bar- 
badori, and whomsoever you 
like to take-, — turn, and who- 
ever it will please you tatake. 

And I should like that the 
time of this night were just 
upon the dawn ; — turn, and to 
me it should please, &c. 



E poira menare il Barbadori, 
e chi altri le piacera di menare. 

BEMBO. 

E mi placet ebbe die il tempo 
di questa notte fosse in su Valba. 

CARO. 



Lined w it k, foderato, genitive. 



Which city he entered wear- 
ing a cassock of a golden tis- 
sue, and a mantle of velvet 
also lined with a golden tissue. 



Nella quale citta entrb con 
"un sajo indosso di teletta d'oro, 
ed una cappa di velluto foderata 
pure di teletta di oro. varchi. 



Listen to (to), ascoltare, accusative; porgere orecchie, 
prestare orecchj, dative. 

Ascoltino costoro Amesia Ro- 
mana. firenzuola. 

La qual cosa non faranno 
quegli uomini che me ascolte- 
ranno. bembo. 

Prestando voi alie mie parole 
£ pazienti orecchj vostri, ec 

CAVALCANTI* 



Let them listen to Amesia a 
Roman. 

Which they, who will listen 
to me, will never do. 

You, listening patiently to 
my words, &c. 



Little, meaning a quantity, un poco, unpo' ; putting 



the following substantive in the genitive. 



Give me a little bread. 



Datemi un poco, or un po' di 
pane. 



Little, as an adjective, piccolo, or it makes the 
substantive a diminutive, by adding to it, ino> etto, ello. 



A little bird. 



A little, book, &c. 



Un picciol uccello^ or un uc- 
celleito, un uccellino* 

Un libretto, eo. 



N 3 



182 



LI 



LO 



Live on (to), vitiere] genitive. 



Because my works have pro-? 
duced something on which I 
can live. 

And thus they remained there 
for several days, living on wild 
beasts, and very often on roots 
and grass. 



Perocche le mie faiiche nil 
hanno partorito a poter vivere 
de' loro frutti. bembo. 

E cos\ sene stettero molti di, 
vivendo di bestie selvagge e 
assai sovente di radjci e d'erbe. 

BANDELLO. 



Live at one's (to), dimorare, ablative; dimorare in 
casa, genitive, Jure dimora in. 



Where do you live, Sir ? I 
live at Mrs. Charlotte Hall's. 



That in many months he 
lived there, &c. 

Load with (to), caricare 9 

A man, who confronts death, 
pretends to be fearless ; for 
were he not to do so, the citi- 
zens would load him with re- 
proaches. 



Dove dimorate, Signore ? Jo 
dimoro dalla Signora Carlotta 
Hall, or in casa della Signora 
Carlotta Hall. 

Che in molti mesi ch* egli vi * 
fe* dimora, ec. boccalini. 

genitive. 

L'uomo, postosi a fronte della 
morte, mostrasi franco ; perche 
nol facendo i cittadini il cari- 
cherebbero di biasimo. 

CKIABRERA* 



Loaded with, carico. carco. 



And the Fauns likewise, loaded 
with rural gifts, bring you what 
they can. 

Having then replaced the 

stones as they were before, 

(hey returned home loaded 
with a booty. 



E i Fauni similmente, cqrichi 
di silvestri doni, quel die cias- 
cuno puo ti portano. 

SANNAZZABO. 

Racconcie poi le pietre come 
di prima stavano, carchi di 
preda a casd se ne ritornarono. 

BANDELLO. 



■Vi stands for in quella (citta). 



LO LO 



183 



Long as (as), mmlrecche. See As long as. 

Long to (to), avere voglia di, with the infinitive, if it 
be a mere wish ; but if an ardent wish, non vedere Vora di, 
with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive; also 
parere miff anni a imo, cenf anni, un secolo. Parere 
being- impersonal, is to be construed by changing the 
English nominative into the dative, the verbis put in the 
third person singular, and the particle to is changed into 
di 9 with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 



If they (fathers) are poor, 
their children long for them to 
die. 

She always had before her 
eyes the dazzling splendour of 
those jewels, and longed to 
adorn herself with them; — turn, 
arid a thousand years appeared 
to her of adorning herself, &c. 

Mr. Gianetto said, I long to 
see her ; turn, it appears to me 
a hundred thousand years to, 
&c. 

Longer (no), nonpitt. 

He went quickly out of that 
tomb, ran to his palace : his 
steps were no longer uncertain, 
the way was no longer doubt- 
ful, night was no longer dark, 
&c. 



Se son poveri, i figliuoli non 
vedono Vora che crepino. 

GOLDONI. 

V abbagliante splendore di 
quelle gioje ella avea sempre 
negli occhj, e mille anni pareale 
d'adornar-seae, soave. 



Messer Giannetto disse : ei mi 
par cento mil' anni ch' io la 
riveggia, fiorentino. 



Esce veloce da quella tomba, 
corre al palagio, non e piil in- 
certo il suo passo, non e piil 
dubbia la via, non e piil oscura 
la notte, ec. albergatt. 



Look at (to), vedere, guardare, accusative, volgere 
gli occhj verso ) genitive. 
X»ook at him. VedeteAo, goldoni. 



N 4 



184 LO LO 

O, ye men, look at Milesia O uomini, volgete gli occhi 
Aspasia, &c. verso della Milesia Aspasia^ ec. 

FIEENZUOLA. 

Look (to), par ere. 
She looks very handsome. Pare bellissima. soavb. 

Look well, bad, or ill (to), avere buona, mala ciera. 
You look very ill, my dear. Caro mio, tu hai mala ciera. 

GOLDONI. 

She looks very well. Ella ha buona ciera. 

Look for (to), cercare, accusative. 

I do not know what he was Non so che cercasse. 
looking for. 

Look mercifully upon (to), riguardare con pietoso 
occhio, accusative. 

Who will deny that our Chi neghera che il nostro ce~ 

heavenly king did mercifully leste unico Re con pietoso occhio 

look upon this republic, when, questa sua Repubblica non ri- 

&c. guardasse, quando, ec. 

CAVALCANTl. 

Look over (to), csaminare, accusative. 

I have particularly looked over Ho particolarmente esaminato 
the theatrical dialogue. il dialogo del teatro. 

METASTASro. 

Look upon (to), guardare, dative. 

It you look upon their mise~ Se alle loro miserie guardate, 
ries, &c. ec. boccaccio. 

Lord over (to), signoreggiare, dominare, accusative. 

We, Carthaginians, shall be Noi Cartaginesi staremo a 
looking on you, who lord over veder voi signoreggiare gli altrui 
the empires of other nations. imperj. passavanti. 



* LO MA 185 

If you will lord over every one, Se voi voletedominare ognuno, 
does it follow that every one is seguita che ognuno debba essere 
to be your slave } schiavo ? algarotti. 

Lose sight of (to), perdere di vista, accusative. 

Never losing sight of her in Non perdendo qUesta di vista 
assemblies, &c. in assemblee, ec. manni, 

Love with (in), innam?norato 3 amante, genitive. 

Indeed that lady seemed to be In verita quella Signora sem- 
in love with you. brava innammorata di Vbssi- 

gnoria. goldoni. 

Love (to), amare, accusative; zolerebene, dative. 

Let us love God above all Amiamo Dio sopra ogni cosa. 
things. 

If you loved Miss Emily you Se voi voleste bene alia Signo- 

would not behave so. ra Emilia non lofareste. 

GOLDONI. 



M. 



Made illustrious by, illustrate, ablative. 

But it (Italy) was made illus- Ma era illustrata dalla ma* 
trious by the magnificence of gnificenza di molti principi. 
great many princes. guicciasdini. 

Made with, composto, genitive. 

I said before, and now I say Prima dissi, e dico che non 

that I do not think the lunar credo che il corpo lunafe sia 

body is made with earth and composto di terra e d'acqua. 

water, galtlei. 

Make one do, or act (to), fare fare, fare agire, with 
an accusative when the verb is a neuter, and with a da- 
tive when otherwise. 



186 



MA MA 



The discords of intriguing Le discordie del briganti feee- 
people made the captain retire. ro * ritirare il capitano. 

DENTNA. 



Saying that I made those 
people speak too loudly. 



Dicendo ctiio faceva troppo 
altamente * parlare quelle per- 
sone. ' EEMBO. 

E il sacro Agostino, il quale 
fa f dar risoluzione alia sua 
santissima madre di cose impor- 
tant di teologia. FIRENZUOLA. 

La quaniita del pesce che vide 
esposto, glifecef giudicare del 

LODOLI. 



And the holy Augustin who 
makes his sainted mother re- 
solve important things in theo- 

lo gy- ; 

The great quantity of fish, 
which he saw exposed to 
sale, made him judge of its §uo infimo prezzo, 
low price. 

Make much of (to), fare.civilld, dative. 

Peter went to see her, and was Pielro andb a trovarla, e fa 
astonished to see her make so sorpreso di veder die ella face- 
much of her sister . va tante civilta alia di lei so- 

rella, 

Make a pen (to), iempcrarc una penna. 

Have the goodness to make Jbbiate la bonta di tempcrar 
this pen. questa penna. 

Make sport of (to), burlare^ dcridcre^ accusative. 
See Laugh at. 

Make free with (to), non prendersi soggezione, 
genitive ; non fare cerimonie con. 

You see I make free with you. Lo vedete non prendomi sog- 

gezione di voi. goldoni. 



* Ritirare and parlare are neuter verbs, and consequently the 
captain, and those people, are to be put in the accusative. 

-jr. Dare and giudicare are active verbs, and consequently his 
sainted mother, and him, are to be put in the dative. 



MA- 



■MA 



187 



Make way for (to), Jiberare il passo, fare strada, 
dative. 



At such a voice every one 
looked back in suspense, and 
made way for him. 



A tal voce agnun si volge 
sospeso, e 



* gli libera il passo. 

SOAVE. 



Make one laugh (to), dare di che ridei~e, dative. 



That made several times his 
companions laugh. 



Quesla cosa diede piii volte di 
che ridere a' compagni suoi. 

GOZZI. 



Make one bold (to), dare ardire, dative. 

The other Greek and Latin 
writers, and the Roman cus- 
tom, which celebrated the fu- 
nerals of renowned women, 
make me so bold, &c. 



Gli altri scrittori Greci e 
Latini e il costume Romano, il 
quale le esequie delle piii farnose 
donne celebrava,-\ mi danno ^ 
fatto ardire 3 ec. firenzuola. 



Make one's self understood (to), farsi intendcre, 
farsi capire. 



Bastivi sapere, che coloro in 
tutte le lingue meritano maggior 
lode, i rjualipiu agevolmente si 
fanno intendere. varchi. 



It is sufficient for you to 
know that they deserve the 
highest praise, who have the 
greatest facility in making 
themselves understood in all 
languages. 

Make a presentof a thing (to), donare una cosa, 
dative. 



He painted a Castor and 
Pollux issuing from an egg. 
of which work he made Anto- 
nio Mini a present. 



Dipinse un Castore e Polluce 
che escono dell' novo, la quale 
opera ei dono ad Antonio Mini. 

BORGHJNJ. 



* Gli stands for a lui, 



f Mi stands for a 



188 



MA- 



MA 



Make use of (to), usare, accusative ; servirsi, geni- 
tive. 



When the citizens have not 
made use of truth in councils, 
&c. 

Nevertheless he, who makes 
use of those words, is blamed 
by professors. 

It is true, but rhetoricians 
cannot make use of examples, 
and yet they often do it. 



Quando i cittadini non hanno 
usato la verita ne' consigli, ec. 

MONTEMAGNO. 

Nondimeno chi usq quelle pa- 
role e biasimato da professori. 

VARCHI. 

E vero, ma non possono i 
retori servirsi, e sovente si ser- 
vono degli esempli. varchi. 



Marriageable (to be), da marilo. 

Roderigo chose a beautiful 
girl, daughter of Amerigo Do- 
Dati, who had three other 
girls almost marriageable. 



Roderigo sce.lse una bellissima 
fanciulla, figliuola d 'Amerigo 
Donati, il quale ne aveva tre 
altre quasi da marito. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 



Marry (to), prendere moglie, prender donna, togliere 
moglie, accasarsi, without any case after it ; prendere per 
moglie, sposare, with the accusative. 



He swore he would never 
marry. 

From whence he departed to 
come and marry in Italy. 

All, or the greatest part of 
them (of souls who went to 
hell) were sorry to be so 
miserable for no other reason 
than for having married. 

Are you married? 

And he was very sorry he 
should be obliged to marry 
Ginevra. 



Giurb che non prenderebbe 
mai moglie. soave. 

Donde s'era poi partito per 
venire in Italia a prender don- 
na. MACCHIAVELLI. 

Tutte, o la maggior parte si 
dolevano, non per altro, che per 
aver tolta moglie, essersi a tanta 
infelicitd condotte. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Siete accasato ? goldoni. 

E spiacevagli altremodo ch* 
egli dovesse prender per moglie 
Ginevra. eandello. 



MA ME 189 

Marry a second time (to), passare die seconde 
nozze con. 

A rich gentleman being a Un ricco cavaliero rimasto 
widower, and having a son, essendo senza consorte e con un 
married a second time a lady. figlio, passb alle seconde nozze 

con una dama. altanesi. 

Marvel at (to), maravigliarsi, genitive. See Won- 
der at. 

Master of (to be), saper perfettairiente, accusative. 

He was master of the Ian- Sapeva perfettamente la lingua 
guage he taught. ch' insegnava. 

Matter with (to be), avere. This verb, being im- 
personal in English, is construed by changing the noun 
preceded by with into a nominative, and making the 
verb agree with it. 

No one was there, who dared Non vifu chi ardisse di doman- 
to ask of him, what was the darlo che cosa cvesse. 
matter with him ? — turn, what bandello. 

had he ? . . 

What is the matter with you? Che avete ? 
— turn, what have you ? 

May, when it is not the sign of the subjunctive, signi- 
fies potere, which governs the infinitive without a prepo- 
sition. See Be able. 

Me, preceded by a preposition, me. 

Do it for me. Fatelo per me. 

He cannot go with me. Non pub venir con me. 

Me, or to me, being a conjunctive pronoun, mi. See 
Him, being the case of a verb that governs the accu- 
sative in Italian, for its construction . 



190 



ME ME 



Me of it, mene. See Him, being the case of a verb 
that governs the accusative in Italian, for its construction. 

Me of them, mene alcuni. See Him, being the case of a 
verb that governs the accusative in Italian, for its con- 
struction. 

Me it, them, melo, mela, meli, mele. See Him, being 
the case of a verb that governs the accusative in Italian, 
for its construction. 

Mean (to), voleredire, accusative; intendere, genitive. 



How ! what do you mean ? 

If you mean those pleasures, 
with which- eating and drink- 
ing are attended, &c. 



Come ! che vuol ella dire ? 

GOMJQNI. 

Se tu intendi di quei piaceii. 
che arrecan seco il mangiare e 
il bere } ec. 



GELLI. 



Means to, mezzo di, via da, with the infinitive. 



He will always think more of 
subjecting Florence than of 
saving Rome, and of the 
means to beware against trea- 
chery. 



Egli sempre pensera piu come 
possa soitomettere Firenze, che 
come debbe liber are Roma, e la 
via dd guardarsi dalle insidie* 

VAllCHT. 



Meddle with (to), impacciarsi, genitive ; imbaraz 
:arsi in. 



Da not meddle with other's 
business. 

A rich widow may dispose of 
her own wealth without being 
subjected to the criticism of 
those who must not meddle 
with her business. 



Non vimpacciate degli affari 
altrui. 

Una ricca vedova pub disporre 
del suo senza essere soggetta alle 
censure di chi non dece imba-- 
razzarsi ne' fatti suoi. 

GOLDONI, 



ME ME 191 

Meditate on (to), meditare di, with the infinitive. 

Adding, that the Marquis of Soggiungendo che il Marchese 
Saluzzo, who meditated on di Saluzzo, il quale meditava 
passing, &c. di passare, ec. denina. 

Meet with (to), abbattersi in or a; incontrarsi in; 
incontrare, accusative. 

He was not two miles from Non era due miglia dalla sua 
his village, when he met with terra che s'abbatte in tre ladri. 
three thieves. anonimo. 

I went out of Venice, and To sono uscito di Fenezia, e 
met one of this kind. mi sono abbattuto a uno di 

questi tali. gozzi. 

By chance he met a Captain Per caso incontrossi in un 
Anderson. certo Capitano Anderson. 

LODOLf. 

She also met her mother. Incontrb ella anche la madre. 

MANNI. 

Mention (to), fare menzione, genitive. 

He first instituted the order Primieramente istitiii Vordine 
of St. Maurice without men- di San Maurizio senzafar men- 
-. tioning its first founder. zione del suo fondatore. 

DENINA. 

Merciful to^ miseracordioso verso, accusative. 

He was merciful to his ene- Fu miser icordioso verso i suoi 
mies. nemici. 

Merit to (to), meritare di, with the infinitive. See 
Desehve. 

Methinks that, mi pare che, with the subjunctive. 

See Seem. 



192 



MI- 



MI 



Mind (to), darsi pensiero, genitive ; meltere a mente, 
accusative ; badare, abbadare, dative. 



Nevertheless without mind- 
ing the calash j &c. 

Hear me, Ginevra, and mind 
what I am going to tell you. 

Indeed, according to modern 
custom, husbands but very 
little miud their wives. 

If I did not mind every thing, 
poor me ! 



Nientedimeno senza darmi pen- 
siero del calesso, ec. 

CHIARAMONTI 

Intendimi, Ginevra, e metti a 
mente quanto ti dice 

BANDELLO. 

Veramente, secondo Vuso mo- 
demo, i mariti badano poco alle 
mogli. GOLDONJ. 

Se nonfossi io che abbadassi a 
tutto, povero me ! goldoni. 



Mind one's own business (to), impacciarsi de J fatti 
suoi. 

Why will you not mind your Per che nan n" hnpacciate de' 
business ? fatti vostri ? 

Mine, mio* miei, mia, mie. These pronouns are de- 
clined with the definite article, except when preceded by 
a tense of the verb to be. See His. 

Miss, Signorina, Madamigella. The former is declined 
with the definite article /«, and is properly joined with 
Christian names ; the latter is declined with the indefinite 
article, and is accompanied with the surnames. 



Miss Elizabeth is gone out. 

Do you know who died ? 
The Abbot Battaglini, the 
same who introduced me to 
Miss Edwin. 



La Signorina Eluabetta e 
uscita. 

Sapete voi chi e morto? 
L' Abate Battaglini, quegli che 
m'inirodusse nella buona grazia 
di Madamigella Edwin. 

G. ZANOTTI. 



MI MO 193 

Mister, Signore, Messer e.* The former is declined 
with the definite article il, and the latter with the inde- 
finite. 

Mr. John. II Signor-f Giovanni, Messer 

Giovanni. 

Mistress, Signora, Madonna.* The former is declined 
with the definite article /«, and the latter with the inde- 
finite. 

Mrs. Cleaver. La Signora, or Madonna 

Cleavert 

Mix with (to), mescolare, dative. 

One evening the wretched Una sera la trista giovine 

girl, after she had got some avuto un veleno segretamente ai 

poison, mixed it secretly with cibi lo mescolo. soave. 
her food. 

Mixed with, tessuto, misto, genitive. 

In that time theology was A tal tempo la teologia era 

mixed with fables, and morality tessuta di favole, e la morale 

with allegories. di allegoric algarotti. 

Although the grief he felt Benche I'ajfanno ch'ei sentiva 

was mixed with joy and sweet fosse misto digioja e di dolcez- 

emotion. za. albergati. 

Mock (to), farsi giuoco 9 far si beffe, genitive. 

To mock unfortunate people II farsi giuoco degl' infelici e 
is a cruel pleasure. un barbaro diletto. metastasio. 



* Observe that Messer e and Madonna are seldom used at 
present. 

f Signore and Messere lose their last letter before a noun 
beginning with a consonant and with a vowel \ but before a noun 
beginning with s followed by a consonant they are not altered. 

O 



194 MO MO 

So that all those who were Talche, chiunque vi era pre- 
there mocked the Jew. sente si faceva beffe di questo 

Giudeo. fiorentino. 

More than. See Than. 

Most. ..in (the), it* piic, genitive. 

The father thinks he has Pare al padre d'aver lavorata 
wrought the finest work in the lapiu bellafattura del mondo. 
world. gozzi. 

Most who (the). See Who, That, Which, pre- 
ceded by the most. 

Most times, il piu delle volte. 

For, most times it would be Che, il piil delle volte sarebbe 
better to lose than to win. meglio perdere che guadagnare. 

PANDOLFINI. 

Most, in the sense of the greatest part, la maggior 
parte, and the following substantive is to be put in the 
genitive. 

Most men. La maggior parte degli uomini. 

Most women. La maggior parte delle donne. 

Moved with, commosso, mosso, genitive or ablative. 

I think, my auditors, I see Ei mi par di vedervi, uditori, 

you somewhat moved with my alquanto dell© mie parole com- 

words. mossi. 

Count Giovanni of Miran- II conte Giovanni delta Mi- 

dola, moved with the magni- randola, mosso dalla magnifi- 

ficence of Lorenzo, went to cenza di Lorenzo, pose la sua 

live at Florence. abitazione in Firenze. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 



* Observe that the article is always to agree with the substan- 
tive which follows piitf as, il piti, la piil, ipiii, lepiil. 



MU MY 



195 



Much moue, molto piu^ assaipiit,* viappiii, vieppiii, 



I know how insignificant are 
the gifts I have received from 
nature, and much more so the 
fruits of my industry. 

I found it was written in 



Conosco quanta sien deboli in 
me le doti delld natiira, ma 
molto piii quelle delV industria. 

TOLOMEI. 

Io Vho trovata scritta in gran 



great haste, very short, and fretta essa pure, e brevissima e 

assai piu in verita che non mi 
facea d'uopo. algarotti. 

E vieppiu s'accresce il mio 
err ore consider undo, ec. 

TOLOMEI. 



much more so indeed than I 
wished. 

And my error increases much 
more when I consider, &c. 



Must, bisogna. This verb, being impersonal, has only 
the third person singular throughout all its tenses, and 
governs an infinitive without a preposition, or che with 
the subjunctive; but then the English nominative of must 
becomes in Italian the nominative of the second verb. 



But I must saij that some 
words, Sfc. 

I wish you had considered, 
that he who accuses, must 
come armed with clear proofs, 
&t.;turn,it must that he comes, 
&c. 



Pero bisogna dire che alcune 
parole, ec. buommattei. 

Vorrei che tu avessi conside- 
rate che colui lo quale si fa 
accusatore bisogna che venga 
armato di manifeste pruove, ec. 

TOLOMEI. 



My, mio y miei, mia, mie. These pronouns are declined 
with the definite article. See its construction under the 
head of His. 



* Viappiu and vieppiii may also be spelled via piu, vie piii. 
O 2 



196 NA. NE 



N. 



Name (in), accompanied with a possessive pronoun. 
such as in my name, in thy name, in his name, &c. per 
mio nome, a nome mio, in nome mio. 

Salute all at home in my Salutate in mio nome tutti di 
name. casa. metastasio. 

Tell her in my name. Ditele a nome mio. zeno. 

Near, vicino,* propinquo, presso, accanto, allato. 
dative. 

I met him near the city gate. Vho incontrato vicino alia 

porta della citta. goldonh. 

The Florentines are near the I Fluentini sono propinqui ad 
flowing Arno. Arno fluente. macchiavelli. 

For, if we are near death, Che se not siam presso alia 
we are also near the end of morte, noi siamo presso alia 
our pilgrimage. fine della per egrinazion nostra. 

GELLI. 

For accanto and allato , See By. 

Necessary (to be), essere necessario, essere mestieri f 
fare mestieri, essere di'uopo di, with the infinitive, or che 
with the subjunctive. These verbs, being impersonally 
construed, are used in the third person singular through- 
out all their tenses. 

It is necessary we should have Una sola cosa ci e mestieri 



* Boccaccio makes use of the genitive. 
Near the terrace, vicino della loggia. 



NE NE 



197 



one single thing ; turn, one 
single thing to us is necessary 
to have. 

Therefore as it is necessary to 
overcome by art those difficul- 
ties, &c. 

But it also was necessary io 
persuade Doiia, 

And what } is it necessary/or 
me to mention Athens, to praise 
Sparta to you } 

I do not think it is necessary 
for me to write to you, how 
much I have lamented for the 
death of your father. 

Need (to), avere bisogno, 

The doubt is a very fine one, 
and so apparent, that it needs 
a very speedy resolution. 



d' avere. 



PASSAVANTI. 



Nevertheless I know 
every thing needs favor. 



that 



Per la qual cosa facendo 
mestieri di superar con Varte 
quelle difficolta, ec. davila, 

Fu perb anche d* uopo di per- 
suadere il Doria. denina. 

E che ? e necessario ch' io vi 
nomini Atene, vi lodi Sparta ? 

CAVALCANTI. 

Quanto mi sia doluta la morie 
di vostro padre, non credo 
faccia mestieri ch' io* il vi 
scriva. bembo. 

genitive. 

II dubbio e bellissimo, e tanio 
apparente ch' egli ha bisogno 
di prestissimo scioglimento. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Nondimeno conosco che ogni 
cosa ha bisogno di favore. 

BEMBO. 



Neglect to (to) 5 trascurare, lasciare, essere negligenle 



di, with the infinitive. 

Then I should know the 
number of reprehensible faults, 
which he neglects to remark in 
Demofoonte. 



Allora conoscerei quel moltissi- 
mo di reprensibile cJiegli iras- 
cura di notare net Demofoonte. 

METASTASIO. 



* This il, which in English means it, is only a repetition of 
quanto: because the sentence begins with quanto; but if quanto 
should be put after the verb, il would have been omitted : as 
non credo faccia mestiere che io vi scriva quanto mi sia doluta, ec. 

O 3 



198 



NE NE 



Which I will not neglect to 
do. 

And he who neglects to ac- 
quire a reputation,, or to keep 
the one already gained, &c. 



11 die noil lascerb di fare. 

BOCCACCIO. 

JE chi d'acquistar fama, o 
guardar Vacquistata e negli- 
gente, ec. boccagcio. 



Neighbour, in speaking of one who lives in one's 
neighbourhood, vicino : but in speaking of our fellow- 
creatures, prossimo. 

Vicino makes vicini in the plural, for the masculine, 
and vicina, vicine for the feminine ; but prossimo has no 
feminine nor a plural. 



My neighbour came this 
morning to see me. 

My dear children, let us love 
our neighbours as we do our- 
selves. 



Questa mattina e venuto a 
farmi visita il mio vicino, or 
la mia vicina. 

Amiamo, cari figliuoli miei, 
il nostro prossimo come noi 
stessi. 



Neither... nor, non...ne: Non is put before the 
verb, and ne in the place of nor. 

We must neither call judges, Non bisogna chiamare ne giu- 
nor notaries, nor witnesses. diet, ne notai ne testimonj. 

PANDOLFINI. 



Never, either mai which is put before the verb, or 
non mai, putting non before the verb and mai after it. 



Misers are never happy, never 
enjoy any part of their fortune. 

Therefore the wine can never 
return to its first state. 



Gli avari mai son lieti, mai 
godono parte alcuna delle loro 
fortune. pandolfini, 

Onde non pub il vino ritornar 
mai alV esser primiero. 

varchi. 



Ni NO 199 

Night (by), di nolle tempo. 

They assailed the enemy by Assalirono il nemico di notte 
night. tempo. davila. 

No, in answering, no. 
Will you come ? No. Volete venire ? no. 

No, preceding a substantive accusative, non alcuno, 
putting wow before the verb and alcuno in the place of wo. 

Although the reasons are so Benche le ragioni sono tanto 
clear, that they admit of no chiare, che non ammettono 
doubt, &c. alcuna dubitazione, ec. 

GUICCIARDINI. 

No longer, non piicy putting non before the verb 
and piii after it. 

Were we to pour a barrel of Se noi versassimo sopra un 

water on a jug of wine, it boccale di vino un barile d'ac- 

would no longer be wine, but qua, ei non sarebbe piu vino, 

water. ma acqua. varchi. 

Nobody, non veruno^ putting non before the verb 
and veruno after it. 

Who will forgive nobody, as I quali, come gia vi ho detio 3 
I have already told you. non la perdoneranno a veruno. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

None, being at the end of a sentence, non ne, putting 
non ne before the verb. 

Give me some bread 5 I have Datemi del pane ; non ne ho. 
none. 

None, when followed by a genitive, non alcuno > y non 
nessunoy putting non before the verb and alcuno after it^ 
or only nessuno which is to precede the verb. 

O 4 



200 NO— NO 

To invent fables is so erro- Questojingere lefavole e cosi 

neous, that we can read none vizioso, che non si pub leggere 

of his poems without being alcuno de y suoi poemi senza 

disgusted. stomaco. bembo. 

Now, none of us can doubt Ora che questa repubblica sia 

that this republic is infirm. inferma, non pub alcuno di not 

dubitare. varchi. 

None of them wished that Nessun di loro bramava ch' 

he, &c. egli, ec. bembo. 

Not, non, which Is put before the verb. 
I know not what to do. Non so che fare. 

Not, preceded by a verb in answering, di no, 
I am afraid not. Ho paura di no. goldoni. 

Not, being in a sentence where him or it is, joins with 
them thus, nol, instead of non lo, and it is put before the 
verb. 

And I beg you also will not E priego* voi a nol volere sop- 
hem him, portare parimente. bembo. 

Nothing, non nulla, or niente, putting non before 
the verb, and nulla, or niente, after it. 

He uncovered his head, lis- Trae il capo fuor delle coltri, 

tened, and heard nothing else. tende Vorecchio, e non ode plu 

nulla, soave. 

Nothing preceding an adjective, nientedi. 

Nothing frivolous, licentious, Niente difr'wolo, di licenzioso, 
foolish, &c. distolto, ec. salvini. 



* Priego stands for prego, present tense of pregare. That i is 
put generally before the letter e in the first pet son singular and 
third person plural of the present tense of several verbs -, as, siedo 
siedono, for sedo sedono ; sieguo sieguono, for seguo seguono, &c. 



NO NO 



201 



Nothing but, preceding a verb, non altro se non 
che* 

Your king wishes nothing Altro da voi non vuole il vostro 
from you, but your soul in- re, se non che gli animi vostri 
flamed with love of him. del suo amore infiammati. 

CAVALCANTI, 

I wish nothing but that you Io non desidero altro, se non 
would proceed, &c. che si proceda, ec. varchi. 

Nothing but, preceding a noun, non altro che.* 

Because the vulgar language Perche la lingua volgare non 
is nothing but the Latin corrup- e altro che la Latina guasta. 

ted. VARCHI. 

Notice to (to give one), avvisare uno di, with the 
infinitive. 

Did you give him notice to L'avvisaste di lasciar la vostra 
leave your house ? casa f 

Notice (to take), in speaking of a thing, osservare, 
accusative ; in speaking of a person, salutare, accusative. 

Did you take notice of her Avete osservato il suo vestito ? 
dress? goldoni. 

Though there was such a Benche vi fosse gran folia, 
crowd, Mr. Giannotto took pure il Si%nor Giannotto salutb 
notice of my little boy. il mio fanciullino. 



* Observe that we may however make use of both these two 
expressions before a verb and a noun, without incurring a fault. 



gOt OB— OB 



O. 



Obey (to), tihbidire, dative* 

The hands and feet which Le mani e i piefll che servono 
serve and carry the body, do e portano il corpo, non ubbidis- 
they not obey their head ? cono al capo ? montemagno. 

Francisco Sforza T>egan to Francesco Sforza si mosse per 
move to obey Luigi your ubbidire a Luigi vostro padre. 
father. guicciardini. 

Objection to (to have no), essere contento di> with 
the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che with the subjunctive. 

I have no objection to lend Sono contento di prestargli 
him all he wants. quel che vuole. 

See Contented for more examples. 

Oblige one to (to), obbligare, sforzare uno^ with 
an infinitive, with or without di before it.* 

I did not oblige you to do so. Io non v' ho obbligato di 

farlo. GOLDONI. 

Which rash words oblige me Le quali inconsiderate. parole 
to remind you of, &c. mi sforzano ridur-rerce alia 

memoria, ec. firenzuqla. 



* We findoftener the infinitive with di before it^ than without.* 
and sometimes with a. 



OB OB 



203 



Obliged to (to be), esscre costretto, cssere in ne- 
cessita, essere in obbligo, esserforzato, trovarsi in necessita, 
avere obbligo, all of them governing an infinitive with 
eft* before it.* 



And when he, overcome by 
Pompey, was obliged to flee. 

Madam, I am obliged to set 
out. 

And you are obliged to love 
me in return. 

My republic was obliged to 
fall into a state of slavery. 

In which he lost so much 
time, as to be obliged to fight. 

Every one is obliged to help 
his fellow creatures when he 
can, and I especially am 
obliged to assist you out of 
gratitude. 



E quando egli da Pompeo su- 
per atofu costretto di fuggire. 

BOCCACCIO. 

Signora sono in necessita di 
partire. goldoni. 

E siete in obbligo di corrispon- 
dere alV amor mio, goldoni. 

La mia repubblica fa forzata 
di cadere nella infer mita della 
servitu. boccalini. 

Nella qual cosa percle tanto 
tempo che si trovb in necessita 
di combattere. davila. 

Ogni uomo e in obbligo di aju- 
tar Valtro quando pub, ed io 
principalmente ho obbligo di 
farlo con V.S. per gratitudine. 

GOLDONI. 



Obliged to one for (to be), essere obbligatG, s entire 
obbligo, sapere grado, avere obbligazione a uno, genitive. 

I am obliged to you for the -j-Vi sono obbligato della gra- 

favor, &c. zia, ec. gozzi. 

He has been a prudent re- Egli w' e stato prudente reci- 

peater of your thoughts, for tatore de" vostri pensieri, di che 



* Bembo makes use of a instead of di, with the verb essere 
astretto. 

Then I shall always be obliged to praise your architecture : 
Adunque io sarb sempre astretto a lodare le vostre architetture. 

f Vi stands for a voi. 



04 



OC OF 



which I am very much obliged 
to him. 

Although I am obliged to Mr. 
Commendone for it. 

My brother would be very 
much obliged to you. 



gliene * sento molto obbligo. 

BEMBO. 

Se ben ne f so grado a Mon- 
signor Commendone, 

ALGAROTTI. 

Mio fratello avrebbe a voi una 
obbligazione ben grande. 

GOLDONI. 



Occasion (there is no), non occorre chc, with the 
subjunctive. 

There is no occasion that I Non occorre che io in molte 
should endeavour to explain at parole a sporre m'affatichi, ec. 
length, &c, salvini. 

Occasion for (to have), averc bisogno, genitive. 

See Need. 

Off (to be well), fare bene i fatti suoi? ironically 
speaking, stare fresco. 



I see you are well off, in spite 
of all your enemies. 

If Mr. Agapito hears you, 
vou will be well off. 



Vedo che a dispetto dei vostri 
nemici voi fate bene i fatti 
vostri. 

Se vh sente il Signor Agapito 
state fresco. goldoni. 



Offended at (to be), offenders}, genitive. 

I am not offended at the inju- Io non mi offendo delle ingiu- 
ries which proceed from fine rie che vengono da un bel 
lips. labbro. goldoni. 



* Gli is the dative of the verb, and ne, which is joined to it 
is a repetition of di che; and it is put there only to give ***** 

slrpntyf.Vi to ihp nhrnsp 



strength to the phrase, 
•f Ne stands for di cib. 



more 



OF — -ON 205 

Offer one to (to), offrire a uno di, with an infini- 
tive. 

I found no one who offered to All Accademia Reale non ho 
introduce me to the Royal trovato chi mi abbia offerto 
Academy. d'introdur-mici. magalotti. 

Offer oneself to (to), offrirsi di, with the infinitive. 

But Delimante, a brave Cap- Ma Delimante, capiiano valo- 
tain, offered himself to over- roso, s' offerse colla cavalleria 
take him with his cavalry. di raggiunger-fo. segni. 

Often (very), tratto tratto. 

Idleness is to me an enchant La pigrizia e per. me un incan- 
tress, who easily seduces me; tatrice, che mi seduce facil- 
I am very often obliged to give mente : debbo tratto tratto ab- 
myself up to her arms. bandonarmi nelle sue braccia. 

frugoni. 

Old (to be), avere anni, essere d'anni^ in speaking of 
the age. 

Nobody knows better than I Nessuno sa quanti anni ell' 
do how old she is. abbia meglio dime, goldoni. 

Who is eighteen years old. II quale e oVanni diciaotto. 

BEMBO. 

Omit to (to), omettere di, with the infinitive. 

Do not omit to tell him. Non omettete di dirglielo. 

On, sopra, su. See Upon. 

On the, accompanied with the verbs to depend sig- 
nifying- porre* and live meaning dimorare, net, nello, 
nella, $fc. 

On whose life the health of Nella cui vita e posta la salute 
so many people depends. di tanti popoli. 

MONTEMAGNO, 



206 ON ON 

For the families and follow- Perciocche le famiglie e se- 
ers of Gismondo lived on the guaci di Gismondo nelle ripe del 
banks of the lake of Garda. lago di Garda dimoravano. 

BEMBO. 

On the, in sullo, insul, in sulfa, &c. 

After that the above-men- Appresso questa *gli ciechiso- 

tioned blind men, leaning on prannotati colla mano -fin sulla 

the shoulders of these liars, spalla a questi mentitori sono 

fell in the ditchj &c. cadutinella fossa , ec. dante. 

On horseback, a cavallo. 

Where the Duke Alexander, Dove il Duca Alessandro che 
who was on horseback, &c. era a cavallo, ec. varchi, 

On foot, a piede. 

All the magistracy following Imaestrati tutti a piede s' in- 
the clergy on foot went to- viarono dopo il chiericato verso 
wards the church. la chiesa* varchi. 

On the ground, in terra. 

The gate, through which Era la porta, onde Cesar e 

Caesar entered, was taken entro, tratta da' suoi gangheri, 

from its hinges and^ thrown e gettaia in terra. varchi. 
on the ground. 

On, preceding my head, thy, his, her head, &c. in 
testa^ and the possessive pronoun is omitted. 

Others represented this very Altri facevano per questo me- 
god as a figure without face, desimo dio una jigura senza 
with a small hat on his head. faccia, con un cappelletto in 

testa. caro. 



* Gli is old, and according to modern orthography, it ought 
to be i. 

t It is not only Dante who made use of in sullo, but a great 
many more authors. 



ON ON £07 

On purpose,*? posta, apposta. 

All that was found in Redi's Tutto questo si ravvisava nella 

discourse, who seemed to be conversazione del Redi, il quale 

created on purpose to inculcate parevafatto a posta per istillare 

into the hearts, &c. ne 1 cuori,ec. salvini. 

On every side, da ogni parte, per ogni parte. 

The Prince of Conde alone, Solo il Principe di Conde, 
charged on every side by the caricato per ogni parte da* 
conquerors, &c. vincitori, ec. davila. 

On the other side, dalV altra parte. 

On the other side a shepherd DalV altra parte un pastore 
asleep in the midst of his addormentato in mezzo alle sue 
goats, &c. capre, ec. sannazzaro. 

On one side, da un lato, da una parte, dalV un canto. 

A throne on one side, on Trono da un lato con sopra 

which is a sceptre and a crown. scettro e corona, metastasio. 

The Hngonots defended by Gli JJgonotti difesi dalV un 

the lake on one side, &c. canto dal lago, ec. davila. 

On the other side, dalV altro lato, or dalV altro 
only, when on one side precedes. 

A great hall of the royal Gran sala del real consiglio 

council, on one side a throne, con trono da un lato, e sedili 

and on the other seats for the dalV altro per li grandi, ec. 

grandees, &c. metastasio. 

On this side, di qua, ablative. 

On this side of the river Di qua dal Jiume Adriano 
Adriano raised, &c. sollevato, ec. metastasio. 

On that side, di Id, ablative. 

On that side of the river the Vedesi di la dal Jiume la real 
royal city of Artassata is seen. citta d'Artassata. 

METASTASIO. 



208 



ON—ON 



On, preceding the nouns of days, is omitted in 
Italian. 



I hope I shall see you on 

Monday. 

I cannot come on Monday ; 
but on Friday, &c. 



Spero di vedervi Lunedl. 

Nonpotrb venire Lunedl ; ma 
VeneroVi, ec. 



On (and so), e cost degli altri. 

One, in the epochs, is not expressed in Italian. 

One thousand eight hundred Mille ottocento died. 
and ten. 

Ones, relating to a foregoing 1 - noun, ne. 

Have you got apples? Yes, I Avete pome? s\ ne ho delle 
have some good ones. buone. 

Only, English people in answering to only make use 
of no y Italians make use of yes 



How many books did you 
buy ? Two. Only two ? No. 



Quanti libri avete comprato? 
Due. Due solamente ? Si, 



Opinion (to be of), volere, giudicare, with an infi- 
nitive without a preposition, or che with the sub- 
junctive. 



Ancient philosophers are of 
opinion that the world is a 
city, &c. 

I am of opinion it is better to 
make use of means, &c. 



Vogliono gli antichi filosoji il 
mondo essere una cittd, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 

lo giudico che bene sia di 
valersi deimodi, ec. b. tasso. 



Opinion to, avvisodi, with the infinitive. 

Your opinion to place the Ottimo e il suo avviso di colic- 
statues of the most celebrated care nelle quattro nicchie le im- 
dramatic poets in the four magini de 1 piu celebri poeti 
niches is a very excellent one. drammatici. algarotti. 



OP OP 



209 



Opportunity to, occasioned opporttinita di, with an 
infinitive. 



Mr. Montrnort's diligence 
will not neglect any oppor- 
tunity to reinforce, &c. 

And by the acquisition of 
that valley he had an opportu- 
nity to enter, &c. 



La diligenza del Signor Mont" 
mort non preterisce alcuna occa- 
sione di accreditare, ec. 

MAGALOTTI. 

E con Vacquisto di quella valle 
ebbe V opportunity d'entrare, ec. 

DENINA. 



Oppose (to), opporsi, repugnare, dative. 
He did not oppose the will Egli non si oppose alia volonta 



of the popes. 

And if any one is fond of 
opposing my words, and the 
grandeur of this language, &c. 

If we oppose the commands 
of the magistracy, we are 
guilty, like contumacious citi- 
•zens. 



deipontefici. denina. 

E se alcuno vago d'opporsi a' 
miei detti, e alia grandezza di 
questa lingua^ ec. 

BUOMMATTEi: 

Se noi repugniamo ai coman- 
damenti de* magistrate come in- 
solenti cittadini pecchiamo. 

CAVALGANTI. 



Opposite, alV incontro*, genitive ; dirimpetto, genitive 
and dative. 



Which houses were opposite 
the street of Red-gate. 

The Prince of Conde* lived at 
Jarnac, situated almost oppo- 
site Castelnuovo. 

Because that part of the wall, 
which is opposite the gate of 
-the city, &c. 



Le quail case erano alV incon* 
tro della via di Porta Rossa. 

VILLANI. 

II Principe di Conde dimorava 
a Giarnac, posto quasi dirim- 
petto di Castelnuovo. davila. 

Perche quella parte del muro, 
la quale e dirimpetto alia porta 
della citta, ec. vaschi. 



Oppressed with, oppresso, ablative. 

Oppressed with the most in* Oppresso dal piii intenso do- 
tense grief , &c. lore, ec. soaye, 

P 






210 



OR OR 



Order one to (to), ordinate, comandare, dare or dine, 
imporre ad uno di, with the infinitive, or che with the 
subjunctive. 

Having then ordered his ser- 
vant to remain at the village, 
&c. 

I bowed three times as it is 
customary, then I knelt, but 
that most noble master ordered 
me to rise. 

Having called Abrahim to sup- 
per, he made him sleep in the 
rooms of his seraglio, as he 
had ordered one of his minis- 
ters to cut his throat. 

And he ordered his servants 
that Giannetto should be 
obeyed. 

Order to (in), per ; affine di, with the infinitive, if 
the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che 
with the subjunctive. 

And that he, in order to E cK egli per far-??u piacere 
please me, has undertaken a abbia preso una causa debile. 
weak cause. tolomei. 



Quindi da to or dine a' suoi di 
rimanere nel villaggio, ec. 

so AVE. 

JFecz le tre river enze prescritte, 
e poi posi un ginocchio a terra ; 
ma il clementissimo padrone 
subito *m' impose d'alzarmi. 

METASTASTO. 

Chiamato a cena Abraim lo 
tenne ad albergare nelle stanze 
del suo serraglio avendo ordina- 
to a un suo miriistro che lo 
scannasse.f segni. 

E comandb a' fanti che Gian* 
netto fosse ubbidito. 

fiorentinO. 



* M' stands for a me. 

■f Ordinare and dare ordine govern the infinitive with ft 
before it, or che with the subjunctive, though there is not the 
dative with it. 

The Admiral, obliged by necessity to stop, ordered them to 
halt : V Ammiraglio costreito dalla necessitd a doversi fermare 
diede ordine di far alto. davila. 

Where to be able to make a long war, they ordered the 
soldiers to be paid • Dove per far guerra lungamente eglino ordi- 
narono di pagan; i soldati. macchiavelli. 



OR OU 



211 



Hoping that my travelling Sperando, che la peregrina- 
for so many years, in qrder to zion mia di tanti anni, solo 
learn something, was, &c. affine d'apprender qualche cosa> 

fosse, ec. buommattei. 

Order that (in), acciocche, affine che, with the sub- 
junctive. 

Acciocche s'accordassero a eleg~ 
gere un papa Italiano. 

VILLANI. 

Somma grande di danaro ca- 
vano quel politici da un oglio 
che vendono, affine che gli sfor- 
tunati possano digerire gli 
amari disgusti che, ec. 

BOCCALINI. 



In order that tkey should 
agree in the election of an 
Italian pope. 

Those politicians make a 
great deal of money by a 
certain oil, which they sell, in 
order that unfortunate people 
may digest the bitter sorrows 
which, &c. 



Others, or other people, altrui, which is inde- 
clinable. 



For she easily believed the 
words of others. 

But were she to annoy others 
as she does me, &c. 

I read, write, and speak with 
you and others. 



Che agevolme?ite prestava essa 
fede alle parole altrui * gozzi. 

Ma se ellafacesse altrui * quel' 
la noja che fa a me, ec, gozzi. 

lo leggo e scrivo e parlo con 
voi e con altrui. bembo. 

Our, nostro, nostri, nostra, nostre. See His. 

Outlive one (to), sopravvire, dative. See Sur* 

VIVE. 

Out, fuor di casa. 

Is your master at home ? No, Sta in casa il voslro padrone ? 
Sir, he is out. Signorno,eglista fuor di casa. 



* Observe, that altrui is a genitive in the first example, and 
dative in the second. 

P 2 



SI 2 ou — ow 

Out op A tlace (to be), speaking of a servant, 
non avere padrone. 

She has been out of place these Non ha ella avuto padrone da 
three months. ire mesi in qua. 

Out of tune, scordato. 
It is out of tune. Egli e scordato. goldoni. 

Out of it, we. 

And I have the courage to E mi basta Vanimo di cavar- 
take you out of it without much te-ne senza moltafatica. 
trouble. firenzuola. 

Ought to (to), dovere, with an infinitive without a 
preposition. 

You ought to know then tha*t Dovete adunque sapere che 
Al&rdo, &c. Alar do, ec. erizzo. 

Over (to be), avere termine. 

Ah, I was born to be always Ah nata son per penare, e 
in trouble, and I know not non so quando avran termine » 
when my grief will be over. miei martori. goldoni. 

Overcome with, zinto, ablative. 

On the other side, overcome DalV allra banda p&i vinto 
with anger and disdain, &c. dalla collera e dallo sdegno, ec. 

»BANDELLO. 

Own (to), confessare di, with the infinitive, if the 
subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che with 
the subjunctive. 

He owned that he wasted a Confessb egli di consumare 
great deal of time in painting. assai tempo in dipignere. 

DAT!. 

Owning at least that cur fine Confessando almeno che it 

idiom is worthy of, &c. nostra bello idioma sia degno di, 

ec. BUOMMATTEI. 



PA PA 213 



P. 



Paint with (to), dipingere, genitive. 
And he adorned and painted E Vadornb e dipinse di pi& 
it with different colours. colori. borghini. 

Pardon one for a fault (to), per donare un f alio 
ad uno. 
You will pardon me for my * Mi perdonate le inavvei- 
imprudence. tenze. metastasis 

Part with (to) 3 disfarsi, genitive. 

My horse is very old, but I E vecchissimo il mio cavallo -, 
will not part with it. ma io non vub disfarme-ne.f 

Part, preceding a genitive singular, will have the 
verb and the adjective belonging to it in the singular ; 
if the genitive be plural, the verb and the adjective are 
to be plural. 

Because a great part of the Perche una gran parte delta 

infantry, which was distribu- fanteria distribuita sulle rive 

ted on the banks of the river, delfiume s'era ritirata in *luogo 

had retired to a safe place. sicuro. davila. 

That the greatest part of Che la maggior parte degli 
writers do not follow the doc- scrittori va$ano dietro non agV 
trine of philosophers, &c. insegnamenti del filosqfi, ec. 

VARCHI. 



* Mi stands for a me, answering to ad uno, and le inavvertenze 
answers to unfaUo. 

f Ne stands for of him or it, referring to horse. 
P 3 



214 PA PA 

The greatest part of which La maggior parte dei quali 
(of animals) were made stron- sono stati fatti dalla natura dh 
ger by nature, &c. maggior forza, ec .* gelli. 

Part (for), accompanied with a possessive pronoun, 
in quarto^ and the said possessive pronoun is changed into 
a personal pronoun and put in the dative : as, for my 
part, in quanto a me ; for his part, in quanta a lui, &c. 

Pass over in silence (to), tacere, accusative. 

I pass over in silence the Taccio le miserie frescbe 
recent miseries of Italy. d'ltalia. montemagno. 

Pay attention (to), fare attenzione, dative; porre 
citra, dative. 

There is a long letter for you, Eceovi una lunga lettera, e se 

and if above all you will pay soprattutto f arete attenzione a 

attention to the heart which quel more che Vha dettata, ec. 

dictated it, &c. ganganelli. 

This (the Italian language) Questa dunque e stata tra noi 

then has been for a long time lungamente incomposta, pernon 

incorrect, as there was no aver avuto chi fie abbia posfo 

body who paid any attention euro. castigligne. 
■to it. 



• If the genitive preceded by part is not expressed, the verb is 
put in that number in which the genitive understood would be, 
if it were expressed. 

You perhaps say so, because the smallest part (of sensuality 
is understood) belongs to you : Tu oTiforse cost, perche la minor 
parte e la tua. gelli. 

And the other part (of the infantry is understood) dispersed : 
E un' altra parte si disperse. davila. 

And thus the greatest part (of them is understood) become 
misers : -E cosl divengono la maggior parte avari. gelli. 

■j- he, a dative, stands for a lei. 



PA PE 



215 



Pay one a visit (to), visitare, accusative. 

For, since I went to pay Che, dappoiehe io fid nella 
you a visit towards the end of fine del Settembre passato a in- 
last September, &c. sitar-v'i,* ec. bembo. 

People, when it means population, popolo ; otherwise 
gente, which is generally used in the singular: but when 
people is joined to an adjective it is generally omitted. 

The senate and the Roman II senato e il popolo Romano. 
people. 

Andai all* opera, e vi era 
tanta gente che non potei en- 
trare. 



I went to the Opera, and it 
was so full of people that I 
could not get in. 

English people are generous 
and charitable. 



Sono gV inglesi generosi e ca- 
ritatevoli. 



Perceive (to), accorgersi, avvedersi, genitive. 
As the captain perceived the Come si fa accorto il capitano 



passage of the enemies, &c. 

Having perceived his error he 
yielded the palm. 



del transito de' nemici, ec. 

davila. 

Avvedutosi dell' errore, cede 
la palma. 



DATI. 



Perceive to (to), avvedersi, accorgersi di, with the 
infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che with the subjunctive. 
For I perceive that, on account Perche m' avveggio di non 



of my little portion of genius, 
I could not acquire, &c. 

For as you perceive, that 
fortune has not been very 
adverse to you, &c. 



aver per lo mio poco ingegno, 
riportato, ec. buommattet. 

Perche accorgendovi, che la 
fortuna non u'abbia fatto il 
peggiocK' ellapuote, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 



* Vi, an accusative, instead of vol. 

r 4 



216 PE- PE 

Perish with (to), morire, genitive. 

He was nearly perishing with Quasi moriva di freddo e di 
cold and hunger. fame. 

Permit one to (to), accordare, permettere a uno di, 
with the infinitive, or che with the subjunctive. 

Your uncle, in this journey II suo Signor zio, in questo 

he has permitted you to make, viaggio che *le ha accordato di 

&c. fare, ec. gold on i. 

Nor will he (God) ever per- Ne egli permettera mai che c\ 

mit that anything should be- accaggia, cosa alcuna. gelli. 
fall us. 

Permitted (to be), essere lecilo, a uno di, with the 
infinitive. This verb being impersonal is construed by 
putting the English nominative in the dative, and vice- 
versa. 

And although the body is far E quantunque il corpo sia dalV 

from the friend, or imprisoned, amico lontano o imprigionato, a 

it (the soul) is always per- costei e sempre lecito di stare e 

mitted to stay and to go where- d'andare dove le place. 

ever it pleases 5 turn, to it is boccaccio. 
always permitted, &c. 

Persuade (to), per sunder -e, dative. 

See how Cyrus endeavours Vedete quanto s'affatica Ciro 

to persuade the military part in persuader alia militare ordi- 

of his Persians to arm them- nanza dei suoi Persi, che s'ar- 

selves with religion. mino di religione. cavalcanti. 

Persuade one to (to), persuadere uno di, with the 
infinitive. 

He tried to persuade me to Fece ogni sforzo per persua- 
spcak to her. dermi di parlar-fe. soave. 

* Le stands for a poi^ speaking in the third person. See the 
General Rules on the different ways of addressing, page IT. 



PE PL 217 

Persuaded (to be), persuadersi di, with the infinitive* 
or che with the subjunctive. 

As I am persuaded that no- Persuadendomi che nessuno 
body can surpass me in these m' avanzi di queste qualita. 
qualities. goldoni. 

Persuaded by (to be), essere persuaso, genitive. 

Yqu are not persuaded by my Vox non siete persuaso dei raiei 
counsels. consigli. goldonj. 

Pierced with, trafitto y genitive. 

Pierced with a dart in her Di un dardo trafilta sen corse 
side she ran along the river ella lungo la riva del fame. 

side. 

Pillage (to), dareilsacco, dative. 

Some people of Monferrat Alcuni Monferrini enirarono 
entered the city, and pillaged nella citta e diedero il sacco 
the houses* alle case. denina. 

Pity (it is a), epeccato. 

It is a pity he does not love her. JE peccato che egli non Varna. 

goldoni. 

Pity one (to), a-sere compassione, avere pietd, genitive* 

Pity me, beloved father ! Abhiate compassione di me, 

amato padre ! albergatl, 

The love I bear you obliges Vamor che pi porto mi sforza 
me to pity you, aver pieta di voi. firenzuola. 

Place (to), dare luogo, dative. 

But I would place it there Verb *gli darei -\loco la su 
above, on the left. da man manca. caro. 



* Gli stands for a lui. f Loco instead of luogo. 



218 



PL_pl 



Play at cards, or at any game (to), gimcare, 
alle carte o a qualche giuoco, dative. 

Let us play at cards. Giuochiamo alle carte. 

They play at picquet. Giuocano a picchetto. 

Play a game at cards (to), fare una partita alle 
carte. 

X*et us have a game at whist, Facciamo una partita al whist, 
at cribbage, &c. al cribbage, ec. 

Play upon, or on an instrument (to), sonare y or 
suonare y accusative and genitive.* 

One day Delia being together Un giorno essendo Delia con 
with Lady Hypolita Bentivo- la Signora Ippolita Bent'wO' 
glia, Bologna played on the glia, il Bologna sonb di liuto. 

lute, BANDELLO. 

And Mercury was seen play- E si vedeva Mercurio che con 
ing on the bagpipe with swelled gonjiate labbia suonava una 
lips* sampogna. sannazzaro. 

Please (to), compiacere, fare piacere, dare nel genio, 
dative. 



As he, to please him, was 
careless as to displeasing, &c. 

And that he, in order to please 
me, has undertaken a weak 
cause, &c. 

Try to please every body. 



Non avendo egli avuto rispetio 
per compiacere a lui di dispia- 
cere, ec. castiglione. 

E eti egli perfar-mif piacere 
abbia preso una causa debile, 
ec. tolomei. 

Procurate di dar nel genio a 

tutti, GOLDONK 



* The accusative is more preferable, 
•\ Mi stands for a me. 



PL—PO 2ig 

Please to (to), piacere di, with the infinitive. This 
verb, being impersonal is construed by putting the 
English nominative in the dative. See Like to. 

Pleased with (to" *j 3 ;- < teUo, compiacersi^ 

genitive* 

O ye refined ears of Cicero, O purge tissime or ecchie di Ci- 
would you not be pleased with cerone, non prendereste voi di' 
lia's speeches ? letto del parlar di Lelia ? 

PIRENZUOLA. 

That (an inscription), which Ne fu meno pomposa quella 

he made on the picture of che fece alia figura d'un atleta 

an athletic combattant, with del quale tanto si compiaceva. 

which he was so much pleased, dati. 
was not less pompous. 

Pleased in (to be), amare di, with the infinitive. 
See Like to. 

Pleasure in (to take), prendere diktto, dikttarsu 
See Pleased with, and Delight in. 

Pluck from (to), estirpare, genitive. 

And if some people profane E se alcuni guastano queslo 

this sacred name of friendship, santo nome d" amicizia non- e 

we ought not on that account perb da estirparla cost degli 

thus to pluck it from our animi nostri. castiglione, 
hearts. 

Poor in, povero, genitive. 

Caesar without a fleet, poor Cesare senza armata di mare, 
in provisions, &c. povero di vettovaglia,, ec. 

CHIABRERA. 

Possessed op (to be), possedere, accusative; essere 
possessore, genitive. 

His wife heard that another La sposa intese che un' altra 



mo po — pr 

woman was possessed of the donna possedeva il cuore del 
Marquis's heart, &c. Marchese, ec. benina. 

Ah, I was possessed of such Ah ! fu'i di tanto tesoro pos- 
it treasure, &c. sessore, ec. metastas-io. 

Possessed with, dolato, genitive. See Endowed., 

Postpone (to), differire di, with the infinitive. See 
"Defer. 

Power over (to have), avereforza in. 

In remembering, that the Ricordandoci, che le delica- 

effeminacy of the voluptuous tezze della voluttuosa Capua 

Capua had formerly such a ebbero gia tantaforza nel fiero 

power over the fierce army of esercito oVAnnibale. 

Hannibal. cavalcanti. 

Power to (to have), avere forza, avere potere di, 
with the infinitive. 

They had the power to tame Essi hanno avuto forza di do- 
the only tamer in the universe. mare lasola domatrice dell' uni- 

VerSO. B 170 M MATTE I* 

Power to (to be in one's), potere, with the infinitive 
without a preposition. 

It is in his power to serve you, Egli pub servirvi se vuole. 
if he will. goldoni. 

Praise (to), dare lode, dative. 

You admire nature in me ; Vol ammirate in me la natura; 
you praise that beneficent mo- voi date lode a questa madre 
ther. benefica. goldoni. 

Praise one for an action (to), lodare Vazione 
d'uno. 

I praise your brother for his Lodo il coraggio di vostro 
courage. fratello. 



PR PR 221 

PftAY to (to), pregare di, with the infinitive. See 
Beg. 

Pray to God, or to Heaven, that (to), pregare 
Dio } or il Cielo che, with the subjunctive. 

As I pray to Heaven that be Pregando il Cielo che nonsolo 
not only keep you so, &c. ilvi mantenga, ec. bembo. 

Prefer, (to), preferire di, with the infinitive, if the 
subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che with 
the subjunctive. 

He preferred speaking Italian. Egliprejeriva di parlare Itali- 

ano, 

I prefer that you should tell Preferisco che vox gliel* di- 
ner of it date. goldoni. 

Precede (to), venire innanti, precedere, dative. 

Meaning the time which pre- Per significar le ore che ven- 

cedes the sun-rke. gono innanti al sole. caro. 

Permit that my impatient Permettete che la mia impa- 

tenderness should for a moment ziente tenerezza preceda per un 

precede my respect. momento al rispetto. 

METASTASIO. 

Present one with a thing (to), donare, present are 
una cosa, dative. 

Some painters presented peo- Alcuni pittori donavano le 

plef with his works, opere sue. castiglione. 

I present you with it, with lo % vela presento con quella 
that respect, &c. riverenza, ec. caro. 



* Gliel for glielo. 

f People in Italian is not expressed, but it is understood. 
% Vela stands for a voi, which is a dative, and la accusative, 
referring to una cosa. 



222 



PR PR 



Present 
dative. 



compliments (to), fare i complimenti 7 



Go from me to the Marquis, 
and present my compliments to 
him. 



Vada dal Signor Marchesej. 
facendogli i miei complimenti. 

ALGARQTTI. 



Preside over (to), presedere, dative. 



By assisting with her labour 
and advice the nuns who pre- 
sided over them. 



Coir opera assistendo e coi 
corMgli le religiose die lor pro- 
sedevano. soave. 



Presume to (to), preswnere di, with the infinitive. 



Who presume to reform the 
laws of love. 



Che di riformare presumono 
le leggi amorose. algarotti. 



Pretend to (to), jingere, fare semhianie, fare vista, 
infingere di, with the infinitive. 



And under the form of a man, 
he should marry a woman and 
live with her ten years, and 
then pretending to die, &c. 

And as he thought his beloved 
woman pretended not to see 
him, &c. 

Now it happened that his 
wife arrived several days be- 
fore, and pretended to have 
been at the bath. 

You are ill acquainted with 
the customs of our republic, 
or you pretend not to know 
them. 



E sotio la forma d'uomo 
prender moglie, e con quella 
vivere died anrti, e dopofngen- 
do di morire, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

E parendogli che la sua amata 
facesse sembiante di non veder- 
lo, ec. FORTINI. 

Ora avvenne che la donna sua 
giunsepiit dl, innanzi, efe' vista 
d' essere stata al bagno. 

FIORENTINO. 

Male i costumi della nostra 
citta conoscete, o di non cono- 
scer-Zi infingete. bembo. 



Prevail upon one to (to), persuadere uno di, with 
the infinitive. See Persuade. 



PR— PR figs 

Prevail over (to), premlersi, genitive. 

According to the custom of Egli secondo il costume degli 
scholars he prevailed over my scolari si prevalse della mia de- 
weakness. bolezza. goldqni. 

Prevent one from (to), impedire a uno dl^ with the 
infinitive. 

I will never prevent Pamela Non impedirb mai a Pamela 
from entering into society. di conversare. goldoni.. 

Prey upon (to), divorare, accusative. 

Melancholy has been preying Da due mesi in qua le dwom 
upon her heart these two il cuore la malinconia. 
months. goldoni. 

Pride one's self in (to), gloriarsidi, with the infini- 
tive. 

He prides himself in dressing Ei si gloria di vestirsl bens. 
well. 

See Boast for more examples. 

Print (to), dare fiuora, stampare, accusative. 

It will be sufficient for him to Assai sara eft' egli diafaori % 
priut the Tuscan poets. poeti Toscani. bembo. 

Printed (to be), porsiinluce. 

On the contrary it is express- Anzi e espressamente ordinal® 
ly ordered that they should be che si pongono in luce. 
printed. . tolomei. 

Profit by (to), projiitare y apprqfittarsi, genitive. 

And the Duke of Savoy, in E il Duca di Savoja per pro- 
order to profit by the vpportu- fittare dell' opportunity che, ec. 
nity, which, &c. denina* 

But I will read them several Ma le leggerb molte allre volte 

times more, in order to profit per approfittarmi degP inseg- 

by the instructions of the wri- namenti dello scrittore. 

ter, . bembo. 



233? PR—PR 

Promise one A thing (to), promettcre una cosa, dative, 

She took them to the skirts Ella li condusse alle radici d' 
of a mountain, and promising una montagna e promettendo a 
vM of them a thousand blessings 3 tutti mille beni, ec. gozz*. 

&G. 

Promise one to (to), promettere a uno di, with the 
infinitive. 

Having promised him to do dvendo-gW* promesso di far-fo 
it immediately. subito. caro, 

Proper for, opportune), dative. 

Therefore as it was a clear Per la qual cosa essendo la 
night and very proper for the notte serena e grandemente op- 
design, portuna al disegno. davila. 

Propose to (to), proporre di, with the infinitive. 

Brujero trusting in his own Brujero affidato nelle sueforze 

strength proposed to put an propose di terminate la guerra 

end to the war by fighting a con un duello. soave. 
duel. 

Provide one's self with (to), prowedersi, geni- 
tive. 

He then provided himself Egti poi si provide d' armi e 
with arms and horses. cavalleria. bandello. 

Provide for (to), provvedere, dative. 

We can abundantly provide Not largamente provvedere 
for all the necessaries of life. possiamo a tutte le necessity 

di nostra vita, montemagno. 



GU stands for a lui, answering to ad uno, a dative. 



PR PU %25 

Provide one with (to), provvedtre a uno, genitive. 

He could not provide Giu- A Giuliano terzo suo figliuolo 
liano, his third son, with an non potette di straordinaria 
extraordinary fortune. fortima provvedere. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Provided, purche, with the subjunctive. 

Provided it be honourable or Purche ella sia onorevole o 
worthy of praise. degna di lode, buommattet. 

Provided with, provveduto, genitive. 

Republics are formed and pro- he repubbliche si conformano e 
vided with laws and every ne- di leggi e d'ogni cosa opportuna 
cessary thing, &c. son provvedute, ec. salviati. 

Proud of (to be), andare gonfio, genitive. 

But it (the Italian language) Perb ella non ne * va gonfia. 
is not proud of it. buommattet. 

Published (to be), in speaking of books, essere man- 
$ato in luce, porsi in luce. 

Mr. Annibal Caro shewed Messer Annibal Caro nC ha 

me your books on agriculture fatto vedere i vostri libri delta 

just published. coltivazione nuovamentef man- 

dati in luce. tolomei. 

On the contrary, it has been Ami e espressamente ordinato, 

expressly ordered that they che si pongano in luce. 

(poems) should be published. tolomei. 

Punish one for (to), fare portare la pena a uno^ 
genitive ; punire uno, genitive. 

Because he did not fail to pu- Che non mancb difare ai solle- 
nish the rebels for the evil, &c. vati portar la pena del male, 

ec. DENIN.A. 



* Ne stands for di cib. 
t A tense of to be is understood. 

Q 



226 



PU- — PU 



And for vjhat fault will he 
punish you ? 



E di qual fallo ti vuol punir ? 

METASTASIO. 



Punished for (to be), pagare il fio, pagare la pena, 
esscre punilc 9 genitive. 



But heaven preserve you from 
a new crime, for you shall be 
punished for both at the same 
time. 

That the republic should be 
punished jfor their sins, 

That they should be justly 
punished for the errors they 
have committed. 



Ma il cield ti guarcli da nuovo 
delitto, die il fio ben pagherai 
deW uno e delV altro a un tem- 
po solo. so AVE. 

Che la repubblica la pena de' 
loro peccati pagasse, 

CAVALCANTI. 

Che essi stessi de' commessi 
errori fossero degnamente pu- 
niti. CAVALCANTI. 



Purpose (on). See On Purpose. 

Purpose (to), avere inien%ione di with the infinitive. 
See Intend. 

Pursue a course (to), prendere partitOj pigliare par- 
tito. 



He resolved to retire to Jar- 
nac, and together with the 
prince to pursue that course 
whioh the state of affairs re- 
quired. 

It was resolved to have a 
mature investigation of that 
business, and then to pursue 
that course which was judged 
the most proper to discover.&c. 



Risolse egli di ritirarsi a Giar- 
nac, e prendere insieme col Prin- 
cipe quel partito che richiedesse 
lo sfato delle cose. 

DAVILA. 

Fu deliberato cVaver sopra 
questo caso ma two esamine, e 
pigliarne poi quel partito che 
fosse giudicato migliore per 
iscuoprire, ec. macchiavelli. 



Put one to death (to), fare morire, accusative; 
dare la morte, dative. 

He put his brother to death. Egli fece morir suo fratello, 

egli diede la morte al fratello 
suo. 



PU — -PU 



227 



Put on a thing (to), mettersi addosso or indosso, 
accusative. 



It is true, never was a wo- 
man more clever in putting on 
embroidered dresses. 

I have had a suit of clothes 
made, which cost me fifty se- 
quins, and I have not put it ort 
yet. 

Put off (to), differire, accusative. See Defer. 

Put an end to (to), terminare, accusative ; Jinire^ 
accusative. 



Egli e vero, die non fu rriai 
la piu atta a mettersi addosso 
veste ricamata. gozzt. 

Spesi in un vestito cinquanta 
zecchini e non meV ho messo 
indosso ancora. gozzi. 



Now to put an end to my 
relation, &c. 

Who wish to put an end to 
the war in order that they 
might triumph. 



Or per terminate il mio rac- 
conto, ec. metastasio, 

I quali volevanojinirela guer- 
ra per trionfare. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 



Put a thing on one's limb (to), mettere una cosa ad 
uno in. 



Then the Archbishop of Co- 
logne put a ring on his finger; 
turn, put to him the ring in 
finger. 

Then the three archbishops 
together put the crown on his 
head ; turn, put to him the 
crown in head. 



Allora VArcivescovo di Colog* 
na gli mise Vanello in dito. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Allora i tre arcivescovi m» 
sieme gli misero la corona in 
testa. CASTIGLIONE. 



Put on a fair face (to), fare buon viso, dative. 

And putting on a fair face, E fattole * buon viso le disse, 
she said to her, &c. ec. gozzi. 



* Le stands for a leu 
Q 2 



228 PU QU 

Put out (to), speaking ofjire, a. candle, &c, spegnere, 
otherwise cavare, accusative. 

Who has taught you to light Chi V ha insegnato d'accen- 
the fire so early? I have put dere il fuoco coil per tempo? 
it out. Io 1' ho spento. goldoni. 



Q. 

Qualified for (to), atto, dative. 

He was well qualified for Era ben atto a quel che intra- 
what he undertook. prese. goldoni. 

Quake with (to), tremare, genitive. See Tremble. 

Quarry upon (to), vfaere, genitive. See Live on. 

Quench the thirst (to), spegnere la sete, trarre la 
sete, dative. 

Then the knights would Allora % cavalieri spegnereb- 

quench their thirst in the clear hero la sete nelle chiare onde 

water of the Siloe. del Siloe. chiabrera. 

Where several shepherdesses, Dove sovente certe pastorelle 

who often endeavour to quench che a' piccoli greggi cercano 

the thirst of their small flocks, trarlasete,ec. firenzuqla. 

Question a thi«ng (to), dubltare, genitive. See 
Doubt. 

Quite, del tutto. 

The people, however, are not Dal popolo tuttavia Vantico 
yet quite freed from the old pregiudizio non e ancor tolto 
prejudice. del tutto. soave, 



RA RE 229 



it. 

Rail at (to), dire deW ingiurie y dative. 

First he railed at him, and Prima *gli disse dell* ingiure, 
then left him. e poi lo pianib. goldoni. 

Rather not (I would), no, grazie. 

Will you take a glass of wine? Volte bere un bicchier di vino } 
No, I would rather not. No, grazie. 

Rather than, piuttosto die. 

Young people, who are natu- La gioventil, la quale per sua 
rally rather addicted to plea- natura e disposta a darsi piut- 
sure than to study. , tosto ai piaceri che a' migliori 

Sludti. PANDOLFINI. 

Reach (to), arrivare, pervenire, giungere, dative. 

For when you first reached Che quando primamente ar* 
that city. rivaste a quella citta. bembo. 

Therefore many famous men Onde molti insigni personnaggi 
reached the highest pitch of sotto la, sua guida a eccelso 
glory under his guide. posto di gloria pervennero. 

SALVINI. 

Which (spectacles) approxi- I quali fanno purer loro vi~ 
mate those dignities which cine quelle dignitadi, aile quali 
their sight cannot reach. non giunge la vista loro. 

boccalini. 

Read out (to), leggere ad alta voce, or forte. 

Read out, T cannot hear you. Leggete forte, tbfe io non 

posso udirvi. 



* Gli stands for a lui a dative. 
Q 3 



230 



RE RE 



Ready to (to make one's self), prepararsi, allestirsi 
per, accusative. See Get one's self ready, 

.Receive of (to), ricevere, ablative. 

First I say, that I received Dico prima ch' io da lui ho 
of him as a gift many benefits. ricevuto dono di grandissimi 

beneficii, metastasio. 

Receive one (to), accogliere accusative ; fare acco* 
gliema, fare delle accoglienze, dative. 



The king of that island went 
to the port, and having kind- 
ly received Mr, Ansaldo. 

Here is your heart, receive 
him as he deserves. 



II re di quell' isolafu alporto 3 
e fatta grata accoglienza a 
Messer Ansaldo, ec. 

MALAGOTTI. 

Ecco ilvostro cuore, fate-gli,* 
quelle aecoglienze che merita. 

GOLD ONI. 



Recollect (to), ricordarsi, risovvenirsi, genitive ; 
ridursi alia memoria, accusative. 



Where, as he recollected his 
father's house, &c. 

He then recollecting the 
burning heat, &&. 

You will easily divest your- 
self of this ill-founded opinion, 
when you recollect the antient 
respect due to your father. 



Dove, ricordandosi della casa 
del padre suo, ec. gelli, 

Poscia risovvenendosi del co^ 
cente ardore, ec. albergati, 

Rimovera facilmenie da se 

questa mat fondata opinione, se 

si ridurra alia memoria l'antica 

diyozione avuta al padre vostro. 

eembo. 



Recollect to (to), ricordarsi, with the infinitive 
without a preposition. This verb is used impersonally; 



* Qli stands for a lui, a dative, 



RE- — RE 231 

that is to say, in the third person singular only, when 
the English nominative is to be put in the dative. 

For I recollect I have read in Che mi ricorda aver letto nelle 
the holy scriptures, &c. ; turn, scritture sacre, ec. gelli. 

for it recollects to me. 

Recompence for (to), ricompcnsare, genitive. See 
Reward for. 

Recourse to (to have), ricorrere, dative. 

If we will comfort ourselves Sevogliamo raddolcirci ricor- 
let us have recourse to another riamo ad altro barattolo. 
syrup-pot. METASTASIO. 

Recover (to), after a fainting - fit, tornare in se. 

On seeing him she fainted, Ella svenne alvederlo, e quan- 
and when she recovered he was do tomb in se egli sen era an- 
gone. dato. 

Reflect on (to), rlfletlere^ dative, in speaking of 
the reflection of the mind ; riverberare sopra, in speaking 
of a light or a splendor. 

For as long as we ascribe Perche fino a tanto die ascri- 

those evils to other causes, we viamo quei mali ad altre cagio- 

do not reflect on the severity ni nort rijlettiamo alia severita 

of our Lord, &c. del Signore. segneri. 

The rays of the sun which I raggi del soleche sulle acque 

reflected on the water, &c. riverberavano, ec. albergati. 

Refuse to (to), ricusare di, with the infinitive. 

If it were so, you would not Se cost fosse, non ricusereste 
refuse to go with me. di venir meco. golboni. 

Refuse one a thing (to), negare, ricusare una cosa, 
dative. 

I have not the courage to Non mi sento hastante da ne~ 
refuse my country any thing. gare alia patria mia cosa alcu- 

na. bembo. 

Q 4 



232 RE RE 

Regret to (to), sentire rincrescimento di, with the 
infinitive. 

I do not regret to have done Non sento rincrescimento di 
that aver cibfatto. goldoni. 

Reign over (to), regnare in. 

Oh, sweet emotions of nature, O dolci violenze di natura 

may you always thus reign possiate sempre in tutti i cuori 

over our hearts ! regnar cosi. altanesi. 

Oh ! what a few does this Oh come regna in pochi di 

discretion reign over at such simile eta questa discrezione J 

an age. gelli. 

Rejoice at (to), rallegrarsi, genitive. 

At which you ought to rejoice Di cui amandomi come fate 
still more, because you love piic dovresle rallegrarvi. 
me. bembo. 

Rejoice to (to), rallegrarsi di, with the infinitive. 

And I may rejoice to return Edio mi rallegri di tornarmi 
to my creator, &c. al mio fattore. gelli. 

Rely on (to), fare capitate, genitive. 

You may rely on me, who Vol potetefar capitate di me^ 
am your friend. che son vostro amico. bembo. 

Remedy (to), rimediare, dative. 

Those who are magistrates Devono coloro che sono ma- 
ought to use all their efforts to gistrati fare ogni cosa per ri- 
remedy both evils, &c. mediare all' un male e all' 

altro, ec. var-Chi. 

Remember (to), ricordarsi, genitive, or di with the 
infinitive. 

The more you remember ijour Quanto piil ti ricorderai dell' 
having followed sensuality, &c. aver seguitato i sensi, ec. 

gelli. 



RE RE 233 

I do remember very well to Mi ricordo benissimo d'aver 
have had the honour of seeing avuto I'onore di vederla. 

YOU. GOLDONI. 

Repair to (to), portarsi a, in speaking of a place; 
portarsi da, in speaking of going to somebody's 
h'ouse. 

He repaired to Tauris, a city, Egli si portb a Tauri, citta, 

&c. ec. SEGNI. 

They soon repaired to his Si portarono subito d t luU 

house. GOLDONI. 

Repent for (to), pentirsi, genitive. 

Etelwige very soon had a Etehvigebentostbebbe apentirsi 
cause to repent for her change, del suo cangiamento. soave. 

Repent for (to), before a verb, pentirsi di, with 
the infinitive. 

As soon as he sees him return, Subito cK egli lo vede ritor- 
and repent for having sinned, nare a se e pentirsi d'aver pec- 
&c. cato, ec. gelli. 

Reprehend one for (to), ammonire uno, genitive. 
See Admonish. 

Reproach one for, (to), rimproverare a uno, accu- 
sative. 

And the uncultivated ground E dappertutto gli incolti ter- 

which is seen on every side, reni rimproverano agii abitanti 

reproaches the inhabitants for la lor'o infingardaggine. 

their idleness, &c. ganganelli. 

Request of one to (to), pregare uno di, with the 
infinitive. See Beg one to. 

Require a thing of one (to), richiedere unacosa, 
ablative. 

That only is what 1 require Questo e solo quello che da sua 
of his majesty. maesta richiedo. bembo, 



234 



RE RE 



Resemble one (to), rassomigliare, somigliare, dative. 

And if you can make its light E se tu puoi fare che la sua 
resembling that^of tbe sun, luce somiglia a quella del sole, 
&c. ec. 



GOZZI. 



Resist (to), reggere, resistere, dative; tener fermo. 



As she feared he could not 
resist so cold a season, &c. 

The very fancy of him who 
feels it, cannot resist the influ- 
ence of its overpowering value. 

But the city resisted in such 
a manner, that the Imperialists 
were obliged to suspend the 
siege. 



Temendo ella non potcsse egli 
reggere a stagione si cruda, ec. 

SOAVJE. 

La fantasia medesima di colui 
che lo sente non pub resistere 
alia soprabbondanza del va- 
lore. SALVIATI. 

Ma la citta tenne fermo in 
modo, che gV Imperiali furono 
costretti a levare Vassedio. 

DENINA. 



Resolve to (to) ? risohersi, risohere, prendere par- 
lito, dellberare di, with the infinitive, provided the subject 
of the two verbs is the same ; otherwise che \\ ith the 
subjunctive,* 



But the marshal could not 
resolve to go, and place him-^ 
self, &c. 

Who, confused by so great 
^n accident, resolved to retire 
to Jarnac. 

They resolved to save their 
lives by flight. 



Ma il maresciallo non si pott 
risolvere d'andarsi a mettere^ 

ec. DENINA. 

II quale, confuso per si grave 
accidente risolse di ritirarsi a 
Giarnac. davila. 

Presero essi partito di provve- 

dere alia propria salute con la 

fuga. davila. 



* Tolomei has used the infinitive without di before it. 
For he was quite resolved not to answer anything : CK egli 
era del tutto risoluto non rispondere cosa alcuna. 



RE— -RE 



235 



I have resolved to be advised 
by you. 

The Senate resolved that all 
the soldiers should go to Ve- 
rona. 

And as no one was"' found who 
would undertake such a charge, 
they resolved that chance should 
determine it! 



Ho deliberato d'esser da voi 
consigliato. macchiavelli. 

Deliberb il Senato che tutti 
i suoi soldati in Verona si ri- 
ducessero. bembo. 

E non si trovando alcuno the 
volontariamente prendesse questa 
impresa, deliberarno* che la 
sorte fosse quella che lo dichia- 
rasse. macchiavelli. 



Resound with (to), ?^sonare y or risuonare, genitive. 
They were shewn into a hall Furono guidati in una sola che 



that resounded with the softest 
music. 

They heard that each cottage 
resounded with different instru- 
ments. 



risonava della piu dolce musica, 
algarotti, 

Ciascuna capanna si ud\ risuo-* 
nare di diversi instrument! . 

SANNAZZARO. 



Respect (to), avere in riverenza, accusative; arcere 
river enza, dative. 

I shall certainly shew that I 
have respected it. 

And thus did others, who, 
although they respected anti- 
quity, had not much regard for 
ft. 



Arb\ certamente dimostrato 
d'aver-\o in river enza. 

CAVALCANTI. 

E cosl fecero gli altri, che 
ancorche avessero riverenza all' 
antiquity non la stimavano 
tanto. CASTIGLIONE, 



Respectful to, rispcttoso verso, genitive. 

This gentleman who is so Questo gentiluomo il affabile, 
complaisant and so respectful e si rispettoso verso di tutti. 
to all people. salvini. 



* Deliberarno, for deliberarono. 
f Arq, for avrb, rather obsolete. 



236 RE— RI 

Rest (to), prendere riposo. 

But to have accustomed your Ma Vavere assuefatte le lasse 
weary lirobs to rest on the membra a prendere in sulta dura 
hard ground, &c. terra riposo, ec. cavalcanti. 

Restore one a thing (to), restituire una cosa, 

dative. 

Tbey restored him all that *Gli restituirono quel che 

was his due. gli era dovuto. 

Return from (to), tornare, genitive. 

The Emperor having returned L'imperatore tomato di Pro- 
from Provence, &c. venza, ec. denina. 

Revenge (to), vendicarsi^ genitive. 

Thinking thus to revenge the Pensando cosl vendicarsi dell' 
injury, which, he imagines, ingiuria, ch' egli stima aver 
he has received. ricevuta. tolomei. 

Reward for (to), ricompensare, genitive. 

May God reward you for your Possa Iddio ricompensarvi della 
charity. vostra carita. soave. 

Rewarded for, ricompcnsato, genitive. 

He will give them, when he Daralle egli, quando egli sara 
is well rewarded/or his trouble. ben ricompensato delle sue fati- 

che. bembo. 

Risk to, risicare di, with the infinitive. 

He risked to lose a reputation , Risicava di pei dere una ripu- 
al ready acquired with so much tazione giafatta con tanti studj. 

Study. ALGAROTTI. 



* Gli stands for a lui. 



RI RI 



237 



Risk a thing (to), metier e a rischio, porre a rischio, 
risckiare, accusative. 



Would you risk your life for 
an hour of pleasure ? 

Do not risk the happiness of 
an hour. 

A young woman who has 
risked her life and reputation 
on my account. 



Vuoi tu per uri' ora di piacere 
mettere a rischio la tua vita ? 

BANDELLO. 

Non voler porre a rischio d'una 
ora la felicita. passavanti. 

Una giovane che ha poslo a 
rischio per me la propria vita,, 
e la propria reputazione 

GOLDONI. 



And becaure those who often E perche spesso color che ris- 
risked their own money, &c. chiavano il lor denaro., ec. 

LODOLI. 

Ride on hoiiseback. (to), andare a ctmallo. 

Those who rode on horseback Quelli che andavano a cavallo 

were dressed in black. erano di nero vesfiti. denin?a. 



Ride in a coach (to), andare in carrozsa. 

Right to (to have a), avere ragione a, or di, with 
the infinitive. 

Dante had certainly a right Dante aveva ragione per certo 
to boast of being the first per- a gloriarsi d\essere il primo che, 
son, who, &c. ec. buommattei. 

He. who urges you to write,, Chi vi stimola a scrivere ha 

has a right to do so. ben ragipn di farlo. 

METASTASIO. 

Right (to be), avere ragione. 

Jupiter answered, thou art Risposegli Glove, tu hai ra~ 
right! gione! gozzj. 



238 RO RU 

Rob one of a thing (to), rubhare una cosa, dative, 

I promise you, that I am not Io vi prometto ch' io ?ion son 
what I am, if I do not rob io, se non *gli rubbo tutt'ipanni 
him of all his clothes. che ha indosso. anonimo. 

Rujn (to), mandate in rovina, accusative. 

Such a man in the family Un tal uo'mo nella famiglia T 

would ruin it. la manderebbe in rovina. 

PADCVANI. 

Ruin one's-self (to), andare in rovina. 

Mr. Eugenio will ruin him- II Signor Eugenio vuol andar 
self. in rovina. goldonj. 

Round, intorno, a"intorno> dative. 

They shall also be painted Abbian Vali ancor essi, e voli- 

with wings, and fly round it. no intorno a lui. caro. 

Paint a Morpheus round his D'intorno al suo letto si vegga 

bed. Morfeo. caro. 

Run a risk to (to) ? andar e a rischio di, with the 
infinitive. 

If I remain here, I shall run Se iorimango qui, vo a rischio 
a risk to marry in spite of my- di prender moglie mal mio 
self. grado. eembo. 

Run mad (to), impazzire, divenire matto. 
The poor girl will run mad. Impazzira la povera fanciulla. 

-GOLDONI. 



* Gli stands for a lui. 



SA— S.1 



239 



S. 



Saint, Santo. This word loses the last syllable be- 
fore masculine nouns, beginning with a consonant 5 the 
last letter before nouns of both genders beginning with a 
vowel ; and before nouns beginning with s followed by a 
consonant, it is not altered. 

He instituted the order of 
Saint Maurice with a bull. 



But the rule of Saint Augus- 
tine was given to that (the 
order) of Saint Lazarus. 

Under the sign or the new 
military order of Saint Ste- 
phen. 



Con una holla istitui V or dine 
di San Maurizio. ' denina. 

Ma a quello di San Lazzaro 
si diede la regola di Sant' 4gos~ 
tino. DENINA. 

Sotto Vinsegna del nuovo or- 
dine militare di Santo Stefano. 

DENINA. 



Same... as, medesimo, ste$$o...che. 

If that were true, it would Se fosse vero questo, seguirebbe 

follow, that lyric poetry, che irattando il lirico 1 medesi- 

treating of the same ideas as mi concetti che Vepico, ec. 

epic, &c. tasso. 

Satiate oneVself with (to), saziarsi, genitive; 
essere satoilo^ genitive. 



A bird was in a lake, round 
which he had satiated himself 
with fish when young. 

And that having satiated 
themselves with viands, sea- 
soned with the most exquisite 
sweetness, &c. 



Stavasi un uccello entro a an 
lago, intorno al quale nella sua 
gioventic s'era saziato di pesci. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

E che essendo satolli delle 
vivande condite con le piu squi- 
site dolcezze, ec. boccalini. 



240 SA- SC " 

Satisfy one in (to), soddisfare uno, genitive. 

We come to tell you that we Siamo venuti a dirvi, die 
are prepared and ready to sa- siamo apparecchiati e pfonti a 
tisfy tbem in all that which, soddisfargli di tutto cio che, ec. 

&c. SEGNI 

Satisfied with (to be), soddisfarsi, contentarsi, 
genitive. 

Who was satisfied with no II quale tra tutte le parti 
other period of his life, than delta sua vita di nessuna tanto 
with those ten years. si soddisfece quanto di quei dieci 

anni. bembo. 

I am satisfied with what hea- Io mi contento di quel che il 
ven grants me. cielo mi concede. goldoni. 

Satisfied to (to be), appagarsi, contentarsi di, with 
the infinitive, if the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che with the subjunctive 

If that happens, a prudent Un uomo prudente ove cio 
man is satisfied to laugh at it avver.ga, s'appaga di riderne 
only. solamente. soave. 

I am satisfied that you would Mi contento che restiate meco 
remain only three days with ire soli giorni. goldon^. 

me* 

Say (to), dire di, with the infinitive. 

In which I have no right, nor Nella quale io non ho, ne dico 
do I say I have any. d' avere alcuna ragione. 

DELLA CASA. 

Say again (to), tornare a dire. 

But I say again, that, &c. Ma torno a dire, ec. bembo. 

Scarcely, appena. This word being put in the be- 
ginning of a sentence throws the nominative after the 
following verb. 



SC — r-SE 241 

And whilst an abundance of E mentre in tutte le parti 

literati flourished all over ltaly> d 1 Italia fiorivano innumerflbiU 

scarcely one was found in letterati appena se ne contava 

Piedmont. alcuno in Piemonte. denina. 

Scatter with (to), spargere, genitive. 

Then the sacred name of Allora il santo nome delV 

friendship beg^n to spread it- amicizia comincib a seminarsi 

self all over the earth, and per la terra, e spargerla di 

scatter it with flagrant Jioivers. soavi fiori. macchiavelli. 

Scattered over with, sparso, genitive. 

And let the surrounding sky E il cielo d'intorno sia sparso 

be scattered over with stars. di stelie. caro. 

Her face scattered over with 11 suo aspetto sparso di una 

soft melancholy, &c. dolce malinconia, ec. foscolo. 

Search for one (to), cercare, genitive. 

To hinder it, I have been all Per impedirlo io scorro solle- 

over the palace, and have in cito la reggia, e cerco in vano 

vain sought for Artabanus and d'Artabano e di Dario. 

Darius. metastasio. 

Secure (to), mettere in sicuro, accusative. 

He secured all he had. Egli mise in sicuro tutto quel 

die aveva. 

See (to), vedere, with an infinitive without a preposi- 
tion before it. 

Look at Milesia Aspasia, and Volgete gli occhi verso della 
you will see her teaching rhe- Milesia Aspasia, e vedretela a 
toric to a great number of men, molti uomini insegnar la retto- 

rica. fhienzuola. 

See, (following to go or to come and) trovare, accusative. 

If you wish it, you may go Se vuole, pub andare a trovare 

and see Mr. Lelio. il Signor Lelio. goldqni. 

Mr. T. . is come to see me, E'venuto a trovarmi il Signor 

T. . FOSCOLO. 

R 



c u°z 



SE SE 



Seek (to), andare cercando, accusative; andare in 
traccia, andare in cerca, genitive. See Go in search. 

Seem to be (to), parere, sembrare, without expressing 

to be. 



They seem to be old. 

She seemed to be handsome 
when I saw her. 



Pajono vecchj. bembo. 

Quando la viddi mi sembro 
bella. BANDELLO. 



Seem (to), par ere y sembrare. These two verbs are 
impersonally used, and are construed by putting them in 
the third person singular, when the English nominative is 
to precede the second verb, which is put in the subjunc- 
tive, with che before it. 

N ght, chased by darkness and 
h e stars, seems to recede from 

he sun. 

Which (prudence) above all 
other virtues seems to be fit for 
old people. 

Aimena seems to have re- 
covered from his first terror. 



Pare che la notte seguita dalle 
tenebre e dalle stelle fuggisse 
dal sole. foscolo. 

La quale par che sopratutte le 

altre virtii, si convenga, ai 

vecchi. GELLI. 

Sembra che Aimena dal pri- 

mo terrore si riavesse. dati. 



Seize on (to), dare di piglio 9 dative; impadronirsi, 
genitive. 



That some of those giants 
should threaten, others should 
seize on pieces of mountains. 

Pie said he would seize on the 
whole kingdom, or at least on a 
great part of it. 



Che alcuni di essi minaccias- 
sero, altri dessero di piglio a 
pezzi di monti. caro. 

Egli disse che voleva impadro- 
nirsi di tutto o ahneno di una 
gran parte del regno, denina. 



Sell or be sold for (to), tenders! . 

Butter sells ten pence a pound. Si vende died soldi la Ubbra il 

butirro. 



SE- 



SE 



243 



Sell, or be sold by weight (to), vendersi a peso. 

And that all kinds of meat E che ogni came e pesce si 
and fish should be sold by vendesse a peso. villani. 

weight. 

Send one a thing (to), mandare, inviare una cosa, 
dative. 



If Carlo sent me his letters. 



Se Carlo mandasse a me sue 
lettere. bembo. 



I sent him the first definitions GV invio le prime definizioni 
made by the Arabian author, fatte dalV auiore Arabo. 

BOR.ELLI. 

Send for (to), mandare a prendere, mandate a chia- 
mare, accusative. 



Tell the landlord to take care 
of my horse 5 for I shall send 
for it in the cool of the even- 
ing. 

He afterwards sent for all his 
barons and gentlemen of the 
court. 



Raccomandate il caval mio 
alV oste, che io lo manderb a 
prendere in sul fresco delta sera. 

GOZZL. 

Egli mandb poi a chiamare 
tutt'i suoi baroni, e tutti i 
gentiluomini di corte. 

BANDEILO. 



Send one word (to), mandare a dire, dative. 

Did you tell your brother I Avete detto al vostro fratello 
want to speak to him I No, che voglio parlargli ? No, ma 
but I sent him word. gliel' ho mandato a dire. 

Send to (to), before names of cities and kingdoms, 
mandare in. 

Abraim, who, when a child, Abraim, it quale da fanciullo 
was sent to Constantinople. fit mandato in Costantinopoli. 

SEGNI. 

R 2 



244 SE *SE' 

Serve (to), servire, dative. 
But we, who serving our city Manoi die celle armiservendo 
with arms, &c. alia nostra citta, ec. 

CAVALCANTI. 

Serve (to), servireper, with the infinitive. 
Because all the good that will Per die tutto quel die si trovera 
be found in that language, will in essa lingua di buono serviru 
serve to shew, &c. per mostrare, ec. buommattei. 

Serve one a trick (to), fare una burla, dative. 
She served her hiisband such Ella fece una tal burla aisuo 
a trick, &c. marito, ec. goldonj. 

Set one at liberty (to), dare la liberid, dative. 

Poor Pamela and poor Jevre La povera Pamela e la povera 
are still imprisoned 5 let us go Jevre sono ancora imprigionate j 
and set them at liberty. andiamo a dar loro la liberta. 

GOLDONI. 

Set out from (to), part ir si , genitive. 
And after all these ceremo- E dopo tutte queste cerimonie 
nies Were over, the electors gli elettori si partirono d'Aquis- 
set out from Aquisgrana. grana. castiguone. 

SeT a price on or upon (to), fiss are il prezzo, dative. 

He set a price on my horse. Fissb il prezzo al mio cavallo. 

Set on fire (to), appkcare il fuoco, dative; dare 
allejiamme, accusative. 

And as he could enter it by E* possendo intrar dentro ap- 
setting on fire the side in piccando-\e f il fuoco dalla 
which he knew the painting banda dove sapeva cliera quel- 
was, &c. la tavola, ec. castiglione. 

And there were nations, who, £ vi furono de" popoli che per 
rather than submit to the Ro- non obbedire a' Remani diedero 
mans, set their houses on fire, alle fiamme le loro case, ec. 

&c. FOSCOLO. 



* Possendo, instead of potendo, rather obsolete. 
f Le stands for a lei, the building, &c. 



SE — -SH 245 

Set sail (to), spiegare Ic vele, dare le vele ai venti. 

The Duke of Bari had us II Duca di Bari ne fe recar 
conveyed on board of his ship, sulla nave, e dar subito le vele 
and immediately set sail. ai venti. soave. 

Settle (to), mettere ordine, dare sesto, dative. 

So saying, he got up, dressed Si detto, balzb del letto, ves- 

himself, and having settled his tissi, e messo ordine a' suoi do- 

domestic affairs, &c. mest'ci affari, ec. albergati. 

Before he settled all his af- Innanzi di dar sesto a tutt'i 

fairs, &c, suoi affari, ec. soave. 

Shake hands (to), toccarsi la mano, dar si la mono. 

The two curates shook hands, I due piovani la rnano toccan- 
&c. si, ec. gozzi. 

Shall, in commanding, bisogna che, with the sub- 
junctive. 

Thou shalt do whatever I tell Bisogna che tu faccia tutto cib 
thee. che ti dico. 

Share (to), essere a parte, genitive. 

I could not persuade myself, Ne mi potei persuadere che un 
that a man who had shared the gentiluomo che stato fosse a 
honours of the republic, &c. parte degli onori delta repubblu 

ca, ec. BEMBO. 

Shaved (to be), far si fare la barba. 

Sir, if you wish to be shaved, Signore, se vuol farsi fare la 
master is waiting for you. barba, il padrone Vaspetta. 

GOLDONI. 

She, ella ; but when it is followed by the relative' 
pronoun, who, whom, that, qutlla che, quella la quale. 

She was a woman of about Ella era giovane di ventisei 
twenty-seven years of age. in ventisette anni. bembo. 

R 3 



246 SH SH 

And do you think that she E pensate che quella che amate 
whom you love can act so ? faccia cosl P bembo. 

Shelter (to), dare ricovero, dative. 

If he knocks at your door, Se per caso venisse a picchiar 
do not refuse to shelter him in alia vostra porta, non ricusate 
your house. di dar-g\i* ricuvero. 

Shew one (to), mostrtire, fare vedere, dative. 

And he shewed him a gentle- E mostrb a lui un Cavaliere 
man called Filippo Argenti. chiamato Fdippo Argenti. 

BOCCACCIO. 

I have heard say that he is Ho sentito dire che sia andato 
gone to shew Miss Rjosaura a far vedere un anello alia Sig- 
aring. nora Rosaura. goldoni. 

Shew (to), mosirare di, with the infinitive, or che with 
tlie subjunctive. 

You shew, my soul, as if you Tu mostri, anima mia di aver 

had little enjoyed, &c. poco gustato, ec. gelli. 

But I should place it (the Perb gli darei loco f la su da 

sun) there above on the right, man destra, mostrando che fosse 

shewing as if it were received accolto da Saturno. car©. 
by Saturn. 

Shine with (to), risplendere, genitive. 

Let our arms not only shine Risplendano quests nostre armi 

with the brightness that results non solo delia luce delta perizia 

from the use of them, but also di quelle, maparimente di tutte 

with all civil virtues. le ciyili virtu. cavalcanti. 

Shoot (to), uceidere, mGrire, accusative. 

The gentleman was so angry II galantuomo month in tanta 
against the fowl, that to take furia contro il polio, che il iirar 

P Gli stands for a lui, a dative. 

+ hoco, it is better to use luogo in prose. 



SH— SH 247 

off the gun from his shoulder, giil Varchibuso delta spalla, lo 
to fire, and to shoot it, was scaricare, Vuccider-\o fuunbat- 
the work of an instant. tere di palbebre. gozzi. 

Shooting (to go a), andare a caccia col futile. 

My brother went a shooting Jeri andb a caccia colfucile mio 
yesterday, and he could not fratello, e non pote uccider un 
shoot a single bird. solo uccello. 

Short time (for a), breve spazio di tempo. 

It is hardly possible to bear Ne appena e possibile il soste- 
it for a short time. nerlo breve spazio di tempo. 

SALVIATI. 

Should, when it is not a sign of the conditional, is 
expressed by the present tense of dovere (to owe), and 
the following verb is to be put in the infinitive without a 
preposition before it. 

What you gave me then Quelche mi avete lasciato or a 
should be yours now. deve esser vostro. soave. 

Should have, followed by a participle, and not be- 
ing the sign of the conditional, is to be expressed by avrei 
dovuto, and the said participle is to be put in the infini- 
tive. 

You should have told him be- Voi avresle dovuto dirglielo, 
fore he went thither. prima c/j' egli ci andasse. 

GOLDONI. 

Shuffle the cards (to), mescolare le carte. 

It was you to shuffle the Toccava a voi a mescolar le 
cards. carte. 

Shudder (to), tremare di paura, gelare (Porrore. 

And hearing her hoarse voice E udend&la'rgca sua voce ire- 
he shuddered. mb dipaura. manni. 

R 4 



248 v SI SI 

At such a cruel condition tbe Gelb d' orrore il misero padre 
miserable father shuddered. a si barbara condizione. soave. 

Sick of, svogliato, genitive. 
I am sick of it. Ne sono svogliato. 

Side (on one, on the other, on this, on that, &c.) 
See On one side, On the other side, &c. 

Signify (it does not), non importa, poco importa. 

Whether then Latin or fo- Sieno percib in maggior nume- 

reiga words be in greater num- ro o le parole La tine o le bar- 

ber or not, that does not sig- bare questo poco importa, ec. 

nify. BUOMMATTEI. 

Silence one (to), fare tacere, accusative. 

I silenced him with a single lo lo feci tacere con una sola 
word. parola. 

Since, preceding a noun, fn da, da . . in qua, dopo. 

Pippo and Menicuccio had Pippo e Menicuccio avevano 
contracted the most intimate contratta fin dagli anni put 
friendship since their infancy. teneri lapih intima amicizia. 

SOAVE. 

The melancholy I felt since La malinconia delV animo 
the death of my father. concetta ddlla morte di mio 

padre in qua. bembo. 

Since, preceding a past tense, da che, che, dappoiche, 
with the definite tense.* 



* Observe th^t you may put non or non piu after che, dappoi- 
che, da che 3 and then instead of the definite tense, the compound 
tense is to be used. 

In which time and in all that has elapsed since we saw each 
other, &c. Nel qual tempo e in tutto il passato da che piu rive- 
duti non ci siamo, ec. bembo. 



SI SL 249 

It is ten days since I received Son died giorni die ebbi una 
your letter. vostra letter a i bembo. 

You may perhaps have won- Vol vi potete esser maravi°Ua~ 

dered, that since I paid you a to, die dappoiche io fui a visi- 
visit, &a tarvi, ec. bembo, 

Since, in the sense of as or because, giacche, poichd. 

Since we have nothing to do, Giacche non abbiamo nulla da 
let us go. fare, andiamocene. 

Sink under (to), soccombere, dative. See Fall 

UNDER. 

Sit for one's picture (to), farsi dipingere, farsi 
fare il ritratto. 

She sat last year for her pic- Ella -si fe dipingcre Vanno 
ture. passato, 

Sit upon or on (to), sedere, dative ; mettersi a sedere 
in su, accusative. 

. And Mercury was seen, who E si vedeva Mercurio, chest- 
sitting on a large stone, &c. dendo ad una gran pietra, ec.. 

SANNAZZARO. 

And there they sat upon some E quivi si messero a sedere in 
benches. su certe panche. varchi. 

Sit heavy on one (to), opprimere, accusative. 
Melancholy sits heavy on her. Lt'opprime la malinconia. 

Slip off one's (to), speaking of shoes, stockings, 
gloves, &c. cavarsi, accusative. 

He slipped off his shoes and Si levo le scarpe e le calzette. 
stockings. % gozzi. 



#50 SM SO 

Smitten with, innammorato, genitive. See Fallen 
in LOVE. 

Snap at (to), afferrare, accusative. See Take hold. 

Snatch a thing from (to), strappare una cosa, 
genitive. 

She snatched the letter from Mi strappb la lettera di ma- 
my hand. no. goldoni. 

Sneer at (to), burlarsi, farsi bejfe, genitive. See 
Laugh at. 
Snuff the candle (to), smoccolare la candela. 

Be so good as to snuff the Abbiate la bonta di smoccolar 
candles. le candele. 

So. ..as, or as. ..as, in a comparison, tanto... quanto, 
cosh.. come, putting the former words in the place of so, 
and the latter in the place of as.* 

And I wonder how he can E maravigliomi come egli vi 
live there, he not being so far possa dimorare, non tssendo tan- 
advanced in his studies as you to oltre n€ studii quanto voi 
are. siete. bembo. 

These are the inconveniences Ecco gV incommodi dei viag~ 

of travellers, and of those giatori, e di coloro che mutano 

who associate with people of cosi spetso, come fo io> compa* 

a different kind as often as I do. gnia. algahotti. 

So. ..as, not a comparison, si. ..che; talmente . . .che ; 
ianto...che ; putting the former words in the place of so, 
and the latter in the place of as. 



# So., as, and as., as, may also be expressed by cvme, or 
quanto only,, which is put in the place of the latter as. 

He is not so learned as my brother : Egli non e dotto come or 
quanto mio fratello. 



so- — so 



251 



Because he had become so 
rich and so proud as to display, 
&c. 

And his imagination is so 
fervent as to think he is really 
murdering, &c. 



Imperciocche era egli divenuto 
si ricco e talmente superbo che 
per far mostra, ec. dati. 

Ed e tanto infervorato in tali 
immaginazioni che gli pare ve- 
ramente di far macelli. gozzi. 



So much. ..as, tanto, . .quanto, which, as adjectives, 
are to agree with the following substantives * 



Italy had never experienced 
so much prosperity as that, &c. 



Nun avea Italia giammai sen- 
tito tanta prosperity quanto 
quello, ec. GUICCIARDINI. 



So, relating to a foregoing noun, lo for both genders 



and numbers. 

All the readers here are friends, 
or at least they pretend to be 
so. 

How is it possible that a per- 
son of your rank should apply 
herself to the deep questions 
of metaphysics, in the bosom 
of a city immersed in pleasure 
as it is (so)-|- in water ? 



Tittti i leitori sono amid tra 
loro, o almeno lo mostrano. 

ALGAROTTI. 

Come mai e pcssibile che una 
persona del suo rango s'applichi 
alle cose profonde delta meta- 
fisica, in seno d'una citta im- 
mersa nei piaceri come lo e nelle 
acque ? 



GANGANELLI, 



Solace one's self (to), railegrarsi, genitive. 
Be glad, or Rejoice. 



See 



Some, preceding a substantive, and denoting a part of 



* We sometimes find the above as adverbs with a genitive, as 
in Tasso. 

But they have not so much strength as it is necessary for them 
to have : Ma non portano tanto diforza quanto si richiede -, instead 
of tanta forza quanta si richiede, 

f So is understood here. 



252 SO SO 

the whole, is expressed by the genitive, as if it were of 
or of the. 

Which I did in a few days, II che io feci in pochi dl, con 
though I had business that alcuue occupazioni che mi Jo- 
took some of my * time. glievano del tempo. 

DELLA CASA. 

Some,, in the sense of several, alcuni. 

And some fountains abound- Ed alcunefonti di non piccio° 

jng with no small quantity of la copia d'acqua abbondetoli. 

water. firen-zuola. 

Here some are wont to ex- Qui so gliono alcuni gridare, ec. 

claim, &c. buommattei. 

Some, found at the end or in the middle of a sentence, 
and meaning a part ne> meaning several, ne alcuni. 

And I have by me some (son- Ed io ne ho presso di me al- 
nets) of that Gostanza. cuni di quella Gostanza. 

FIRENZUOLA. 

Some. ..others, repeated in different members of the 
same sentence, quali,., quali, alcuni,.. altri, ed altri. 

The west side of the sky was Era I'occidente coper to di nu- 

covered with clouds, some of a voli, quali cerulei, quali viola- 

purple, some of a violet, others ti, alcuni sangitigtri, altri gialli, 

of a bloody colour, others yel- ec. sannazzaro. 
low, &c. 

Some under the name of re- Alcuni sotto home di religione, 

ligion, others through similar ed altri per simile prqfessione, 

profession, &c. ec. montemagno. 

Sometimes, repeated in the same sentence, ora,,,ora, 
or,,. or. 
(Avarice) is sometimes busied Ora e affannata in congregarc, 



* My is turned into a conjunctive pronoun in Italian. 



so— SP 



%53 



In amassing riches, some- 
times is full of anxiety in put- 
ting them aside, sometimes dis- 
quieted on account of the 
expenses, &c. 



or addolorata in conservare, or 
per qualche spesa turbata, ec. 

PANDOLFINI. 



Soon as (as), subito che. See As soon as. 
Sorry (to be), rincrescere, dispiacere. See Be 

SORRY. 

Sorry for (to be), dolersi di, with the infinitive. 
This verb being- impersonal is construed by putting the 
English nominative in the dative. 

You are sorry for having been Vi dolete d'esser-ne stato cac- 
banished from it. ciato. Boccaccio, 

Sparkle with (to), lampeggiare, genitive. 

Your wounds will be seen in Vedrannosi in cielo le vostre 

heaven, spavkVmg with the splen- pictghe lampeggiar della luce 
dor of the divine glory. delta divina gloria. 

CAVALCANTI. 

Sparkling with, sfavillante, genitive. 

Do you think that these are Vi sembra che queste sieno dun- 
maidens or princesses sparkling zelle sfavillanti di amove e ili 
with love and kindness ? cortesia ■? cigua. 

Speak to (to) parlare, dative, or conuno; ragionare. 
con uno. 



Know that I did not speak to 
the Spaniard. 

I have not been able to speak 
to Mr. Bernardino, your ne- 
phew. 



Sappiate che io non ho parlato 
con lo Spagnuolo. bembo. 

Con M. Bernadino vostro m- 
pote non ho potato ragionare. 

BEMBO. 



254* SP SP 

Speak the truth (to) dire il vero, dire laveritd, 
dative. 

Speak the truth, are you in Dite il vero, siete voi innam- 
love with him ? morata di lui} goldoni. 

Could not a philosopher speak Non potrebbe un filosofo dir 
the truth ? laverita? varchi. 

Dear master, to speak the Caro signer padrone, per dirvi 
truth, 1 do not like to get up la verita questo levarsi di buon" 
very early. or a non e fatto per la mia com- 

plessione. goldoni. 

Spend (to), passare, accusative, 

I spend whole days at Mr. Io passo le intiere giornate in 
T. . 's. casa del Sigr. T, . foscolo. 

Spot (on the) immediatamcnte. 

He fell from the top of his Cadde dal tetto della sua pasa 
house into the yard, and there nel cortile, e vi morl immedia- 
he died on the spot. tamente. 

Spotted with, macchiato, genitive. 

Therefore they returned spot- Onde macchiati del vostro san- 
ted with your blood. gue son ritornaii. cavalcanti. 

Spur a horse (to), dare degli speroni, dare di sperom, 
dative. 

And spurring his Turkish E dando degli sproni* al Tur- 
horse, he advanced, &c. co, s'avanzb, ec. bandello. 

Splendid with, splendido, genitive. 

For the world that we see, Che il mondo che noi veggiamo 
with the vast heaven, so splen- colV amplo cielo, dichiare stelle 
did with bright stars, &e. tanto splendido,ec.c astigliowe. 



* Spronefov sperone. 



ST ST £55 

Stabbed with, fefito, genitive. 

So that I thought my heart Di modo che mi parve che il 
was stabbed with a sharp knife, core mi fosse di pungente col- 
tell© ferito. bandel<lo. 

Stab one (to), cacciare coltelli, dareferita, dative. 

He began to beat all ray ser- Incominciava a battere i miei 
vants and threaten to stab their di casa, e minacciargli di cat- 
breasts. ciar lor© coltelli net petto. 

BEMBO. 

Marco Antonio, thinking his Marco Antonio pensando che 
wife Was wishing to rise, he la moglie volesse levarsi le * 
stabbed her again. diede utf altraferita. 

BANDE&LQ. 

Stain with {to), macchiare y genitive. 

Ah ! those wretches have not Ah ! quest' indegni non ama$» 
stained their swords with royal no macchiato del regio samgue 
blood with impunity. impunemente il brando. 

METASTAS10. 

Stained with ? lor do , genitive. 

The blood with which he was II sangue del quale era lordo, 
stained, &c, ec. soave. 

Stand (to), stare in piedl. 

My books teach me not to sit I miei libri m' insegnano di non 
down, when he who is to lis- sedere quando stia in piedi chi 
ten to me is standing. mi deve ascoltare. goldqni. 

Stand against (to). *fare fronte, fare faccia, re- 
sistere, dative; sostenere, accusative. 

The Hugonots not being able. Ne potendo resistere gli Ug&- 
to stand against so great a num- notti al numero molt© mag- 

* Le stands for a lei. 

f For fare fronte, farefadcia. See To face one. 



§56 ST— ST 

ber, all their vanguard was de- giore, resta tutta la mnguardia 

Seated.. disfatta. davila. 

This city at that time was not Non era allora questa citta 

so well fortified as to stand fortijicata in modo da sostener 

against a siege. l'assedio. denikta. 

Stand in need (to), avere bisogno, genitive. See 

Be IN NEED. 

Stare at (to), guardarejissamente, accusative. 

After he had stared at him for Guardato che Vebbe per alcu- 
a few moments he told him, ni istanti gli disse, ec. soave. 

Start up with (to), hahare, genitive. 

At such an unexpected sight, A tal vista improwisa ella 
she started up with fear, &c. balzb dl terrore, ec. soave. 

Starve (to) morirsi difame. 

Now as I have no strength, Ora non avendo piilforza mi 

I am starving. muojo difame. firenzuola. 

Stay for one (to) 5 aspcttare, accusative. See 
Wait for. 

Steal a thing from (to) ? *rubare,furare una cosa. 
dative. 

He stole a watch from his Egli rubo al fratello suo un 
brother. oriuolo. 



* If rubare is used indefinitely, that is to say without the 
accusative of thing, the person is to be put in the accusative. 

Those who call themselves prodigal steal from their parents, 
relations, &c. Questi che prodighi si dicono, rubano il padre, i 
parenti, ec. pandolfjxi. 



ST ST Q5J 

He (Apollo) did not perceive Egli non si avvedeva di Mer- 
Mercury, who was stealing the curio, che g\\*furava le vacche. 
cows from him. sannazzaro. 

Stir up the fire (to), attizzare ilfuoco. 

Have the goodness to stir up Abbiate la bonta d' attizzare 
the fire. ilfuoco. 

Stop one's ears (to), chiudere le orecchie, dative. 

Where can he be found, that Chifia,\ che alle lor voci chiu- 
stops his ears to their words ? da le orecchie ? cavalcanti. 

Store with (to), prowedere, genitive. See Pro- 
vide with. 

Storm (to), in speaking of a city, a fort, &c. dare 
f vssalto, dative. 

They were to storm the city Dovea darsi di notte V assalto 
by night. alia citta. denina. 

Stoop to (to), abbassarsi con. 

What will they say, if you Che volete che dica il mondo 
stoop so low as to debase your- di voi se vi abbassate cotanto 
self with one of your servants ? con una vostra serva ? 

G0LD0NI. 

Strewed with, seminato, genitive. 

Every street, every borough Ogni strada, ogni borgo si vide 
was strewed with green myrtles. seminato di verdi mirti. 

SANNAZZARO. 

Stranger to one (to be a), non conoscere, accu- 
sative. This verb is construed by putting the English 
nominative into the accusative in Italian, and viee-versa. 

He is quite a stranger to me -, Non to conosco. 
turn, I do not know him. 



* Gli stands for a lui. f Fia for sara. 



&58 ST— -SU 

They are strangers to us 5 turn, Non li canosciayno. 
we do not know them. 

Stranger (to be a), without any case, non farsi 
vedere. 

Where have you been ? you Dove siete stato 1 non vifate 
are quite a stranger. mai vedere. gqldoni. 

Strike fire (to), battere V acciarino. 

He got up, struck fire, light- Levasi, batte V acciarino, ac- 
ed the candle, &c. cende it lume, ec. gozzi. 

Submit to (to), sottomettersi, dative. 

They submitted to the French Si sottomisero ai comandanti 
generals. Francesi. denina. 

Succeed one (to), succedere, dative. 

He succeeded his father in Questo successe al padre nel 
the 1518. 1518. denina. 

Succeed in (to), liuscire, venire faito di, with the 
infinitive. These two verbs are impersonal, and are 
constructed by putting the English nominative in the 
dative in Italian, and vice-versa. 

With such forces he succeeded Con taliforze gli riusci di oc- 

in taking possession of Saluzzo ; cupare Saluzzo. denina, 

turn, with such forces it suc- 
ceeded to him of, &c. 

I do not deny but that I have Non niegogia di non aver ten- 

attempted to do it, had I sue- tato, se mi fosse venuto fatto 

ceeded in acquiring praise,- d' acquistar qualche lode, 

turn, if it had succeeded to varchi. 
me of, &c 



SU— SU 259 

Such a, *un si fatto\ un cosi fatto. 

And if one said that such a E se alcuno dicesse che un 
mixture is, &c. miscuglio si fatto e, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Such a style acquires faith, &c. Un cosi fatto stile si acquista 

fede, ec. algarotti. 

Such as, tale,., quale. 

I wish my epistle were really Ben vorrei che la mia pistola 
such as you described it in your tai fosse in effetto, quale io Id 
excellency's letter. veggo descritta nella lettera di 

V.E. ALGAROTTI, 

Suffice to (to), hastate governs a dative, or "per 
with the infinitive. See Enough (to be). 

Sufficient to (to be), essere bastante di, with the 
infinitive. 

If our language were suf- Se questa lingua nostra fosse 

ficient, not only to equal the bastante non solo di agguagliare 

Latin tongue, but also to sur- la Latina ma di vincerla, ec. 
pass it, &C. VARCHI. 

Support (to), tenere inpiedi, accusative. 

What supports us is faith, Quel che ci tiene in piedi e la 
credit, and opinion. fede, il credito, e V opinione. 

GOLDONI. 

Suppose that, dato che, posto che, with the sub- 
junctive. 

I can no longer fish now: Ora piil pescare non posso, ma 
but suppose that I could, it dato anche che io pur potessi, 

* Un very often is omitted, as Goldoni said. 

Bo not say such a thing. Non dite sifatta cosa. 

■f S\ fatto may be spelled sijfatto, and is, as an adjective, to 
agree with the substantive in gender and number. 

S 2 



260 



su — su 



would be of a very little use poco mi gioverebbe. 

tO me. FIRENZVOLA* 



Therefore, suppose that he 
has really made known some 
works of, &c. 



Onde posto per vero ch' egli 
abbia manifestato alcune opere 
di, ec. TOLOMEI, 



Surpass in (to), avanzare, superare, genitive. 



And as he surpassed every 
other man in riches, &c. 

As I am persuaded that 
nobody surpasses me in these 
qualities, &c. 

Because he not only surpassed 
every one else in authority and 
riches, but also in liberality 
and prudence. 



E siccome di richezza egli 
ogn' altro avanzava, ec. 

BOCCACCIO. 

Persuadendomi che nessuno m* 
avanzi di queste qualita, ec. 

DELLA CASA, 

Perehe non solamente superb 
ogni altro d' autorita, e di ric- 
cbezze, ma ancora di libera- 
lita e di prudenza. 

MACCHIAVELLI, 



Surprised at, sorpreso, genitive. 

Surprised at the virtuous ac- Sorpreso della virtuosa azione 
Hon of my enemy. del mio nemico. metastask>. 

Surround with (to), circondare, genitive. 

Those divine temples, walls, Questi divini templi, mura, 

towers, with which you have torri dei quali tante citta e cas- 

surrounded so many castles tella avete circondato, ec. 

and cities, &c. montemagno. 



Surrounded with, attorniato, genitive and ablative. 

A fountain which naturally Unafontana che naturalmente 
springs from the rocks sur- esce dalle pietre attorniata di 
rounded with green grass. verdi erbette. sannazzaro* 



su — s\v 



«61 



That notwithstanding I was Che nonostante che fossi at- 
surrounded with very fine torniato da bellissime fabbriche 
buildings and ob elisks, &c. edaguglie. algarotti. 

Survive (to), sopravvire, dative. 

Confusion and shame op- La confusicrne e V obbrobrio 

pressed her in such a manner, V oppressero per cost fatta ma- 

that she could not survive the niera che all' orrore piil non 

horror, &c. pott sopravvivere, ec. soave. 

Suspect (to), sospettare, genitive. 

Mahomet was a governor of Era in Babilonia Maometto 

Babylon, who not suspeeting governadore, il quale non sos- 

the arrival of so great an pettando della venuta d' un 

enemy, &c. tanto nemico, ec. segni. 

Suspect (to), sospettare che, with the subjunctive. 

They greatly suspected that Sospettossi grandemente ch* 
he was an accomplice in the egli fosse complice della con- 
conspiracy of Catiline. giura di Catilina. boccalini. 

Swear (to), giurare di ; fare Sacramento di, with the 
infinitive. 



1 swear I will make him re- 
pent what he has done. 

Where the Emperor swore 
to observe all that the Archbi- 
shop had required of him. 

It is true, I had sworn to 
come here. 



Giuro di far-fo pentir di cib che 
hafatto. goldoni. 

Ove V Imperatore solennemente 
giurb di osservare tutto quello 
che V Arcivescovo gli aveva do- 
mandato. castiglione. 

Vero e ch' io aveva fatto Sa- 
cramento di venir-ci. foscolo. 



S 3 



<26<2 TA TA 



T. 



Take advantage of (to), abusare, genitive. 

But wishing to take advan- Ma abusar volendo della im- 
tage of the ignorance and dis- perizia e della necessita del 
tress of the good old man, &c. buon vecchio, ec. soave. 

Take example from (to), imitare, accusative. 

Let us take example, Flo- Imitiamo, o Fiorentini, quel 
rentines, from that Grecian Greco Filopomene, ec. 
Philopomenes, &c. cavalcanti. 

Take off (to), in speaking of any part of one's 
dress or adornment, levarst, cavarsi, accusative. 

And that he should have E ch' ei non avrebbe sognato 

never thought, that to pass mai che il passarvi dinanzi sen- 

before it without taking off his za cavarsi il cappello, avesse ad 

hat would be high treason. essere un crimenlese. soave. 

He looked around for fear of Guarda se altri lo scorge, ed 

being seen, and at last he re- alfine si risolve 'di levarsi le 

solved to take off his shoes. scarpe. lodoli. 

And thus he took off the ring E cost si levb V anello di dito 

from his finger and gave it to e diello al giudice. 

the judge. fiorentino. 

Take from (to), togliere, or torre, dative; levare, 
genitive. 

For, by taking from them the Chetogliendo loro* V uso della 
use of reason, &c. ragione, ec. gelli. 



* Loro for a loro. 



TA— TA 263 

You wished to take the power Vol avete voluto tone V auto- 
from the Captains. rita ai Capitani. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

Then Mr. Frederic said, indeed Allor Messer Federico disse, 
the loss would be still greater veramente, molto maggior saria* 
than the gain, were we to take la perdita cti il guadagno, se 
from human society that su- del consorzio umano si levasse 
preme dignity of friendship. quel supremo grado delV ami' 

cizia. CASTIGLIONE. 

Take one to (to), menare uno in or 0, before a sub- 
stantive, menare a before an infinitive. 

And he took this gentleman, jE menb questo signore seco 

together with some other Ge- insieme con altri Genoesi in una 

noese, to a new house. casa nuova. boccaccio. 

The lobster one day begged II gambero supplicb un d\ all' 

of the bird, that he would take uccello, che lo menasse a ve~ 

fekn to his companions. dere i suoi compagni. 

FIKENZUOLA. 

Take care (to), guardarsi di, with the infinitive. 

And from that time he took E da indi innanzi si guardb 
care never to mock him. di maipiil be ffar\o. boccaccio. 

Take from one's hands (to), togliere di mano, 
dative. 

The flowei of Christianity 11 fiore delta Cristianita tra~ 

transported from Europe to gittato d' Europa in Asia per 

Asia to take the tomb of Christ tor di mano agi' infedeli il se~ 

from the hands of the infidels polcro di Cristo. algarotti. 

Take upon one's self (to), addossar si, accusative. 

Who is so generous as to take Chi e tanto generoso da addos- 
upon himself my infirmities ? sarsi le mie infermita ? 

FOSCOLO. 



* Saria for sarebbe, 

S 4 



264 TA TA 

Take pleasure in (to), avere diletto di, with the 
infinitive. 

*** 
And therefore if God took E perb se Dio avesse diletto di 
pleasure in punishing us, &c. gastigar-ci, ec. segneri. 

Take it ill (to), avere in mala parte, avere a male, 
accusative. 

Ah, do not take it ill ! Deh, non abbiate~\o in mala 

parte. soave, 

My too kind and affectionate Mia troppo tenera ed affettuo- 
Patty, I cannot certainly take sa Patty, io non posso gia cer- 
it ill. to aver~\o a male. soave. 

Take one in (to), ingannare, accusative. 

She took that poor man in, Ella ingannb quel pover'uo- 
&c. mo, ec. 

Take hold of (to), pigliare in mano, off err are, ac- 
cusative. 

One of them takes hold of Uno di loro piglia in mano il 

the bridle, &c. freno, ec. Goazi. 

I have at last taken hold of U ho pur afferrato nel collo 

that roguish peasant by the quel ribaldo contadinello, ec. 

neck, &c. foscolo. 

Take out of (to), cavare, trarre, ablative. 

Were he to hide himself in Se negli abissi *' andasse a pro- 
the abyss, I would take him fondare, io saprb pur anche 
out of it. cavar-\\t*-\o. soave. 

The unknown gentleman took Lo sconosciuto signore trasse 
out of his purse some florins. dalla borsa alcuni fiorini. 

SOAVE. 



* Ne is the ablative, instead of da lui. 



- TA T£ w 265 

Take pride in (to), gloriarsi, genitive. See Boast. 

Take courage (to), farsi ammo a, with the infinitive. 

For the first time, I took Per la prima volta mi sonfat* 
courage to overcome my bash- to animo a vincer il rossor che 
fulness. sento, soAVfi t 

Take root (to), metier e radice. 

As they think that the trees Credendo che gli alberi non 
cannot take a strong root with- possono metier e salda radice 
out, &c. senza, ec. foscolo. 

Take the sacrament (to), comunicarsi. 

Then mass being over, the Finita pui la messa V Impera- 
Emperor took the sacrament. tore si comunicb. castiglione. 

Take leave of (to), prendere congedo, congedarsi, 
ticenziursi, prendere commiato y ablative. 

I took leave of him last Sa- Presi da lui congedo sabato 
turday. passato. algarotti. 

Will you then go away with- Dunque partirete senza con- 

out taking leave of a family, gedarvi da una casa, in cui, ec. 
in which, &c. goldoni. 

The youth took leave of Ms II giovane dal padre si hcenzio. 
father. gozzi. 

Giannetto took leave of them Giannetto prese commiaU da 
and went to Venice. loro e andossene a Vinegia. 

FIORENTINO. 

Taken ill (to be), ammalarsi. 

She was taken ill in a village, Ella si ammalb in un villaggio, 
and shortly after died. e pochi dt dopo mort. 

Teach one (to), insegnare y dative. 

The divine Plato, who intro- II divino Platone che introduce 
educes Diotima, teaching the Lfiotima, che insegna al v«dente 



266 TE— TH 

valiant Socrates the true sense Socrate la vera sentenzia <F 

of love. amore. firenzuola. 

• It was forbidden to teach Fu vietato die ai servi s' inse- 

servants the art of drawing. gnasse V arte di disegnare. 

CASTIGLIONE. 

Tell one to (to), dire a uno di, with the infinitive. 

Did you not tell me to speak Non m' avete detto di parlar- 
to him or you ? gli di voi ? 

Tell one (to), dire, dative. 

He told his son that he left Disse al figlio che lasciava a 
the management of his house lui la direzione della casa, 

tO him. ALBERGATI. 

Tempt to (to), tentare, di, with the infinitive. 

It is so long since I am in- Egli e cosi lungo tempo che io 

debted to you for an answer to debbo risposta alia sua lettera 

your letter, that shame almost che quasi la vergogna mi ten" 

tempted me not to answer you tava di non piil rispondere. 

at all. algarotti. 

Than, being the case of the comparative more or less, 
is expressed by the genitive of the articles, either definite 
or indefinite. 

The Epistle to Cardinal Far- La Pistola al Cardinal Far- 
nese is copious, and were I to nese e copiosa, e se io debba 
speak my mind, it is finer than dire intieramente il mio senno, 
your others. piil bella delle altre sue Epis- 

tole. BEMBO. 

Than, being the case of the comparative more or less, 
and standing between two substantives, as an apposition, 
che. 

On that account, I think Per questo parmi la piitura 

that painting is nobler than piit nobile che la marmoraria. 

SCulptUie. CASTIGLIONE 



TH 



TH 



26? 



It would not be convenient 
to grant, that use had more 
power on children than sense 
on oldish people. 



E cosa inconveniente sarebbe a 
concedere, che piu valor e avesse 
we' piccoli fanciulli V usanza 
che il senno negli attempati. 

BOCCACCIO. 

Than, being the case of the comparative more or less^ 
&c. and preceding an adverb, che. 

But these effects were more 
remarkable than elsewhere. 



Ma questi effetti furono piit 
notabili che altrove. 



MACCHIAVELL] 



Than, being a case of the comparative more or less, 
and preceding an infinitive, che. 

Ferdinand and his children 
being frightened by their own 
conscience, will think more of 



Ferdinando e i suoijigliuoli, 
spaventati dalla loro coscienza 
penseranno piil a fuggire che 
a difendersi. ouicciardini. 



running away than of defend- 
ing themselves. 

For certainly it is better to 
cultivate a small piece of 
ground than to let a great 
quantity of it grow wild. 

Than, being the case of the comparative more or 
&c. and preceding a verb in any tense bat the infinitive, 
che non, di quel che, 



Che certo egli e migliore il 
poco terreno colticare y che il 
molto lasciare imboschire. 

SANNAZZARO. 



It happens that men of a 
magnanimous disposition al- 
ways think their own things 
better than they are. 

I fear that your youth will 
make you more proud and fe- 
rocious than is necessary. 



Avviene che al magnanimo le 
sue cose sempre pajono migliori 
che non sono. dante. 

Ben temo che la tua gioven- 
tude* non faccia te piu altero 
eferoce che non bisognerebbe. 

PASSAVANTI. 



* Gioventude (for gioventu) , rather obsolete, 



268 



TH TH 



Indeed his strength is still 
greater than we can imagine. 



Veramente le sue forze sono 
assai piu maggiori di quel che 
noi possiamo immaginarci. 

BANDELLO. 



Than (rather), piu tosto che. 

You might say, Scipio, I Potresti tu gia dire, Scipione, 

V animo mio vorrebbe piuttosto 
vittoria che pace, 

MONTEMAGNO. 



rather wish for victory than for 
peace. 

Thank one for (to). 
grazie ad uno, genitive. 

I must thank you for all the 
kindness, &c. 

I thank you for your rejoicing 
with me. 



uno, rendere 

Ho da ringraziarvi di tutte le 
finezze, ec. . goldoni. 

Rendo a voi grazie del vostro 
rallegrarvi meco. bembo. 



Thank one (to), ringraziare uno di, with the infinitive. 



Sir, I thank God, I have 
found you. 



Signor mio, io ringraz'm lddio 
d' aver-in ritrovato. bandello. 



Thanks to, merce, genitive, accusative. 

And thanks to the lightness E, percke, io merce della leg- 
of my wings, as I have seen, gerezza delle mie ali ho vedute, 

&C. ec. FIKENZUOLA. 

Thanks to your lectures. Merce la vostra lettura. 



ALGAROTTI. 



That, before a substantive, quello, cotesto.* 



* Observe that quello is used in speaking of objects far off, 
and cotesto of objects which are near the person you are speak- 
ing to. 

Give me that book : Datemi quel libro. 

That coat does not suit you : QuelV abito non vi sta bene. 



TH— TH 



269 



Quello loses the last syllable before masculine nouns 
beginning with a consonant ; it loses the last letter before 
nouns of both genders, and takes an apostrophe ; and 
before masculine nouns beginning with s, followed by a 
consonant, it is not altered. 



That young man then per- 
ceived, &c. 
What can that poor man do ? 

He asked him in a placid 
manner whom that portrait re- 
presented ? 

He saw that that steep heap 
of stones was, &c. 

And that light which you say, 
&c. 

If you consider the life of 
snch persons as those, &c. 



Allora si, quel giovaneito si 

uwide, ec. albergati. 

Che pub far quelV infelice ? 

GOLDONI. 

Gli chiese placidamente, chi 
quell' immagine rappresentasse ? 

SOAVE. 

Vidde che quello scosceso muc- 
chio dipietre era,ec.ALBERG at J. 

E cotesto lume che tu d\, ec. 

GELLI. 

Se tu consider! bene la vita di 
cotesti tali, ec. ge 1,1.1. 



That, being a relative pronoun, che. See Who, That, 
Which. 

That, which in English is generally understood, be- 
tween two verbs it is expressed by che ; before a noun 
by che, il quale. Che is of both genders, but il quale is 
masculine and makes la quale in the feminine. 



And as he knew (that) he 
has a lover, &c. 

Who not seeing the painting 
(that) he had formerly seen, 
&c. 



E sapendo ch' egli ha uri 1 in- 
nammorata, ec. goZzi. 

11 quale non vedendo piu il 
quadro, che aveva veduto alire 
volte, ec. soave. 



That, preceded by the most. See Who, That> 
Which. 



270 



TH TH 



That, in the sense of in order that, affinche, acciocehe, 
accib, with the subjunctive. 



And nature teaches us to ce- 
lebrate his praises, thai our 
grief should not be great. 



I kindly reprehended him that 
he might change, &c. 



E la natura insegna, affinche 
il dolor non trabocchi, ram- 
memorar le laudi sue. 

DAVANZATI. 

lo il riprendeva amorevol- 
mente accio si volgesse, ec. 

BEMBO, 

The, /o, zV, la. Lo is prefixed to masculine nouns 
beginning with z and s, when s is followed by a conso- 
nant, t and it makes glim the plural.* 
Then the uncle of Pippo Lo zio, di Pippo si trovo 



found himself, by that, master 
of an immense fortune. 

The splendour of origin, or 
the original splendour, is with- 
out doubt a sign of nobility. 

We have all subjects explained 
in all styles. 



dunque con cib signore di copio- 
se ricchezze. soave. 

E senza folio segno di nobilta 
lo splendor dell' origine. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Noi abbiamo tulte le materie 
in iutti gli stili spiegate. 

BUOMMATTEI. 



Lo loses the o, and takes an apostrophe in the place of 
it, before masculine nouns beginning with a vowel: gli, 
its plural, however, does not lose the /, unless the 



following noun begins with an i. 



Since the universal consent of 
men has always been, &c. 

The ancient worth of Tuscany. 



Giacche l'universal consenso 
degli uomini e sempre stato, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

Gli antichi pregi delta Tos- 
cana. buommattei, 



* Lo is found before other nouns beginning with consonants, 
besides the above ; "yet in the present day it is advisable not to 
depart from the above-mentioned rules. 



TH -TH 271 

And all the Italians wished to E tutti gl' Italian! V hanno 
embrace it. gia voluta abbracciare. 

BUOMMATTEI . 

II is put before all other nouns beginning with a con- 
sonant, and makes i in the plural. 

The doubt , gentlemen, is a II dubbio, signori, e bellissimo. 

very fine one. buommattei. 

The future days. I giornifuturi. buommattei. 

La is put before feminine nouns beginning with a con- 
sonant, and it makes le in the plural. 

If the nobility of the language Se la nobilta della lingua si 

may be drawn from, &c. pub cavareda, ec. buommattei. 

Now you say, that if among Oraditeche sefra tuttele. cose 

all created things, &c. create, ec. buommattei. 

La loses the a and takes an apostrophe in the place of 
it, before nouns beginning with a vowel : le, its plural, 
however does not lose the <°, unless the following nouu 
begins with e. 

And as sea-wafer does not E come V acqua del mare non 

cease to be salt, &c. testa d' esser salsa, ec. 

buommattei. 

And if all actions have their E se tutte le azioni hanno il 

peculiar sign. lor proprio segno. buommattei. 

The excellent prerogatives of V eccelse prerogative della 

the royal city of Florence. real citta di Firenze. 

BUOMMATTEI. 

The, between two substantives, the latter of which 
marking the profession, the dignity, the rank of the 
former, is not expressed in Italian. 

On that day they were to ce- In quel giorno si dovea cele- 
lebrate the feast of Pales, the brare lafesta di Pales, dea de' 
goddess of shepherds. pastorU sannazzaro. 



272 



TK TEI 



Abraim, the first Bashaw, 
was of a contrary opinion. 

Because he was the son-in-law 
of Ferdinand, the Catholic 
kins. 



Abraim, primo Ba&Sii, tenera 
opinione contraria. segni. 

Percib eh" egli era genero di 
Ferdinando re Cattolico. 

BANDELLO. 



The, preceding more, less, better, worse, and repeated 
in the same sentence, quanto the first time, and tanto the 
second time. 



Therefore, the more he 
wearied himself in menacing 
them, the more they offended 
him. 

On the contrary, the more he 
was taught by me, the worse he 
appeared to, &c. 



Onde quanto pi& egli slanca- 
vasi in minacciare, tanto pin 
essi attendevano ad oltraggiar- 

lo. SEGNERI. 

Anzi quanto piii era insegna- 
to da me, tanto peggio parea, 

ec. BEMBO. 



Their, loro is of both genders, and is declined with 
the definitive article il, la. 



Their book. 
Their house. 



II loro libro ; i loro lihri, pi. 
La loro casa ; le loro case, pi. 



Them, being a relative pronoun, gli or // for the 
masculine, and le for the feminine. Gli is put before verbs 
beginning with an s followed by a consonant, and before 
verbs beginning with a vowel ; and li before words be- 
ginning with a consonant. 



Who pressed them together, 

Who filled them with asto- 
nishment. 

They not only kept them at a 
distance from the public affairs 
of the kingdom, &c. 



La quale gli stfinse insieme, 

ec. SOAVE. 

La quale gli empie di stupore. 

c GOZZI. 

Non solamente H tennero Ion- 
tani da* pubblici negozii del 
regno, ec. denina. 



TH — -TH 273 

Them, being a dative, loro or a loro, which is always 
to follow the verb. 

And they gave them one. E ne diederoloro uno. eembo. 

Which gives them not a little La qual cosa non arreca a loro 

pleasure. poco diletto. gelli. 

Them, preceded by a preposition, loro, for both 

genders ; or essi for the masculine, and esse for the 
feminine.* 

I shall go with them. Andrb con loro. goldoni. 

The ocean, being then changed V oceano convertitosi poi quasi 

as if from a sea into a river, da mare in flume penetra in 

enters them (the mouths of the esse, ec. bentivoglio. 
rivers), &c. 

Them (from), da loro, for both genders ; or da essi for 
the masculine, and da esse for the feminine. 

We are obliged to say, that Sara forzato a dire che dai 
they took it from our Tuscans, nostri Toscani lo pigliassero 
since they confess it.f poiche da essi si confessa. 

BORGHINI. 

Them (of), di loro, for both genders ; or di essi for the 
masculine, and di esse for the feminine. 

Time had two daughters, II Tempo ebbe due figliuole la 

Truth and Falsehood, the Verita e la Bugia, la prima 

former (of them J) was the di esse era la piU bella. 

handsomest. gozzi. 



* We sometimes join essi and esse with loro. 

And as he seldom converses with them : E di rado conversando 
eon essi loro. buommattei. 

f They confess it, is translated in Italian as if it were, it is 
owned by them. 

t Of them is generally understood in English, on that ac- 
count I have enclosed it in a parenthesis. 

T 



<2?4 ' TH TH 

Them (of or to), relating to things, and joined with a 
verb that governs a genitive in Italian ne : if the verb 
governs a dative, ci or vi. 

If you will send me one (of Se me ne manderete uno. 
them, a copy of a book). bembo. 

Have new windows put to Fate-cx mettere move finestre. 
them (to the houses). bembo. 

Them, followed by the relative who, or whom, coloro, 
for both genders ; or quelli, quel, for the masculine, and 

quelle for the feminine. 

If they (old people) have Se eglino Jianno veduto piu 

seen many things, they cannot cose, e' se ne ricordano manco, 

recollect them, because memo- perche la memoria in cotesta 

ry in that age is considerably eta si diminuisce molto. — S\, in 

impaired. — Yes, in them who coloro die non V esercitano. 

do not make good use of it. gelxi. 



£V 



There, ci or vi, which is generally joined to the third 
person of the tenses of the verb to be ; there is, ci e, 
vi e ; there are, ci sono, vi sono ; there was, ci era, vi era ; 
there were, ci erano, vi erano, &c. 

There, joined with the present tense of the verb to 
he, personally used, ecco ; and then the English nomi- 
native becomes accusative. 

There he is, eccolo ; there she is, eccola ; there they 
are, eccoli, for the masculine, eccole for the feminine. 

These, plural of This, which see. 

These, joined to a noun of time, such as, days, 
months, weeks, years, &c. sono...chei or da.. .in qua. 

I have not seen him these three Sono tre settimane che non 
weeks. V ho veduto. goloqni. 



TH TH 275 

I, ^vho know you these twenty Jo che vi conosco da venV anni 
years. in qui. ganganelli. 

They, eglino, e\ essi for the masculine, elleno, esse, 
elle, for the feminine. 

If they (old men) have not Se gia e' non hanno fatto 

contracted any bad habit while qualche mal abito, mentre ch' 

they were young. eglino erano giovani. gelli. 

And they serve us in every Ed essi ci servono in ogni cosa, 

thing. SALVIATI. 

It does not happen that they Non avviene ch 1 elle ne ora vi 

either think of it now, or at pensino ne giammai. eemeo. 
any time. 

They, preceding who or whom, quelli, quel, for the mas- 
culine, quelle for the feminine ; or color for both genders. 

They are few, who hearing Pochi son quelli che sentendo 

that, &c. che, ec. buommattei. 

They who wish to exercise Mal j anno coloro che vogliono 

the trade of others, do not do far V altrui mestiere. 

Well. FIRENZUOLA. 

Thine, tuo, tuoi, tua, tue. These pronouns are de- 
clined with the article definite. See Mine. 

Think of, or on (to), pensare, dative. 

And I every day think of the E penso ogni giorno al dispen- 

expense, of which, &c. dio di cui, ec. foscglo. 

Every one will think more of Ognuno pensera piil al suo 

his own good than of the public. proprio, che al pubblico bene. 

VARGHI. 

Think to (to), pensare di, credere di, with the infini- 
tive, when the subject of the two verbs be the same ; 
otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

I think to resign myself to Penso di rassegnarmi alia ne' 
necessity. cessita. fosgolo. 

T 2 



276 TH TH 

No labourer thought to work Nefu alcuno degll aratori che 

on that day. per quel giorno pensasse di ado- 

perare esercizio. sannazzaro, 

And I think that painting is E penso che fosse di suprema 

an art of the highest excel- eccellenza lapittura. 

lenee. CASTIGLIONE. 

Thus Anton Luigi thought Cosi si* pensb Anton Luigi che 

that his beloved woman was la sua amata fosse sola. 

alone. fortini, 

He thinks to secure the hap- Crede di assicurare la felicita 

piness of his family. della sua famiglia. foscolo. 

I really think youspeak against Cred* io veramente che voi 

your mind. parliate contra quello che avete 

nelV animo. castiglione. 

Thirsty (to be), averesete. 

I know you are thirsty, there- Io so che avete sete t percib 
fore drink. bevete. fio renting. 

This, questo. This pronoun is used in speaking of a 
thing-, or a person near at hand. 

Who, presenting him with II quale due leggiadri puledri 
two beautiful colts: this gift, a lui presentando : questo dono 
said he, &c. gli disse 3 ec, soave. 

Those, quelli, que\ quel, que gli y \ for the masculine ; 
quelle for the feminine ; coloro for both genders. 

Who does not know how kind Chi non sa quanto sia pietose> 
it is to liberate those people ? liber are que' popoli ? 

GUICCIARDINE. 



* Si here is an expletive particle. 

f Observe that quegli is put before masculine nouns, either 
beginning with s, when s is followed by a consonant, or before 
those that begin with a vowel j all the others are put before 
nouns beginning with a consonant. 



TH- 

J only intend to enforce those 
merits you possess. 



-TH 



%n 



lntendo soltanto di rassodar- 
teli meglio quei tuoi meriti. 

ALBERGATI. 



Thou, being the nominative of the verb, is expressed 
by tu y or it is omitted. 

And that light which thou 
saidst, &c. 

Enjoy now the reward of thy 
virtue, to which thou wast so 
really attached. 



E cotesto lume che tu d°t, ec. 

GELLI. 

Or godi il guiderdone delle 
tue virtu per le quali fosti amico 
vero. salvini. 



Though, quantunque • benche, &c. See Although. 

Though ever so, per. See Although ever so. 

Threaten one to, (to), minacciare uno di, with the 
infinitive. 



He began to beat all my 
household, and threaten to stab 
them with daggers. 



lncominciava a batter e i miei 
di casa, e minacciargli di cac- 
ciar loro coltelli nel petto. 

BEMBO. 



Through, before a substantive, a traverso. 

The king is seen mounting A traverso una grande aper- 
through a large and false open- tura finta nel muro vedesi il re 
ing in the wall, che monta. algarotti. 

Through, as an adverb, dibanda in banda, 
Marco Antonio, thinking his Marco Antonio pensando che 



wife was wishing to rise, 
stabbed her again, and ran 
her through. 

Throughout, per tutto. 

The news spread itself 
throughout Venice. 



la moglie volesse levarsi, le diede 
uri altra ferita, e passolla di 
banda in banda, bandello 



La novella si sparse per tutta 
Vinegia. fiorentino. 



T 3 



278 TH TI 

Throw one's self from (to), precipitarsi, genitive. 

Fop not a few of them threw Che non pochi di loro delle 
themselves from the top of the rupi dei monti si precipitarono. 
mountains. bembo. 

Throw one's self ©n (to), lanciarsi, dative, 

The monkey threw himself La scimia si lancib alia scure. 
on the axe. firenzuola. 

Thus, intalguisa; cost; in questa maniera. 

As soon as they had finished Finito che ebbero di parlar 
speaking, Mrs. Beatrice began esse, Madonna Beatrice incO' 
thus. mincib in tal guisa. algarotti. 

Thy, tuo, tuoi, tua^ tue. These pronouns are declined 
with the definitive article. See His. 

Tie up (to), legare, accusative. 
_ Tie those chairs up. Legate quelle sedie. 

Till, before a noun, infino ; insino ; jino ; sino ; dative. 

Which things having con- Le quali cose mentre che meco 
sidered till this day, I, &c, medesimo ho riguardato infino 

a questo di, ec. boccaccio. 

This poverty lasted till the Durb questa povertd insino ai 
time of PaulEmilius. tempi di Paolo Emilio. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

I write a letter to Morgani, Scrivo a Morgani una lettera 
in which I beg he will wait till in cui lo prego a" aspettare sino 
next week. alia ventura settimana. 

F. ZANOTTI* 

Till, before a verb, infino che , jinche non. 

And they made use of this E questo modo tennero infino 
means till they changed, &c. che mutarono, ec. 

MACCHIAVELLI. 

I received your book while I lo ebbi il libro di V. S. essendo 



TI TO 1279 

was at Venice, and could not in Venezia e non potetti leggere 
read any other till I read it alL altro libro, finche io non V ebbi 

UttO tuttO. DELLA ( CASA. 

Time to, tempo di, tempo da, with the infinitive. 

But I have no time to attend Ma io non ho tempo d' atten- 

you. der-m. caro. 

Bat it is now time io proceed. Ma tempo eomai da procedere. 

BOCCACCIO, 

Tinged with, tinlo, genitive. 

The clouds, some tinged with he nubi, alcune di color di 
purple colour, &c. porpora tinte, ec. caro. 

Tired with, annojato ; slanco ; stracco, genitive. 

A lad*y being left a widow, Una dama rimasta essendo 

tired with the tumult of the vedova, annojata del tumulto 

world, &c. del mondo, ec, soave. 

So that tired with the continued Tanto che stracchi delle con - 

labour, &c. tinue fatiche, ec. 

GUICCIARDINI. 

Tired with (to be), ess ere stanco di, annqjarsi di, 
stancarsi di, with the infinitive. 

I have no letters from my fa- Non vedo lettere di casa mia, 

mily, I am tired with being un- sono stanco d' essere sfortunato. 

fortunate goldoni. 

You must coma and console Conviene venire a consolare 

your mother, who is tired tvith la madre, la quale si annoja di 

being alone. starsene sola. algarotti. 

I am not tired with writing to Ne mi stancherb di scriverti. 

you. FOSCOLO. 

To, preceded by a verb of motion, such as to go, 
to come, to arrive, &c. and followed by the name of a 
country, in ; if followed by the name of a city or village, a. 

T 4 



280 



TO TR 



Charles Emanuel went to Sa- 
voy to, &G. 

I arrived at Paris when that 
last commotion had already 
taken place. 



Carlo Emanuele andb in Sa- 
vojajoer, ec. denina. 

Giunsi a Parigi che di gia era 
preparata quest 'ultima commo- 
zione. bentivoglio. 



Touched with, mosso, commosso. See Affected. 

Towards, alia volta, genitive; verso, genitive, accu- 
sative. 



The Duke of Anjou, and all 
his army, moved towards Cog- 
nac. 

But I always thought you 
were very kind towards me. 



II Duca a" Angib con tutto V 
esercito si mosse alia volta di 
Cognac. davila. 

Ma io stimai sempre si affet- 
tuosa la volonta di V. S, verso 
di me. bentivoglio. 



Trade in (to), fare negozio, trajficare, genitive. 



He used to trade in silk. 



Era egli solito a trafficar di 
seta. 



Trample upon (to), calpestare, calcare, accusative. 



Fatigue, flattery, and plea- 
sures are obstacles, which we 
ought to overcome and to 
trample upon, &c. 

That power yielded to them, 
which was wont to trample 
upon the neck of all the mo- 
narchies of the earth. 



I disagj, le lusinghe, le deli- 
zie sojio ostacoli, che noi dob- 
biamo vincere e calpestare, ec. 

ALBERGATI. 

A loro ha ceduto quella po- 
tenza, che soleva calcar il collo 
a tutte le monarchic della terra. 

BUOMMATTEI. 



Trampled upon, conculcato. 

But it seems impossible to me Ma ei mi pare impossibile che 

that our country should thus la nostra patria sia cost concul- 

be trampled upon while we are cata mentre ci resta ancor vita. 

still alive. foscolo, 



TR TR 281 

Trim with (to), guarnire, genitive. 

Tell the miliner to trim my Dite alia cuffiara di guarnir 
cap with lace. la mia cuffta di trina. goldoni. 

Triumph over (to), trionjkre, genitive. 

The fact is, that he has tri- Fatto si e che egli ha trionfato 

umphed over all the most cap- di tutta la piii cavillosa dialet- 

tious dialectickj &c. tica, ec. algarotti. 

Either he triumphs over his O questi trionfa del suo ger- 

brother, &c. mano, ec. metastasio. 

Trouble (to), dare noja, dare briga, dare incommodo, 
dative. 

Let not the diminution of E non dia noja ad V. S. la 

those figures trouble you. diminuzione delle figure, caro. 

You may ask them whatever Faraiti allora fare una man' 

you like, and then you will no cia a tuo modo ne poi mi* 

longer trouble me. darai piu briga. 

MACCHIAVELLL 

Trouble one's self (to), incommodarsi, darsi in- 
commode*. 

Do not trouble yourself, Non s' incommodi, signora. 
Madam. goldoni. 

Trust to (to), confidare di, with the infinitive, if 
the subject of the two verbs be the same ; otherwise che, 
with the subjunctive. 

Where do you trust to keep Dove confida ella di poter 
up your honour and dignity ? mantenere V onore e la dignita 

sua ? VARCHI. 

Trusting that he (Christ) has Con/ldando ch' egli abbia sod- 
satisfied for all our transgres- disfatlo per iutti inostri difetti. 
sions. GELLI. 

Trust to (to), before a noun, confidare, conjidarsi; 
jidare, Jidarsiin y or genitive. 

* Mi stands for a me. 



*>82 



TR TR 



But a thousand times worse is 
he who trusts to friendship. 

He rather trusts to others 
than to himself. 

You will know to whom you 
may trust your counsels. 

There are days in which I 
cannot trust to myself. 



Ma ben mille volte piil tristo 
chi confida nell' amicizia. 

FOSCOLO. 

Egli piuttosto si confida in 
altri che in se medesimo. 

TOLOMET. 

Saprete nel cui seno i vostri 
consigli fidar possiate. 

BOCCACCIO. 

Vi sono de' giorni ch' io non 
posso jidarmi di me. foscolo. 



Trust one with a thing (to), conjidare una co'Sa 
ad uno. 

He trusted his friend with all Confidb tutti i suoi beni all' 
his wealth. amico. soave. 

Trust one (to), in buying or selling, dare a credenza, 
fare credenza, dative. 

I will buy your watch 3 if you lo comprerb il vostro oriuolo 

will trust me. se volete dar-me-lo a credenza, 

or se volete far-mi credenza. 

Try to (to), tenta're di, sforzarsi di, cercare di, 
with the infinitive. 

If the danger returns., I will Se tornera il pericolo, tenter^ 

try every means to escape from ogni via di scampar-rce. 

it. FOSCOLO. 

And do you, O Judges, doubt E voi, giudici, piil dubitate 

any longer but that this young che questo giovane non tenti di 

man tries to r uin your rep.ub- ruinare la repubblica ? 

lie ? TOLOMEI. 

Why do you love vanity, and Perche amate voi la vanita, e 
try to tell a lie ? cercate di dire la bngia ? 

PASSAVANTL 

If the Catholics tried to pass Se i Cattolici si sforzassero di 
over, &c. passare, <ec. davila. 



TR— TU 28-3 

Try one or a thing (to), fare pr ova, genitive. 

The gods try heroes by such Con questi colpi i numi fan 

trials. prova degli eroi. metastasio. 

And another part of them E un" altra parte si disperse 

dispersed without trying their senzafar pruova della fort una. 

fortune. davila. 

Turn one away (to), mandarevia, accusative. 

He behaved so badly that his Si comportb tanto male che l& 
master turned him away. mandb via il suo padrone. 

Turn one out of doors (to), cacciare di casa, ac- 
cusative. 

I will turn him out of doors. Lo caccerb dicasa. goldoni. 

Turn pale (to), impallidire. 
Do you turn pale ? Impallidisci ? metastasio 

Turn (to), far si. 

After he had been a soldier Fatto che ebbe il soldato per 
for eight years, he deserted, otV anni si disertb e si fe* 
and turned thief. ladro. 

Turn (in), joined with a possessive pronoun, quando 
toccherd a me, a te, a lui, a noi, a voi, a loro. 

When will you dance ? — In Quando ballerete ? quando 

my turn. toccherd a me. 

Turn, (it is), joined with a possessive pronoun^ tocca 
ct me, a te, a lui, a lei, a not, a voi, a loro, 

Whose turn is it? — It is my A chi tocca ? tocca a me. 
turn. 



284 VA UN 



V. u. 

Variegated with, mriato, genitive. 

And the earth, surrounded E la terra dai mart cinta, e 
with seas, and variegated with variata di monti, valli, ec. 
mountains, vallies, &c. castiglione. 

Vaunt to (to), vantarsi. See Boast to. 

Vent to (to give), sfogare, accusative. 

Pardon me, added she, I Perdonate, soggiunse, io avea 
needed to give vent to my aj~ bisogno di sfogare questo mio 
flicted heart. cuore angustiato. foscolo. 

Venture to (to), arrischiare. See Risk to. 

Vexed with, tormentato, ablative. 

Vexed with numberless em- Da infinite occupazioni tor- 
ployments, &c. mentato, ec. bembo, 

Victim to (to fall a), essere la vittima, genitive. 

The poor woman fell a victim La povera donna fu la vittima 
to her jealousy, &c. della sua gelosia, ec. soave. 

Vindicate one for (to), vendicare uno, genitive. 

See Avenge. 

' Unable* to (to be), non potere. See Be able. 

Under, before a noun, sotto, genitive, accusative. 

He stopt under her window. Sifermb egli sotto della di lei 

finestra. boccaccio. 



* All words beginning with un, and having a contrary signi- 
fication to their primitives (as undeceive, from deceive j un- 
acquainted, from acquainted), are not inserted here, and the 
student is to refer to their primitives. 



UN UP 285 

He learnt the exercise of arms Egli apprese il mestiere delV 
under the Duke Namo of Ba- armi sotto il Duca Namo di 
varia. Baviera. soave. 

Under, before a numeral noun, meno, genitive, 

I cannot sell it under twenty Io non posso vender lo meno 
pence a yard. di venti soldi il braccio. 

Undertake to (to), intraprendere di, with the infi- 
nitive. 

For sometimes people were Che vi fu alcune volte chi 
found who undertook to write intraprese di scrivere i nostri 
our verses. versi. metastasio. 

Undertake a thing (to), cntrare in una cosa; 
togliere a fare una cosa, 

I could not help begging you Non mi sono potuto tenere di 
Trill not undertake that work. pregarvi cTie voi non vogliate 

entrare in questafatica. bemeo. 

I know that I have undertaken Conosco che io ho una gran 
a great business. cosa tolto a fare* bembo. 

Unseasonably, fuor di tempo. 

But when these (reflections) Ma questi, quando giungono 
come unseasonably, they in- fuor di tempo, accrescono il do- 
crease the grief. lore. goldonj. 

Upon or on, sopra, su. Sopra is made use of, when 
the following noun is declined with the indefinite article : 
as upon this, sopra questo ; upon a house, sopra una casa, 
Sec. and su is used when the following noun is declined 
with the definite article, and also when accompanied with 
a possessive pronoun, and then it joins with the said 
article making one word : thus, upon the, sullo, sul, 
sulla. 



286 UP UP 

Sullo is put before masculine nouns, beginning 
with s followed by a consonant, and makes sugli in the 
plural,* 

And on the place where he E nel luogo otf ei cadde, sic* 

fell, as well as on the rock come pur sullo scoglio ove Tell 

where Tell had effected his es- avea trovato lo scampo, ec. 

cape, &c. soave. 

Upon the rocks. Sugli scogli. 

Sul is prefixed to masculine nouns beginning, with any 
consonant, but s followed by a consonant, and makes sui 

or su\ 

Having left all his instru™ Lasciati tuiti li stromenii sul 

ments upon the work, &c. lavoro, ec. firenzuola. 

He threw so much light upon Gittb tanio lume su' principj 

the principles of true philoso- della vera filosojia che, ec. 

phy as, &c. algarotti. 

Sulla is placed before feminine nouns beginning with 
a consonant, and makes sidle in the plural. 

A curate went to pay a visit Un piovano andb a visitar tin 

to another curate on the banks altro piovano sulla Brenta. 
of Brenta. gozzi. 

The Vatican erected upon the II valicauo eretto sulle rovine 
ruins of false gods, &c. dei falsi cracoli, ec. 

ganganelu. 



* Sullo and sulla lose their last vowel before nouns beginning 
with a vowel. 

Upon my honour I never spoke of it : Non ne ho mai parlatoy 
sulV onor mio. 

And why do we sacrifice these victims upon the altar of our 
false opinions? E per che vogliamo sacrificar queste vittime sulV 
qltare delle nostre opinioni stravolte ? albergatx. 

Sugli and sulle never lose their last vowel unless the following 
nouns begin with an i for the masculine ; and with e for the 
feminine. 



YO US 287 

Vow to (to), giurare di with the infinitive. 

I vow he shall repent what he Giuro di farlo pentir di do- 
has done. die hafatto, goldoni. 

Urged on with, mosso* ablative* 

Urged on with a fervent hope, Mosso da fervorosa speranza^ 
and an impatient wish, &c. e d* brama impaztente, ec. 

ALBEEGATI. 

Us, ci. ne. See Him, being a case of the verb, &c. for 
its construction. 

And the moon-light shewed E il lume delta luna ne mos- 
us the way. trava il cammino. sannazzako. 

Use or (to make), usare, accusative ; valersi, servirsi, 
genitive. 

If we make use of words too Se si usera parole troppo an- 

obsolete, &c. tiche, ec, tasso. 

But why do we not make use Ma perche d' esempio taie non 

of such an example ? civagliamof segnert. 

In this kind of affairs, do In quest a sorte di cose non vi 

not make use of young people. servite di gioventu. goldoni. 

Use (to be of), cssere pro, dative. 

Of what use am I to you ? Di che prb ti* son io ? 

FOSCOLO. 

Used (to be), metier si in uso^ ablative. 

But in conclusion., we shall Ma concludendo, diremo, che 

say, that if our language has se la nostra lingua e statamessa 

been used by such renowned in uso da cosi famosi popoli, 

nations, &c. ec. buommattei. 

Useful (to be), recare utilitd, dative. 

And in order that our activity JE acciocche V opera nostra 
in war should be more useful nella guerra alia Repubblica 
to the Republic, &c. rechi maggior utilita, ec. 

cavalcanti. 

* Ti stands for a te. 



288 WA WA 



W. 



Wage war (to), fare guerra. 

The nerves of war are money, I nervi della guerra sono i 
and no nation can wage war denari, e nessuna nazione far 
without it. , guerra pub senza essi. bembo. 

Wait for (to), aspettare, accusative. 

I deferred answering your Ho dimorato finora il rispon- 

letter till now, as I was wait- dervi aspettando dette lettere. 
ing for the said letters. bembo. 

One day whilst Delcur was Un giorno mentre stava Del- 

waiting/or his friend, &c. cur aspettando 1' amico, ec. 

ALTANESf. 

Wait until (to), aspettare che, with the subjunctive. 

But wait until Mr. Lelio Ma aspetti che il Signor Le- 
comes home. Ho ritorni a casa. goldoni. 

Wait upon (to), visitare, andare a trovare, accu- 
sative. 

He waited upon our friends Egll ando a trovare i nostri 
in the country. amici in contado. boccaccio. 

Walk about in (to), passeggiare, spasseggiare, 
dative. 

Urged by ttre tiresome heat- Consigliati dalla nojosa sta- 

ing season, you havefor several gione del caldo avete per molte 

weeks walked about in the settimane passeggiato all' aure 

cool air of Albaro. fresche d' Albaro. chiabrera. 



Walk (to), in opposition of to ride, andare a\ 

You come from Richmond: Venite di Richmond : avete 

did you ride thither or walk ? cavalcato, or vi siete andata 

appiedi ? 



WA WA 



289 



Cassini might have been 
kinder to him, and not leave 
him to walk from the Observa- 
tory to the A academy. 



11 Cassini potea es.ser piil cor- 
tese con lui, e non lasciarlo 
andar a pierli dalV Osservatorio 
alV Accademia. algarotti. 



Wandlr along, or through (to), andare vagando 
per; andare errando in ; scorrere^ accusative. 
Banished from France, Ugge- Per lungo tempo adunque, esU 



ro was then for a lon^ time 
obliged to wander through 
several countries. 

The youth Inkle wandered 
for a long time through the 
tooods. 

They, like masters, have 
wandered through that pro- 
vince, which was not wont to 
meet with any aggression from 
any part of the world. 



Unto dalla Francia dovette 
Uggero andar vagando per va- 
rie parti. soave* 

Jl giovin Inkle ando errando 
per lungo tempo nei boschi. 

SO AVE. 

Hanno scorsa come padroni 
quell* provincia, che soleva non 
trovar resistenza in veruna parte 
del mondo. buommattei. 



Want (to), mancare. This verb, being impersonal, is 
construed by putting the English nominative in the 
dative in Italian, and vice-versa.* 



My misfortunes wanted this 
alone ; turn, this alone was 
wanting to my misfortunes. 

Statues want many things 
which paintings do not j turn, 
many things are wanting to 
statues, which are not wanting 
to painting. 



Questo solo mancava alle mie 
sciagure. metastasio. 

Alle statue mancano molt& 
cose, che non mancano alia pit- 
tura. castighone. 



* Mancare may also be active when it governs the genitive. 

How could we act with rectitude and prosperity were we to want 

that (religion) ? Come potremo noi dirittamente, e felicemente 

agire giammai se di quella mancheremo ? cavalcanti. 

U 



290 WA -WA 

And I intend to set myself at E intendo di emanciparmi, 

liberty, because I want that perche mi manca la felicita che 

happiness which you promised mi avete promessa. foscolo. 
me. 

Want (to), avere bisogno, genitive. 

I do not want money, bat m- Di danaro non ne* ho bisogno ; 

troductions, * ma d' introduzioni. goldoni. 

At this time, the Romans, In qitesto tempo i Romani 

furnishing themselves with provvedutosi delle cose,, di eui 

things which they wanted, &c. avevano bisogno, ec. bembo. 

Want to (to), vokre. See Be willing. 

Wants (it), in speaking of the hours, e or sono,,. 
meno. 

It wants a quarter to one ; -E' un' orameno un quarto; or, 

turn, it is one less a quarter. /' una meno un quarto. 

It wants twenty minutes to Sono died ore meno venti mi- 

ten ; turn, they are ten hours nuti ; or, sono le died mkno 

less twenty minutes. venti.f 

Want to know (I), io vorrei sapere. 

I want to know why these Io vorrei sapere perche questi, 
men, &c. ec. varchi. 

Wash x>ne's hands (to), dare Tacqua alle mani ; 
lavarsile mani. 

"Bandelchilwent out, and hav- Bandelchil sen* usci, e dato 
ing washed bis hands, he sat V acqua alle mani, si mise a ta- 
at the table. vola. bandello. 



* This ne is a repetition of di danaro ; and is used here, because 
the sentence begins with the genitive : it would do as well to 
say, io non ho bisogno di denaro. 

f It is better to suppress hours ; but then the numeral noun 
which accompanies hours takes the feminine article. 



WA WE 291 

Watch over one (to), vegliare in guardia, genitive, 
or the genitive is changed into a possessive pronoun. 

And she watched over him E in sua guardia vegliava 
whilst he was asleep. mentre eidormiasi. soave. 

Wear, (to), in speaking of a dress, portar indosso ; 
portare, accusative. 

They wore a cassock of crim- Indosso portavano una sottana 

son satin. di raso chermisi. caro. 

And that no woman was per- E che Hulla donna potesse por- 

niitted to wear clothes longer tare panni lunghi di dietro piil 

than two yards behind. di due braccia. villani. 

Wear a hat (to), avere in capo un cappello. 

She wore a hat, which covered Ella aveva in capo un cappello, 
a part of her hair. che parte dei capelli le copriva. 

BANDELLO. 

Wearied with, nojato, genitive. 

This wretched country be- Questo scomunicato paese m? 
numbs my soul wearied with addormenta V anima nojata 
life. della vita. foscolo. 

Weep through (to), piangere, genitive. 

When that gentleman wept Quando un tal signore pianse 

through tenderness. di tenerezza. bembo. 

You made me weep through Voi m' avete fatto piangere di 

grief. dolore. bembo. 

Welcome one (to), accogliere, aceusative. 

You saw him at Padua, and In Padava lo vedeste e lo ac- 
welcomed him several times to coglieste assai votte in vostra 
your house. casa. algarotti. 

Welcome to (to be), in arriving at one's country, 
or house ; essere ilben zenuto. 

And you are welcome a hun- E voi siate il benvenuto cento 
died times. volte. fiorentino. 

U 2 



292 WE- — WH 

To whom Mr. Corso said, be A cui Messer Corso disse, tii 
thou welcome. sie il benvenuto. boccaccio. 

Welcome to (to be), speaking of an invitation, or 
in answer to one who thanks, essere padrone, or essere 
il padrone , genitive. 

Two months, four months, Due mesi, quattro mesi, un an* 

a year, you are welcome to no, siete padrone d\ casa nostra. 

oyr house. GOLD ONI. 

I thank you for your trouble ; Vi ringrazio del vostro incom- 

you are welcome, Sir. modo j siete il padrone, Signore. 

Well, bene. This word loses its final vowel before 
verbs beginning with a consonant. 

It is much more difficult to Egli e molto piu difficile it 

know how to command and to saper ben comandare ed ordi- 

order well, than to act and to nare, che ben fare ed ubbidire. 

obey well. gelli. 

Well (to be), stare bene. 

I am well j well at present, Io sto bene ; bene come un in* 
as a sick man who sleeps, &c. fermo che dorme, ec. foscolo. 

What, in the sense of that which, quelloche / quel che ; 
cib che ; ciocche ; cosa che. 
But what is worth all of them, Ma quel che per tutte vale, e, 

is, &C ec. BUOMMATTEI. 

One day she thought, she Un giorno parvele di doverle 

ought to shew her what she had manifestare cio che avevafatto 

done for her. a pro di lei. soave. 

I have not sufficient courage Non mi sento bastante a negare 

to deny my country what she alia mia patria cosa che ella 

wants from me. da me voglia. bembo. 

What, preceded by the verb to know, and followed 
by an infinitive, che. 
I do not know what to say. Non so che dire. goldoni, . 



WH WH 293 

What, being an exclamation, eche. 

What ! are you already here ? E che ! siete gia venuto ? 

What, being an interrogative, che cosa. 

What commands have you Che cosa avete a comandar- 
forme? mi? goldoni. 

What, in the sense of how much, quanto. 

What did it cost ? Quanto costb ? 

What, with a comparative, qual cosa. 

What can be more beautiful Qual cosa pub esser piu bella 
than those books \ di questi libri ? 

What to be one's name, come chiamarsi. 
What is your name } Come vi chiamate voi ? 

What was her name ? Come si chiamava ella ? 

Whatever, qualunque, with the subjunctive, 
which is to precede the nominative, by which it is 
governed. 

Whatever rank I may be ele- In qualunque grado sia elevato 
vated to, I am always your io, sono sempre vostro servo. 
servant. montemagko. 

I shall always remember you, Io non cesserb mai di ricor- 
whatever my destiny shall be. darmi di voi, qualunque sie la 

miasorte. bembo. 

When, quando, allorche, with the indicative, which 
is put in the same tense as it is in English ; but if the 
verb be in the present tense and denotes futurity, it is to 
be put in the future in Italian. 

He will give them, when he Daralle egli, quando sara" ben 
is* well rewarded for his trou- ricompensato delle sue fatiche. 
ble. BEMBO. 

* Is here denotes futurity, because the preceding verb is 
future. 

U 3 



294 WH Wi! 

Where, being interrogative, dove with the indicative ; 
otherwise with the subjunctive, when the nominative is to 
follow the verb. 

Where are you, my friend ? Dove sei, caro amico ? 

Let them contemplate Orgi- Contemplino Orgiconte, se 
coute, if they wish to know bramano sapere dove risplenda 
where chastity shines. la castita. firenzuola. 

Wherefore, a che ? 

But, in the name of God, Ma ! . . per il nome d' Iddio as- 
listen to me, and answer: colta erispondimi. Ache vivo? 
wherefore do I live? foscolo. 

Wherever, inogni luogo dove, with the subjunctive. 

All my life-time, wherever I Tutto il tempo di mia vita, in 
am. o'gni luogo dove io sia. 

MONTEMAGNO. 

Whether, preceded by a verb, se ; otherwise sia che, 
with the subjunctive, 

I know not whether he laughs Non so se egtt rida o pian- 

or cries. ga. 

Whether he laughs or cries, he Sia che rida o pianga, egli e 

is always ugly. semprebrutto. 

Which, preceded by the superlative the most, che, 
with the subjunctive. See Who, That, Which. 

Which, being a relative, either expressed or under- 
stood in English, accusative or nominative, masculine or 
feminine, singular or plural, che, or il quale; i quali, 
for the masculine ; la quale, le quali, for the feminine.* 



* Observe that che, quale, &c. in whatever case it is (but a 
nominative) may throw the nominative after the verb. 



WH WH 



c 295 



He could not go away with- 
out taking her picture with 
him, which he had set in a ring. 

The sentiments of gratitude 
which he perceived in the young 
woman. 

It is enough, said she, that 
heaven has not made me un- 
worthy of the kind actions* 
you bestow upon me. 

But he did not praise the 
marriage, which he wished to 
contract with that foreign wo- 
man, and which he did not 
think fit at first. 



Ne seppe indurvisi senza por- 

tarne seco il ritratto, ch' ei 

fe' legare in un anello. soave. 

I sentimenti di riconoscenza 

che nella giovane ravvisava. 

SOAVE. 

Bastivij, disse, che il cielo non 
mi fe' indegna delle cortesi 
attenzioni che voi m' usate. 

soave. 

Ma non lodv il maritaggio, 
ch' ei bramava di stringere con 
questa giovane straniera, il 
quale non parvegli sidle prime 
che si troppo bene si cunvenisse. 

SOAVE. 

Fate penitenza per che senza 
la quale non si acquista il reame 
di Dio, PASSAVANTJ. 



Do penance, for without 
which the kingdom of God is 
not acquired. 

Which (of, to, from), di cui, a cui, da cui, for both 
genders and both numbers; or quale, quali, both 
genders, which is declined with il, la. 



A love of which he bad alrea- 
dy given manifest signs. 

While he was contemplating 
the dear image, from which he 
could not keep his eyes, &c. 



Amore di cui ben dato avea 
innanzi gia chiari segni. 

so AVE. 

Mentre stava contemplando la 
cara immagine, da cui non sa- 
pea tener lentani gli occhi, ec. 

SOAVE. 



The book which my brother brought : II libro che ha comprato 
miofratello. 

The houses which my father would not inhabit : Le case in cui 
non havoluto dimorar mio padre. But when it is a nominative, 
the verb is to be put after. See General Rules. 

* The relative is understood. 

U 4 



296 WH WH 

Which, relating to a whole sentence, il che. 

Speaking is granted only to II parlare non e dato all' wo- 
man, to express the sentiments mo che per palesare i concetti 
of his mind, which if true, deW animo, il < he se e vero, si 
we may argue, &c. potra fare un argomento, ec. 

BUOMMATTBI. 

Which, being interrogative, che, quale, both deelined 
with the indefinite article, di, a, da. 

Which of you has seen my Cbi di vox ha veduto stamane 

brother this morning ? , miofratello ? 

There are the hats 5 which is Ecco la i cappelli ; qua!' 2 il 

yours ? vostro ? 

While to (it is worth the), before a substantive, 
torna conto ; or torna molto, dative. 

All the good that is here, and Quello che vi ha di buono qui, 

it is worth the while to a fo- e torna molto al forestiero, ec. 
reigner, &c. algarotti. 

While to (it is worth a), before a verb, valere la 
pena di, with the infinitive. 

Not to speak of the disputes Per non parlar,e delle dispute 
of the Sbaraglisti, which were degli Sbaraglisti, che non va- 



•&• 



not worth the while to make levano la pena di fare la meta 
half the noise, &c. del rumore ) ec. algarotti. 

Who, whom, of whom, &c. See Which, in all its 
variations. 

Who, that, which, either expressed or understood 
in English, and following the superlative the most, are 
rendered by che or il quale, which governs the sub- 
junctive:* 

* Che, il quale, being nominative or accusative, may be 
changed into di quanto ; di quanta; di quanti ; di quante, 



WH WH 



297 



The eldest was the handsom- 
est girl (that) mortal eye had 
ever beheld. 

Not only for my consolation 
which would without doubt be 
the greatest (that) I could have, 
but, &c. 

So that we could not con- 
verse, which is one of the 
greatest pleasures (that) old 
age can have. 



Era la prima di esse la piu 
bella che mai vedesse occhio 
mortale. gozzi. 

Non solo per la mia consolnzio- 
ne, che sorelbe seriza /alio la 
maggior cti io aver potessi, ma t 

ec. BEHBO. 

E cosl noi verremo a mancare 
delta conversazione, che e uno 
dei moggiori piaceri che abbia 
questa eta. gelli. 



Who, that, which, preceded by an ordinal number, 
are rendered by che, il quale, which govern the sub- 
junctive. 

E stato M. Fietro Bembo non 
solode'primi tempi, mail pri- 
mo che abbia insegnato a questi 
tempi il vero modo di scrivere. 

CARO. 

Dante dveva ragione a pro- 
testarsi d' essere il primo che 
ardisse di navigare, ec. 

BUOMMATTEI. 



Mr. Peter Bembo not only 
was one of the first writers of 
those times, but the first who 
taught these times the true 
mode of writing. 

Dante was right, when he 
said that he was the first person 
who dared to sail, &c. 



Whose, cut, di cut, which are placed between the 
article and the noun ; only di cui may also be put before 
or after the noun. 



I saw your brother, whose 
wife, &c. 



Ho veduto vosfro fratello la 
cui moglie ; or, la di cui ??jo- 
glie ; or, la moglie di cui j or, 
di cui la moglie, ec. 



making the verb agree with these words, and putting ne before it. 

This fear offends the most faithful wife that was ever 

admired in any age : Questo timore oltraggia la piil fedel consorte 

di quante mai qualunque eta ne ammira. metastasio. 



£98 WI WI 

Who is more prudent than he Qual pih temperato di quello, 
whose arms are fortified against le cui armi contro alV insolenza 
insolence by the care of the son preparate dalla citta, ec. 

City - CAVALCANTI. 

Will (to), volere. See Be willing. 

Will is generally the mark of the future tense, but 
when used interrogatively or if it expresses a wish, 
volere. 

Bat if you stay here any Ma voi qui stando, ne mor- 
longer you will without doubt rete senza alcanfallo. soave. 
die. 

Will you come and see me ? Volete venire a trovarmi. 

Will (I, thou, he, &c), preceding have, is expressed 
by volere, and have is omitted ; as I will have, voglio ; 
thou wilt have, vuoi ; he will have, vuole, &c. 

They are small, I will not S0710 piccole non le voglio, in- 
have them. stead of non voglio averle. 

GOLDONI. 

Will (I), in answering a question, is either expressed 
by si, or by repeating the question without omitting si.* 

Will you give me the book Volete darmi quel libro che 
you promised me ?• Yes, 1 will. mi prometteste ! Si, only ; or, 

si, velo daib; as if it were, 
yes, I will give it you. 

Will do (that), basta ; bene cosi ; cosi vabene. 

Willingly, colle buone, and against his will, colle 
cattive, which generally go together. 

* The same maybe said of I will not. 

Will you tell me what he has done you ? I will not : Volete 
dirmi ciocche vi ha fatto egli ? No, non voglio dirvel'o : as if it 
were, 2" will not tell it to you. 



WI WI 299 

If that gentleman will not go Se questo signore non se ?ie 
away willingly, I shall send va collebuone lofarelno a ndare 
him away against his will. colle cattive. goldoni. 

Wish for (to), desiderare, genitive and accusative. 

Our Gountry wishes for such Di cotal virtu desidera la nos- 
a virtue. irapatria. cavalcanti. 

Wish (to), desiderare, with an infinitive, either with 
or without di before it; bramare, with an infinitive, 
without a preposition, if the subject of the two verbs be 
the same : otherwise che, with the subjunctive. 

When a person wishes to ma- Quando la persona desidera di 

nifest a good action that he has manifestare alcuno bene die 

done, &c. abbiafatto, ec. passavanti. 

Let them look at Sempronia, Mirino eglino Sempronia, se 

if they wish to know the desiderano conoscere le forze 

strength of constancy. delta costanza. fikenzuola. 

Let them contemplate Orgi- Contemplino Orgiconte, se 

conte, if they wish to know bramano sapere dove risplenda 

where chastity shines. la castita. ^firenzuola. 

Do you wish that your Re- Desiderate voi che questa vos^ 

public should flourish a long tra Repubblica viva lungo tern - 

time in prosperity ? pofelice? varqhi, 

Wish ardently (to) ardcre di desiderio di, with 
the infinitive. 

I am infinitely obliged to you, Io ringrazio senza , fine il mio 
my dear Maurino, whom I caro Maurino, che io ardo di 
ardently wish to see. desiderio di rivederlo. 

ALGAROTTI. 

Wish to, desiderio di, with the infinitive. 

I believe that the wish cf be- Credo che il desiderio d? sape- 
ing acquainted with the history re la storia de' tempi passadi 
of past times, is, &c. sia, ec. fos&olo. 



300 



WI- 



•WI 



Wish that (I), is generally expressed by wrrei ; 
desidererei ; amerei che, with the imperfect of the sub- 
junctive. 



Young man, I certainly wish 
that your first accusation had 
been begun by you, with more 
prudence. 

I wish that you sometimes 
had a little more condescension. 



And I certainly wish that my 
words had wings, and the 
power of taking flight. 



Io vorrei certo, giovane, che 
la prima accasazione che hai 
fatta fosse stata da te con 
maggior prudenza cominciata. 

TQLOMEI. 

Desidererei che alcuna volta 
aveste un poco piii di condiscen- 
denza. metastasio. 

jE per certo vorrei che le mie 
parole fos&ero alate e volassero. 

CHIABB.ERA. 



Wish I could (I), vorrei potere, with the infinitive^ 
without a preposition. 

I wish I could sing well. Vorrei poter ben cantare. 

With, con, which is used with a noun that has 
no definite article; with me, con me; with a hand, 
con una mano. But when the following* noun is declined 
with the definite article, or it is accompanied with a 
possessive pronoun, it is expressed by con lo } or collo ; 
col; colia. 

Con lo, or colter is put before masculine nouns, beginning 
with s, followed by a consonant, and makes con gli 9 or 
cogli) in the plural, 



You are to know that I did 
not speak with the Spaniard. 

But he was not set at liberty 
befone Elvira, together with 
her husband, had gone to India. 



Sappiate che io non ho parlato 
con lo Spagnolo. bembo. 

Ma non fu liberato, se non 
dopo che Elvira collo sposo, 
furonpartiti per V Indie. 

SO AVE. 



WI WI 301 

" i 
Col, is put before masculine nouns beginning with 

any consonant, except those that begin with s, followed 

by a consonant, and it makes color co\ in the plural. ' 

And tearing the net with his E col becco siracciando questa> 

biH, &c. rete, ec. firenzuola. 

Who use the same words with J quali usano i medesimi voca- 

the same accidents, &c. bill cci medesimi accidenti, ec. 

VARCHI. 

Colla is put before feminine nouns beginning with a 
consonant, and it makes colle in the plural. 

When Baldassarre de Lama, Quando Baldassarre de Lama 

anxious to make himself il- desideroso d' illustrarsi strin- 

lustrious by uniting himself gendosi in parentela colla fa- 

with the family of Suarez, &c. miglia Suarez, ec* soave. 

Within, dentro, dative. 

And as we Carthaginians de- E perche noi Cartaginesi di- 
tained within the confines of stretti dentro ai confini delV 
Africa, &c, Africa, ec. boccaccio. 

Without, before a verb, senza, with an infinitive, 
without a preposition, or che with the subjunctive. 

Without speaking to any Senza parlar ad alcuno, o vo- 
body, or wishing to hear, he. ler sentire, ec. boccaccio. 



* These are the rules laid down by grammarians. It is how- 
ever not a fault to express with by con, before all nouns, whether 
they are declined with the definite or indefinite article 5 as we 
find in several celebrated authors. 

J wish that with words and sentences, &c. Voglio che con le 
parole e con le sentenze. castiglione. 

Nor with the crowd of your clients, &c. Ne con la turba de y 
vostri clienti. bembo. 

Instead of colla turba ; colle parole, &c. 



302 WO—WO 

You will go away then with- Dunque vuol partire senza ch° 
out her knowing it. ella lo sappia. goldoni, 

Wonder at (to), maravigliarsi, genitive. 

Your fortune now being bet- Ora essendo la vostra fortuna 
ter than ours, which we greatly migliore delta nostra, della 
wonder at, &c. qual cosa sommamenie ci ma- 

ravigliamo, ec. passavanTi. 

Wonder that (to), maravigliarsi che, with the sub- 
junctive. 

Several people wondered that Molti si maravigliarono che 
Marino Brancazio had not Marino Brancazio non fosse 
gone to Sicily. anco egli ito* in Sicilia. 

BANDELLO. 

Wont (to be), solere, (see Be wont) essere uso di, 
with the infinitive. 

Against the general custom of Contra il general costume de' 
the Genoese, who are wont to Genovesi che usi sono di nobil- 
dress in a magnificent manner. mente vestire. boccaccio. 

Worth (to be), zaUre, in speaking of the value of 
goods ; but in speaking of the income of a person, avere. 

I refused them (200 sequins) lo gli ho rijiutati tenendomi 

insisting on 250, for the work fermo sopra i dugento cinquan- 
is well worth them. ta ; che I' opera ben li vale. 

SOAVE. 

Mr. N. is worth £3000 a year. II Signor N. ha 3000 lire sier- 

line I' anno. 

Worth the while (it is). See While. 

Worthy to, degno di, with the infinitive. 

I do not doubt but that he lo non dubito ch' egli non sia 
will shew himself worthy of per mostrarsi a V. S. degno d' 



* Iio, for andato, better used in poetry. 



WO WR 303 

having been recommended by esser-Ze stato da me raccoman- 
me to you. data. bembo. 

Would to uEAYE^^facciaU cielo ; volesse dio ; piacesse 
a dio, or al cielo che, with the subjunctive. 

Would to heaven that my for- Faccia il cielo che le mie for- 
tune would allow me to put tune mi diano di metterli in 
them into execution. opera. bembo. 

Would to heaven that our Piacesse al cielo che di tal pre- 

people should profit by such a dica ne rieavassero i nostri al- 

sermon. cun projitto. algarotti. 

Write with one's own hand (to), scrivere di sua 
propria manoy accusative. 

At the last, the names of Da ultimo vi sono i no-mi de- 

the academicians are written gli accademici } ciascuno dei 

there ; each of them writes it quali lo scrive di sua propria 

with his own hand, &e. mano, ec. magalotti. 

Wreck against (to), fare naufragio in. 

The Venetian liberty, in . La liberta Veneziana per fug - 
order to avoid wrecking gire di far naufragio in cosi 
against so dangerous a rock, &c. pericoloso scoglio, ec. 

BOCCALINI. 

Wrong, (to be), arcere torto. 

And certainly, theologically E certo teologicamente par- 
speaking, they are right, and lando eglino hanno ragione ; 
practically speaking they are ma parlando praiicamente han- 
wrong, no torto. algarotti. 

Wrong one (to), fare torto, dative. 

I am afraid that he., not to Ho paura ch" egli per non far 
wrong his friend, &c. . torto all' amico,, ec. goldoni. 



304* YE— YO 



Yes, si : but when preceded by a verb, di si. 
I believe, yes. Credo di s». 

Yet (and), eppure. 

And yet, how many times all Eppure quante volte tuttiques* 
these arguments, &c. ti argomenti, ec. foscolo. 

You, being the nominative of the verb, voi, which is 
generally omitted, but when two or more persons are 
found in the same sentence. 
Which you know how. La quale voi sapete come, 

BEMBO. 

You see how that celebrated Vedete quanto $' affatica quel 
Cyrus tries, &c. tanto celebrato Ciro.ec. 

CAVALOANTI. 

You, preceded by a preposition, voi. 
With you, con voi ; for you, per voi. 

You, being accusative or dative, vL See Him, ac- 
cusative, for its construction. 
I beg you will not leave rae. Vi prego a non mi lasciare. 

BEMBO. 

I do not think it necessary to Non credo che faccia mestiere 
write to you of it. ch'io il vi scriva. bembo. 

You, speaking in the third person, ella. See the 
Introduction. 

Your, vostro, voslra, voslri, vostre. These pronouns 
are declined with the definite article. See His. 



( 305 ) 

WORDS HAVING A DOUBLE MEANING, 

ON ACCOUNT OF THE SOUND OF THE LETfERS E AND 0.(1) 

COLLECTED BY SPADAFORA. 



E close 

Accetta, axe. 

Affetta, he cuts in slices. 

Ammezza, it becomes too ripe. 

Bei, thou drinkest. 

Berla, to drink it 

Capello, hair. 

Cera, wax. 

Cetera, guitar. 

Che, who, that, which. 

Colletto, hillock. 

Creta, clay. 

De',(4) of the. 

Dea,(6) he may give. 



Dessi, m. 
Desse 



'.?}** 



they themselves. 



E open. 

Accetta, he accepts. 
Affetta, he wishes anxiously. 
Ammezza, he cuts in two. 
Bei, (2) handsome. 
Berla, a sort of herb. 
Cappello, hat. 
Cera, mean. 
Cetera, #e. 
Ch 'e,(3) that is. 
Colletto, collected. 
Creta, Isle of Candia. 

{De',(5) he ought. 
Deh, ah! 
Dea, a goddess. 
/■Dessi, (7) one ought. 
< Dessi, I might give. 
(. Desse, he might give. 



(1) It is to be observed that the letters e and o have two sounds, one 
open, and the other close; e open is pronounced as the e of the English word 
ell -, and the e close as the a of the English word cake. Likewise o open is 
pronounced as the o of the English word order ; and o close as the o of the 
English word bone. (2) For belli. (3) For che 2. (4) For del. 

(5) For deve. (6) For diet. (7) For si deve. 



X 



306 



WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 



E CLOSE, 

Desti, m., awoke. 
Deste, f., avioke. 
Detti, m , above said. 
Dette, £., above said, 

E',(l) he and they. 

Egli, he. 

Elle, f. they. 

Esca, food or tinder. 
Esse, f. they, 
Essi, m. they. 
Este,(5) these. '. 
Fella, (6) /ze made it. 
Fello,(7) he made it. 
Felie,(8) he made them. 
Felli,(9) he made them. 
Fero,(10) they made. 
Festi, ( 1 2) thou madest. 
Feste,(13) you made. 
Le, to her. 
Lega, he ties. 
Legge, law, 
Lessi, m. boiled. 
Lesse, f. boiled. 
Me, me. 
Mele, apples. 



E OPEN. 

Desti, thou gavest 
Deste, you gave. 
Detti, I gave. 
Dette, he gave. 

{E', he is, 
E, and. 
Eh, Eh! 

Egli, (2) it is to him. 
r Elle, (3) it is to her. 
\ Elle, the letter L. 

Esca, he goes out. 

Esse, the letter S. 

Essi, (4) one is. 

Este, family name. 

Fella, f. /e/ow. 

Fello, m. felon. 

Felle, i. felons. 

Felii, m. felons. 

Fero,(ll) fierce. 

Festi, festival. 

Feste, feast 3 holidays. 

L' e, z£ is so. 

Lega, three miles. 

Legge, he reads. 

Lessi, I read. 

Lesse, he read. 

Me', (14) better. 

Mele, honey. 



(1) For ei, eglino. (2) Used in poetry for gli e. (3) Used in 

poetry for le e. (4) Used in poetry for si e. (5) Used in poetry 

for quest e. (6) For la fece. (7) For lo fece. (8) For le fece. 

(9) For U fece. (10) Used in poetry for fecero. (11) Used in 

poetry for fiero. (12) For facetd. (13) For faceste. (14) Used 

in poetr* for meglio. 



WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 



SO? 



E CLOSE. 

Menalo, take him. 

Menola, 1 take her. 

Mesce, he mixes. 

Messe, masses. 

Mezzo, very ripe. 

Pera, pear. 

Pere, pears. 

Pesca, fishery. 

Pes co, I fish. 

Peste, f. pi. pounded. 

Se, se, if and himself. 

Sete, thirst or silks. 

Stelle, stars. 

Stesso, himself. 

Stessa, herself. 

Stessi, themselves, or he might 

stand. 
Stesse, themselves, or he might 

stand. 

Te, thee. 

Telo, it to thee. 
Teli, them to thee. 
Tema, fear, or he fears. 
Veggia, he may see. 
Veglio, I watch. 
Veglia, he watches. 
Velle,(9) see them. 
Vello,(10) see it. 
Velli,(ll) see them. 



Menalo, mountain, city, 
Menola, fish. 
M' esce, it comes out. 
Messe, harvest. 
Mezzo, half. 
Pera, ( 1 ) he may perish. 
Pere, (2) he perislies. 
Pesca, peach. 
Pesco, peach-tree. 
Peste, plague. . 
Se',(3) thou art. 
Sete, (4) you are. 
Stelle,(5) stood to her. 
Stesso, I unweave. 
Stessa, unweave thou. 
Stessi, thou unweavest. 

Stesse, he unweaves, 

Te,(6) hold thou. 

Te, tea. 

Telo,(7) dart. 

Teli,(7) darts. 

Tema, theme. 

Veggia, hogshead. 

Veglio, (8) old man. 

Veglia, (8) old woman. 

Velle, he plucks. 

Velio, fleece, or I pluck. 

Velli, fleeces, or thou pluckest. 



(1) For perisca. (2) For perisce. (3) Yov set. (4) For siete. 

(5) For le stette. (6) For tieni. (7) Used in poetry. (8) Used 

in poetry for vecchio and vecchh. (9) For vedile. (10) For vedilo. 

11) For vedili. 



SOS 



WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 



E CLOSE. 

Vena, vein. 
Vene, veins. 
Venti, twenty. 
Vergola,(l) rod. 

O CLOSE. 

Accorre, he runs to. 

Accorsi, 1 run to. 

Accorse, he ran to. 

Accorsero, they ran to. 

Accorto, 1 shorten. 

AHoro,(2) to them. 

Apporti, thou guessest, 

Arroto, m. added. 

Arrota, f. added. 

Botte, butt. 

Co', m. p. with the. 

Cogli, m. p. with the. 

Cola, it flows. 

Colla, f. s. with the. 

Colle, f. p. with the. 

Colli, m. p. with the. 

Collo, m. s. with the. 

Coloro, 1 colour. 

Colto, cultivated. 

Coppa, thehindpartoj the head. 

Corre, he runs. 

Corso, ran or course. 

Corsi, ran or courses. 

Corti, courts. 



E OPEN. 

Vena, pipe or reed. 
Vene, pipes or reeds. 
Venti, winds, 
Vergola, bark. 

O OPEN. 

Accorre, he welcomes, 

Accorsi, I perceived. 

Accorse, he perceived. 

Accorsero, they perceived. 

Accorto, cautious. 

Alloro, laurel. 

Apporti, thou bringest. 

Arroto, J sharpen. 

Arrota, he sharpens. 

Botte, strokes or toads. 

Co', (3) gather thou. 

Cogli, thou gatherest. 

Cola, (4) he worships. 

Colla, glue. 

Colle, hill. 

Colli, hills. 

Collo, neck. 

Coloro, those. 

Colto, gathered. 

Coppa, cup. 

Corre, to gather. 

Corso, a Corsican. 

Corsi, Corsicans, or to be 

gathered. 
Corti, to gather thee. 



(1) Used in poetry for verga. (2) For a loro. (3) Used in 

poetry for cogli. (4) Used in poetry. 



WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANTNG, 



309 



O CLOSE, 

Costa, it costs. 
Costo, expense. 
Doglio, jar. 
Folia, crowd. 
Folle, crowds. 

Fora, he robs^ 
Fosse, he might be. 
Gomito, elbow. 

Gotta, goul. 

Gotto, a glass. 

Importi, to impose on thee. 

Incolto, uncultivated. 

Indotto, induced 

Lo, the. 

Loro, them. 

Loto, mud. 

Morse, pincers. 

Noce, nut-tree. 

Ora, hour. 

Orno, I adorn. 

Poppa, the stern of a ship. 

Porci, to put us. 

Porsi, to put one's self. 

Pose, he put. 

Ricorre, he has recourse. 

Riporti, to put thyself again. 

Ritorne,(6) thou returnest. 



O OPEN. 

Costa, rib or hill. 

Costo, Viame of a plant. 

Doglio, 1 grieve. 

Folla,(l) I make it. 

Folle, (2) 1 make them, or mad- 
man. 

Fora, (3) they should be. 

Fosse, ditches. 

Gomito, an officer of a ship who 
presides over the rowers. 

Gotta, a female Goth. 

Gotto, a Goth. 

Importi, thou meanest. 

Incolto, overtaken. 

Indotto, ignorant. 

jL' ho, I have it. 

I/oro, the gold. 

Loto, herb. 

Morse, he bit. 

Noce, (4) he hurts. 

Ora^ (5) air, or he prays. 

Orno, wild ash. 

Poppa, breast. 

Porci, pigs. 

Porsi, I offered. 

Pose, pauses. 

Ricorre, to gather. 

Riporti, thou bringest again. 

Ritorne,(7) to take from U 
again. 



(1) Yovlafo. (2) For lefo. (3) Used in poetry for sarebbe. 

(4) For nuoce. (5) Used in poetry for aura. (6) Used in poetry 
for ritomi. (7) For ritoglieme. 



310 



WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 



O CLOSE. 

Rocca, distaff* 
Rodano, let them gnaw. 
Rodi, thou gnavjest. 
Rogo, a bramble. 
Rosa, f. gnawed. 
Roso, m. gnawed. 
Rozza, rough. 
Scola, it drains. 
Scopo, 1 sweep. 
Scorsi, 1 wandered. 
Scorta, he shortens. 
Scorto, / shorten. 
Sole, sun. 

Soli, m. pi. alone. 

Sella, f. not hard. 

Sollo, m. not hard. 

Sola, f. alone. 

Solo, alone. 

So mm a, sum. 

Sono or son, I am. 

Sonne, (6) there are of them, 

or I am of it, 
Sorta, \ 
Sorte, > risen. 
Sorti, ) 
Stolto,/oo/zs/i. 
Stoppa, low. 
Tocca, he touches. 
Tomo, a fall, 
Tomi, falls. 



O OPEN. 

Rocca, castle, 
Rodano, river Rhodanus, 
Rodi, Rhode Island. 
Rogo, funeral pile. 
Rosa, rose. 
Roso, a plant. 
Rozza, jade. 

Scola,(l) school. 
Scopo, scope. 

Scorsi, I perceived. 

Scorta, a guide. 

Scorto, guided. 

Sole, (2) he is wont. 

Soli, (2) thou art wont. 

Solla,(3) I know it. 

S olio, (3) I know it. 

So!a 5 great boat. 

80)0,(4) ground, soil. 

Somma, a mountain near Naples. 

Sono or Son, (5) sound, or I 
play upon an instrument. 

Sonne,(7) I know of it. 

L Sorta, a kind, species. 
\ Sorte, destimj. 
\ Soiti, species. 

Stolto, returned. 

Stoppa, he stops with tow. 

Tocca, a silk band. 

Tomo, volume. 

Tomi, volumes. 



(1) For scuola. (2) Used in poetry for suoli and suole. (3) For 

lo so and la so. (4) Used in poetry for suolo. (5) For suono, or 

to suono. (6) For ne sono. (7) For ne so. 



WORDS OF DOUBLE MEANING. 



311 



O CLOSE. 

Tor me, crowds. 

Tome, (2) thou retur nest . 

Torre, tower. 

Torsi, stump of a cabbage. 

Torta, fruit-pie. 

Torvi, cruel men. 

Tosco, a Tuscan. 

Trotta, trout. 

Volgo, vulgar people. 

Yolto, face. 

Voto, vow. 



O OPEN. 

Torme,(l) to take from me. 

Tome, (3) to take from its. 

Torre, (4) to takeaway. 

Torsi, I twisted. 

Torta, crooked. 

Torvi, to take from you. 

Tosco, poison. 

Trotta, he trots. 

Volgo, I turn. 

Volto, turned. 

Voto, (5) empty. 



(1) Used in poetry for togliermi. 
(3) Used in poetry for toglierci. 
poetry for vuoto. 



(2) Used in poetry for torni. 
(4) For togliere. (5) Used in 



( sis ) 

NAMES OF AUTHORS, 

From tvhose Works the Examples, found in this volume, 
are extracted, 

Algarotti Francesco. — Albergati Marchese.— Altanesi.— Ano- 
ninio.— Alfieri Vittorio Marchese. 

Bandello. — Bembo Pietro Cardinale. — Bentivoglio Guido Car- 
dinale,— Boccaccio Giovanni. — Bonfadio Giacomo. — Boccalino 
Trajano. — Benedetto XIV. — Borelli.— Borghini Vincenzo.— Bor- 
ghini Raffaello. — Buommattei Benedetto. 

Caro Annibale. — Castiglione Baldessarre.— Cavalcanti Bar- 
tolomeo.— -Celesia Pierpaolo. — Cigua Ignazio. — Chiabrera Ga- 
briello. — Chiiramonti Giambattista. ' 

Davila Arrigo Catterino. — Davanzati Bernardo. — Dante Ali- 
ghieri. — Dati Carlo. — Delia Casa Giovanni Monsignore. — De- 
nina. 

Erizzo Sebastiano. 

Fabro Domenico. — Fiorentino Giovanni. — Firenzuola A- 
gnolo. — Fortini Pietro. — Foscolo Ugo. — Frugoui Carlo. — Forte- 
guerri Niccolo. 

Galilei Galileo.— Ganganelli Clemente XIV. Papa — Gelli 
Gio : Ballista.— Goldoni Carlo. — Gozzi Gasparo. — Guarini Bat- 
tista Cavaliere.— Guicciardini. 

Lodoli. 

Magalotti Lorenzo. — Metastasio Pietro. — Montemagno Buo- 
naccorso da. — Macchiavelli Niccolo.— Mascardi Agostino. 

Pandolfini Agnolo. — Passavanti Jacopo. 

Redi Francesco. 

Sannazzaro Jacopo. — Salvini Anton Maria. — Salviati Lio- 
nardo.— Sanzio Raffaello. — Segni Bernardo. — Segneri. — Scarselli 
l'Abate. — Soave Francesco. 

Tolomei M. Claudio. — Tasso Bernardo. — Tasso Torquato. 

Varchi Benedetto. — Villani Giovanni. 

Zeno Apostolo. — Zanotti Francescomaria.— Zanotti Giam- 
pietro. 



Printed by Cox anil Baylis, 
Gt. Queen Street, Lincoln's-InnvFicld*. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




0003 111 411 1 



